Kia, THE COMPANY · 2015-10-16 · KH CAN (ENG) 1:2015 3/24/2015 10:31 AM Page 4. Fuel Additives Kia recommends that you use good quality gasolines treated with deter-gent additives

Kia, THE COMPANYThank you for becoming the owner of a new Kia vehicle.

As a global car manufacturer focused on building high-quality vehi-

cles with exceptional value, Kia Motors is dedicated to providing you

with a customer service experience that exceeds your expectations.

All information contained in this Owner’s Manual was accurate at the

time of publication. However, Kia reserves the right to make changes

at any time so that our policy of continual product improvement can

be carried out.

This manual applies to all models of this vehicle and includes descrip-

tions and explanations of optional as well as standard equipment. As a

result, you may encounter material in this manual that is not applica-

ble to your specific Kia vehicle.

Drive safely and enjoy your Kia!

KH CAN (ENG) FOREWORD:2015 3/24/2015 10:24 AM Page 1

i

Thank you for choosing a Kia vehicle.

When you require service, remember that your Kia dealerknows your vehicle best. Your dealer has factory-trained tech-nicians, recommended special tools and genuine Kia replace-ment parts. It is dedicated to your complete customer satisfac-tion.

Because subsequent owners require this important informationas well, this publication should remain with the vehicle if it issold.

This manual will familiarize you with operational, mainte-nance and safety information about your new vehicle. It is sup-plemented by a Warranty and Consumer Information manualthat provides important information on all warranties regardingyour vehicle.

We urge you to read these publications carefully and follow therecommendations to help assure enjoyable and safe operationof your new vehicle.

Kia offers a great variety of options, components and featuresfor its various models. Therefore, some of the equipmentdescribed in this manual, along with the various illustrations,may not be applicable to your particular vehicle.

The information and specifications provided in this manualwere accurate at the time of printing. Kia reserves the right todiscontinue or change specifications or design at any timewithout notice and without incurring any obligation. If youhave questions, always check with your Kia dealer.

We assure you of our continuing interest in your motoringpleasure and satisfaction in your Kia vehicle.

© 2015 Kia Canada Inc.

All rights reserved. Reproduction by any means, electronic ormechanical, including photocopying, recording, or by anyinformation storage and retrieval system or translation inwhole or part is not permitted without written authorizationfrom Kia Canada Inc..

Printed in Korea

Foreword


ii

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

I

Introduction

Your vehicle at a glance

Seat and Safety features of your vehicle

Features of your vehicle

Driving your vehicle

What to do in an emergency

Maintenance

Specifications & Consumer information

Index

Table of contents


1

Introduction

How to use this manual ......................................1-2Fuel requirements...............................................1-3

• Gasoline containing alcohol and methanol .............1-3• Do not use methanol ...............................................1-4• Fuel Additives..........................................................1-5

Vehicle Break-In Process........................................1-5Vehicle data collection and event data recorders ..1-6

KH CAN (ENG) 1:2015 3/24/2015 10:31 AM Page 1

We want to help you get the greatestpossible driving pleasure from yourvehicle. Your Owner’s Manual canassist you in many ways. We strong-ly recommend that you read theentire manual. To help minimize thechance of death or injury, you mustread the WARNING and CAUTIONsections in the manual.Illustrations complement the wordsin this manual to best explain how toenjoy your vehicle. By reading yourmanual, you will learn about fea-tures, important safety information,and driving tips under various roadconditions.

The general layout of the manual isprovided in the Table of Contents.Use the index when looking for aspecific area or subject; it has analphabetical listing of all located inthe back of this manual.Sections: This manual has eight sec-tions plus an index. Each sectionbegins with a brief list of contents soyou can tell at a glance if that sectionhas the information you want.

You will find various types of safetyinstructions in this manual. Theseinstructions were prepared to helpenhance your personal safety. Carefully read and follow ALL proce-dures and recommendations provid-ed in these instructions.

✽ NOTICEA NOTICE indicates interesting orhelpful information is being provided.

HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL

1-2

Introduction

A WARNING indicates a situa-tion in which harm, serious bod-ily injury or death could result ifthe warning is ignored.

WARNING

A CAUTION indicates a situationin which damage to your vehiclecould result if the caution isignored.

CAUTION

KH CAN (ENG) 1:2015 3/24/2015 10:31 AM Page 2

Your new vehicle is designed toobtain maximum performance withUNLEADED FUEL, as well as mini-mize exhaust emissions and sparkplug fouling.

3.8 engineYour new vehicle is designed to useonly unleaded fuel having an octanenumber (R+M)/2) of 87 (ResearchOctane Number 91) or higher.(Donot use methanol blended fuels)

5.0 engineYour new vehicle is designed to useonly unleaded fuel having an octanenumber ((R+M)/2) of 87 (ResearchOctane Number 91) or higher.(Donot use methanol blended fuels)For improved vehicle performance,premium unleaded fuel with anoctane number ((R+M)/2) of 91(Research Octane Number 96) orhigher is recommended.

Never add any fuel system cleaningagents to the fuel tank other thanwhat has been specified. (Consult anauthorized Kia Premium dealer fordetails.)

Tighten the cap until it clicks onetime. otherwise the Check Engine

light will illuminate.

Gasoline containing alcohol andmethanolGasohol, a mixture of gasoline andethanol (also known as grain alco-hol), and gasoline or gasohol con-taining methanol (also known aswood alcohol) are being marketedalong with or instead of leaded orunleaded gasoline.Pursuant to EPA regulations, ethanolmay be used in your vehicle. Do notuse gasohol containing more than10% ethanol, and do not use gaso-line or gasohol containing anymethanol. Ethanol provides lessenergy than gasoline and it attractswater, and it is thus likely to reduceyour fuel efficiency and could loweryour MPG results. Methanol maycause drivability problems and dam-age to the fuel system,engine controlsystem and emission control system.Discontinue using gasohol ofanykind if drivability problems occur.Vehicle damage or drivability prob-lems may not be covered by themanufacturer's warranty if they resultfrom the use of: 1.Gasoline or gasohol containing

methanol.2.Leaded fuel or leaded gasohol.

FUEL REQUIREMENTS

Introduction

1

1-3

Refueling• Do not "top off" after the noz-

zle automatically shuts off.Attempts to force more fuelinto the tank can cause fueloverflow onto you and theground causing a risk of fire.

• Always check that the fuel capis installed securely to pre-vent fuel spillage, especiallyin the event of an accident.

WARNING

KH CAN (ENG) 1:2015 3/24/2015 10:31 AM Page 3

"E85" fuel is an alternative fuel com-prised of 85 percent ethanol and 15percent gasoline, and is manufac-tured exclusively for use in FlexibleFuel Vehicles. “E85” is not compat-ible with your vehicle. Use of “E85”may result in poor engine perform-ance and damage to your vehicle'sengine and fuel system. Kia recom-mends that customers do not usefuel with an ethanol content exceed-ing 10 percent.

✽ NOTICEYour New Vehicle LimitedWarranty does not cover damage tothe fuel system or any performanceproblems caused by the use of “E85”fuel.

Other fuelsUsing fuels that contain Silicone (Si),MMT (Manganese, Mn), Ferrocene(Fe), and Other metalic additives,may cause vehicle and engine dam-age or cause misfiring, poor acceler-ation, engine stalling, catalyst melt-ing, clogging, abnormal corrosion,life cycle reduction, etc.Also, the Malfunction Indicator Lamp(MIL) may illuminate.

✽ NOTICEDamage to the fuel system or per-formance problem caused by the useof these fuels may not be covered byyour New Vehicle Limited Warranty.

Gasoline containing MMTSome gasoline contains harmful man-ganese-based fuel additives such asMMT (MethylcyclopentadienylManganese Tricarbonyl).Kia does not recommend the use ofgasoline containing MMT.This type of fuel can reduce vehicleperformance and affect your emissioncontrol system.The malfunction indicator lamp on thecluster may come on.

Do not use methanolFuels containing methanol (woodalcohol) should not be used in yourvehicle. This type of fuel can reducevehicle performance and damagecomponents of the fuel system.

1-4

Introduction

KH CAN (ENG) 1:2015 3/24/2015 10:31 AM Page 4

Fuel AdditivesKia recommends that you use goodquality gasolines treated with deter-gent additives such as TOP TIERDetergent Gasoline, which helpsprevent deposit formation in theengine. These gasolines will help theengine run cleaner and enhance per-formance of the Emission ControlSystem. For more information onTOP TIER Detergent Gasoline,please go to the website (www.top-tiergas.com).For Customers who do not use TOPTIER Detergent Gasoline regularly,and have problems starting or theengine does not run smoothly, addi-tives that you can buy separatelymay be added to the gasoline. IfTOP TIER Detergent Gasoline is notavailable, one bottle of additiveadded to the fuel tank at 12,000 km(7,500 miles) or every engine oilchange is recommended. Additivesare available from your authorizedKia Premium dealer along with infor-mation on how to use them. Do notmix other additives.

Operation in foreign countriesIf you are going to drive your vehiclein another country, be sure to:• Observe all regulations regarding

registration and insurance.• Determine that acceptable fuel is

available.

No special break-in period is needed.By following a few simple precautionsfor the first 1,000 km (600 miles) youmay add to the performance, econo-my and life of your vehicle.• Do not race the engine.• While driving, keep your engine

speed (rpm, or revolutions perminute) between 2,000 rpm and4,000 rpm.

• Do not maintain a single speed forlong periods of time, either fast orslow. Varying engine speed isneeded to properly break-in theengine.

• Avoid hard stops, except in emer-gencies, to allow the brakes to seatproperly.

Introduction

1

1-5

VEHICLE BREAK-INPROCESS

KH CAN (ENG) 1:2015 3/24/2015 10:31 AM Page 5

1-6

Introduction

VEHICLE DATA COLLECTION AND EVENT DATA RECORDERSThis vehicle is equipped with anevent data recorder (EDR). Themain purpose of an EDR is torecord, in certain crash or nearcrash-like situations, such as anair bag deployment or hitting aroad obstacle, data that will assistin understanding how a vehicle'ssystems performed. The EDR isdesigned to record data related tovehicle dynamics and safety sys-tems for a short period of time,typically 30 seconds or less. TheEDR in this vehicle is designed torecord such data as:* How various systems in your

vehicle were operating;* Whether or not the driver and

passenger safety belts werebuckled/ fastened;

* How far (if at all) the driver wasdepressing the acceleratorand/or brake pedal; and,

* How fast the vehicle was travel-ing.

These data can help provide a bet-ter understanding of the circum-stances in which crashes andinjuries occur. NOTE: EDR dataare recorded by your vehicle onlyif a non-trivial crash situationoccurs; no data are recorded bythe EDR under normal driving con-ditions and no personal data (e.g.,name, gender, age, and crash loca-tion) are recorded. However, otherparties, such as law enforcement,could combine the EDR data withthe type of personally identifyingdata routinely acquired during acrash investigation.

To read data recorded by an EDR,special equipment is required, andaccess to the vehicle or the EDR isneeded. In addition to the vehiclemanufacturer, other parties, suchas law enforcement, that have thespecial equipment, can read theinformation if they have access tothe vehicle or the EDR.

KH CAN (ENG) 1:2015 3/24/2015 10:31 AM Page 6


Exterior overview ................................................2-2Interior overview .................................................2-4Instrument panel overview..................................2-5Engine compartment ..........................................2-7 2

KH CAN (ENG) 2:2015 3/24/2015 10:37 AM Page 1

2-2


EXTERIOR OVERVIEW

1. Hood......................................................4-35

2. Head lamp...........................................4-124

3. Fog lamp .............................................4-127

4. Tire and wheel ..............................7-54, 8-5

5. Outside rearview mirror.........................4-56

6. Panoramic Sunroof................................4-40

7. Front windshield wiper blades....4-129, 7-46

8. Windows ................................................4-31

OKH015001N

■ Front view

❈ The actual shape may differ from the illustration.

KH CAN (ENG) 2:2015 3/24/2015 10:37 AM Page 2


2

2-3

9. Door.......................................................4-17

10. Fuel filler lid .........................................4-37

11. Rear combination lamp .......................7-93

12. Trunk lid ...............................................4-21

13. High mounted stop lamp .....................7-94

14. Rear window defroster ......................4-136

15. Parking assist system .......................4-111

16. Antenna .............................................4-174

17. Rearview camera ..............................4-116

OKH015002N

■ Rear view

❈ The actual shape may differ from the illustration.

KH CAN (ENG) 2:2015 3/24/2015 10:37 AM Page 3

INTERIOR OVERVIEW

2-4


1. Inside door handle ...................................4-18

2. Front power seat adjust switch..................3-5

3. Outside rearview mirror folding ...............4-58

4. Outside rearview mirror control ...............4-57

5. Power window lock switch .......................4-34

6. Central door lock switch ..........................4-19

7. Power window switch...............................4-31

8. BSD On/OFF button ................................5-87

9. HUD On/OFF button..............................4-109

10. Parking Assist button...........................4-111

11. ESC Off button ......................................5-43

12. Trunk lid open button .......................4-21, 22

13. Trunk lid close button.......................4-21, 22

14. Trunk lid open / close button..................4-22

15. Instrument panel illumination controllever........................................................4-61

16. Electric parking brake switch.................5-31

17. Fuel filler lid open switch .......................4-37

18. Hood release lever.................................4-35

19. Steering wheel.......................................4-45

20. Tilt and telescopic steering control lever ...4-45

21. Brake pedal............................................5-28

22. Accelerator pedal ....................................5-9

OKH013003N❈ The actual shape may differ from the illustration.

KH CAN (ENG) 2:2015 3/24/2015 10:37 AM Page 4

INSTRUMENT PANEL OVERVIEW


2

2-5

1. Instrument cluster..............................4-60

2. Horn...................................................4-47

3. Driver's front air bag ..........................3-51

4. Engine start/stop button ......................5-6

5. Audio / Video / Navigation ...............4-173

6. Climate control system....................4-133

7. Clock................................................4-167

8. Hazard warning flasher .......................6-2

9. Passenger's front air bag...................3-51

10. Glove box.......................................4-158

11. SBC(Shift by cable) control lever.....5-11

12. SBW(Shift by wire) control lever......5-16

13. Drive mode button ...........................5-54

14. Auto hold button ..............................5-37

15. Electric parking brake switch...........5-31

16. DIS central key ..............................4-173

17. Front blind spot monitoring systemOn/Off button .................................4-119

18. Rear curtain folding button ............4-170

19. 360° camera monitoring system On/Off button .................................4-120

20. Snow mode button ..........................5-54

21. Center console storage box ..........4-157

OKH015004C❈ The actual shape may differ from the illustration.

KH CAN (ENG) 2:2015 3/24/2015 10:38 AM Page 5

2-6


1. Audio remote control buttons ..............4-175

2. Bluetooth hands free buttons ..............4-174

3. LDWS On/Off button .............................5-82

4. Heated steering wheel On/Off button....4-46

5. Light control / Turn signals lever..........4-123

6. Wiper and washer control lever...........4-129

7. LCD display control ...............................4-61

8. Advanced Smart Cruise Control switch(vehicle to vehicle distance setting) ......5-72

9. Cruise control switch / Advanced SmartCruise Control Switch ...................5-63/5-68

OKH015005N❈ The actual shape may differ from the illustration.

KH CAN (ENG) 2:2015 3/24/2015 10:38 AM Page 6

ENGINE COMPARTMENT


2

2-7

1. Engine oil dipstick .............................7-32

2. Engine oil filler cap ...........................7-33

3. Engine coolant reservoir ...................7-35

4. Radiator cap .....................................7-36

5. Brake fluid reservoir..........................7-38

6. Power steering fluid reservoir ...........7-39

7. Windshield washer fluid reservoir .....7-40

8. Air cleaner.........................................7-41

9. Fuse box ...........................................7-70

10. Jumper terminal ................................6-5

OKH015008N

❈ The actual engine compartment in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.❈ The battery is in the trunk.

■ 3.8L Engine

KH CAN (ENG) 2:2015 3/24/2015 10:38 AM Page 7

2-8


OKH013006N

1. Engine coolant reservoir ...................7-35

2. Radiator cap .....................................7-36

3. Brake fluid reservoir..........................7-38

4. Air cleaner.........................................7-41

5. Engine oil dipstick .............................7-32

6. Engine oil filler cap ...........................7-33

7. Windshield washer fluid reservoir .....7-40

8. Fuse box ...........................................7-70

9. Power steering fluid reservoir ...........7-39

10. Jumper terminal ................................6-5


■ 5.0L Engine

KH CAN (ENG) 2:2015 3/24/2015 10:38 AM Page 8

Seat and safety features of your vehicle

3


3


3


Seat ...................................................................3-2• Front seat adjustment..............................................3-4• Driver position memory system...............................3-7• Headrest (for front seat) ..........................................3-8• Rear seat adjustment ............................................3-13• Headrest (for rear seat).........................................3-16

Seat belts..........................................................3-20• Seat belt restraint system......................................3-20• Pre-tensioner seat belt .........................................3-25• Pre-Safe Seat belt (PSB) ......................................3-28• Seat belt precautions ............................................3-29• Care of seat belts..................................................3-31

Child restraint system .......................................3-32• Using a child restraint system ...............................3-33• Tether anchor system ...........................................3-36• Lower anchor system ............................................3-37

Air bag - advanced supplemental restraintsystem ............................................................3-39• Air bag system operation ......................................3-40• Do not install a child restraint on the front

passenger's seat .................................................3-41• Air bag warning light .............................................3-42• SRS components and functions............................3-43• Occupant Detection System (ODS) ......................3-45• Driver's and passenger's front air bag ..................3-51• Side air bag ...........................................................3-53• Curtain air bag ......................................................3-55• Inflation and non-inflation conditions of the air bag..3-56• SRS Care ..............................................................3-61• Air bag warning label ............................................3-62

3

KH CAN (ENG) 3:2015 3/26/2015 6:06 AM Page 1

3-2


Driver’s seat(1) Seat sliding forward or back-

ward**/ Seat height and cushiontilting adjustment

(2) Seat cushion length adjustment(3) Seatback angle adjustment(4) Headrest height adjustment(5) Driver position memory system(6) Lumbar support adjustment*

Front passenger’s seat(7) Seat sliding forward or backward/

Seat height and cushion tiltingadjustment*

(8) Seatback angle adjustment(9) Headrest height adjustment

Rear seat(10) Seat sliding forward or back-

ward adjustment with seatbackangle adjustment

(11) Easy access button(12) Front passenger’s seat forward

and rearward*

SEAT

OKH033001N

KH CAN (ENG) 3:2015 3/26/2015 6:06 AM Page 2


3

3-3

(13) Front passenger’s seat backangle*

(14) Lumber support adjustment*(15) Rear lock button(16) Headrest(17) Armrest (18) Ski through*

*: if equipped

**: The height of the driver's headrestis automatically adjusted simulta-neously with the driver's seat slid-ing adjustment operation.

Loose objectsDo not place anything in the dri-ver's foot well or under the frontseats. Loose objects in the dri-ver's foot area could interferewith the operation of the footpedals.

WARNING

Driver responsibility forpassengers

The driver must advise the pas-senger to keep the seatback inan upright position wheneverthe vehicle is in motion. If a seatis reclined during an accident,the restraint system's ability torestrain will be greatly reduced.

WARNING

OKH033107N

Seat cushionOccupants should never sit onaftermarket seat cushions or sit-ting cushions. The passenger'ships may slide under the lap por-tion of the seat belt during anaccident or a sudden stop.

WARNING

Driver’s seat• Never attempt to adjust the

seat while the vehicle is mov-ing. This could result in lossof control of your vehicle.

• Do not allow anything to inter-fere with the normal positionof the seatback. Storing itemsagainst the seatback couldresult in serious or fatal injuryin a sudden stop or collision.

(Continued)

WARNING

KH CAN (ENG) 3:2015 3/26/2015 6:06 AM Page 3

Front seat adjustment - powerThe front seat can be adjusted byusing the control switches located onthe doors. Before driving, adjust theseat to the proper position so as toeasily control the steering wheel,pedals and switches on the instru-ment panel.

3-4


(Continued)• Sit as far back as possible

from the steering wheel whilestill maintaining comfortablecontrol of your vehicle. A dis-tance of at least 10" from yourchest to the steering wheel isrecommended. Failure to doso could result in air bag infla-tion injuries to the driver.

Seat adjustment• Do not adjust the seat while

wearing seat belts. Moving theseat forward will cause strongpressure on the abdomen.

• Do not place your hand nearthe seat bottom or seat trackwhile adjusting the seat. Yourhand could get caught in theseat mechanism.

WARNINGUnattended children

Do not leave children unattend-ed in the vehicle. Children mightoperate features of the vehiclethat could injure them.

WARNING

Small ObjectsUse extreme caution when pick-ing up small objects trappedunder the seats or between theseat and the center console.Your hands might be cut orinjured by the sharp edges ofthe seats mechanism.

WARNING

Seatback pocketsDo not put heavy or sharpobjects in the seatback pockets.In an accident they could comeloose from the pocket andinjure vehicle occupants.

WARNING

KH CAN (ENG) 3:2015 3/26/2015 6:06 AM Page 4

When in operation, the power seatconsumes a large amount of electri-cal power. To prevent unnecessarycharging system drain, don’t adjustthe power seat longer than neces-sary while the engine is not running.

Forward and backward

Push the control switch forward orbackward to move the seat to thedesired position. Release the switchonce the seat reaches the desiredposition.

Seatback angle

Push the control switch forward orbackward to move the seatback tothe desired angle. Release theswitch once the seat reaches thedesired position.


3

3-5

OKH033002N OKH032005N

Power seat adjustmentsThe power seating controlsfunction by electronic motor.Excessive operation may causedamage to the electrical equip-ment.

CAUTION

Power SeatingDo not operate two or morepower seat control switches atthe same time. Doing so maydamage the power seat motoror electrical components.

CAUTION

KH CAN (ENG) 3:2015 3/26/2015 6:06 AM Page 5

Seat cushion height

Pull the front portion of the controlswitch up to raise or down to lowerthe front part of the seat cushion. Pullthe rear portion of the control switchup to raise or down to lower the rearpart of the seat cushion. Release theswitch once the seat reaches thedesired position.

Lumbar support (for front seat, if equipped)

The lumbar support can be adjustedby pressing the lumbar support switchon the side of the front seat. Press thefront portion of the switch (1) toincrease support, or the rear portionof the switch (2), to decrease support. Move the support position up anddown by pressing the switch (3) or (4).Release the switch once the seatreaches the desired position.

Cushion length adjustment (for driver’s seat)

Push the control switch forward orbackward to move the seat cushionto the desired length. Release theswitch once the seat cushion reach-es the desired length.

3-6


OKH033006N

OKH033007N OKH033004N

KH CAN (ENG) 3:2015 3/26/2015 6:07 AM Page 6

Driver position memory system

A driver position memory system isprovided to store and recall the driv-er seat, outside rearview mirror,HUD* (Head-Up Display), brightness of the instrument cluster illumi-nation and steering wheel positionswith a simple button operation.

* : if equipped

By saving the desired positions intothe system memory, different driverscan reposition the driver seat, out-side rearview mirror and steeringwheel based upon their driving pref-erence. If the battery is disconnect-ed, the position memory will be lostand the driving positions should berestored in the system.

Storing positions into memoryusing the buttons on the doorStoring driver’s seat positions

1.Check that the shift lever is in P(Park) and the Engine Start/StopButton is in the ON position.

2.Adjust the driver seat, outsiderearview mirror, HUD* (Head-upDisplay), bright ness of the instru-ment cluster illumination and steer-ing wheel to positions comfortablefor the driver.

3.Press the SET button on the controlpanel. The system will beep once.

4.Press one of the memory buttons(1 or 2) within 5 seconds afterpressing the SET button. The sys-tem will beep twice when memoryhas been successfully stored.

* : if equipped

OKH043039N


3

3-7

Driver position memorysystem

Never attempt to operate thedriver position memory systemwhile the vehicle is moving. This could result in loss of con-trol, and an accident causingdeath, serious injury, or proper-ty damage.

WARNING

KH CAN (ENG) 3:2015 3/26/2015 6:07 AM Page 7

3-8


Recalling positions from memory

1.Check that the shift lever is in P(Park) and the Engine Start/StopButton is in the ON position.

2.To recall the position in memory,press the desired memory button(1 or 2). The system will beeponce, then the driver seat, outsiderearview mirror and steering wheelwill automatically adjust to thestored positions.

Adjusting the control switch for thedriver seat while the system is recall-ing the stored position will cause themovement to stop and move in thedirection that the control switch ismoved.Use caution when recalling adjust-ment memory while sitting in thevehicle. Push the seat position con-trol switch to the desired positionimmediately if the seat moves too farin any direction.

Easy access function When exiting the vehicle, the steer-ing wheel will move away from thedriver and the seat will move rear-ward when the engine is turned off.When entering the vehicle, the steer-ing wheel will move toward the driverand the seat will move forward whenthe Engine Start/Stop Button ispressed to the ACC position or STARTposition.

You can activate or deactivate thisfeature. Refer to "User settings" inchapter 4.

Headrest (for front seat)

The driver's and front passenger'sseats are equipped with a headrestfor the occupant's safety and com-fort.The headrest not only provides com-fort for the driver and front passen-ger, but also helps protect the headand neck in the event of a collision.

OKH033109N

KH CAN (ENG) 3:2015 3/26/2015 6:07 AM Page 8


3

3-9

For maximum effectiveness in caseof an accident, the headrest shouldbe adjusted so the middle of theheadrest is at the same height of thecenter of gravity of an occupant'shead. Generally, the center of gravityof most people's head is similar withthe height of the top of their eyes.Also, adjust the headrest as close toyour head as possible. For this reason, the use of a cushionthat holds the body away from theseatback is not recommended.

Forward and backward adjustment

The headrest may be adjusted for-ward or rearward by pulling the lowerpart of the headrest forward or rear-ward to the desired detent in thedirection of the arrow. Adjust theheadrest so that it properly supportsthe head and neck.

✽ NOTICE

If you recline the seatback towardsthe front with the headrest and seatcushion raised, the headrest maycome in contact with the sunvisor orother parts of the vehicle.

OKH033010N

Headrest removal/adjust-ment

• Do not operate the vehiclewith the headrests removed.Headrests help provide criti-cal neck and head support ina crash.

• Do not adjust the headrestheight while the vehicle is inmotion. Driver may lose con-trol of the vehicle.

WARNING

Excessive pulling or pushingmay damage the headrest.

CAUTION

OYF034025

KH CAN (ENG) 3:2015 3/26/2015 6:07 AM Page 9

Adjusting the height up and down

For manual type

To raise the headrest 1.Pull it up to the desired position (1).

To lower the headrest1.Push and hold the release button

(2) on the headrest support.2.Lower the headrest to the desired

position (3).

For power type

To raise the headrest 1.Push the control switch up (1).

To lower the headrest2.Push the control switch down (2)

Release the switch once the head-rest reaches the desired position.

Removal

1.Recline the seatback (2) with therecliner control switch (1).

3-10


OKH033011N

OKH033095N

NEVER allow anyone to ride in aseat with the headrest removed.

WARNING

OKH033008N

KH CAN (ENG) 3:2015 3/26/2015 6:07 AM Page 10

For manual type

2.Raise it as far as it can go.3.Press the release button (3) while

pulling upward (4).

For power type

1.Raise it as far as it can go bypulling the switch up (3).

2.Pull the headrest up (4).

Installation



3

3-11

OKH033096N OKH033098N

OKH033100N

Headrest ReinstallationTo reduce the risk of injury tothe head or neck, always makesure the head rest is locked intoposition and adjusted properlyafter reinstalling.

WARNING

KH CAN (ENG) 3:2015 3/26/2015 6:07 AM Page 11

For manual type

2.Put the headrest poles (3) into theholes while pressing the releasebutton (4).


4.Adjust the headrest to the appro-priate height.

For power type

2.Raise it as far as it can go bypulling the switch up (3).

3.Put the headrest poles (4) into theholes and then pull the switchdown (5) until the headrest movesto the lowest position.

4.To install the headrest securely,move the headrest up and down 2or 3 times by pulling the switch upand down.


6.Adjust the headrest to the appro-priate height.

Electronic active headrest

The electronic active headrest isdesigned to move the headrest for-ward and upward when impact sen-sor detects a rear impact.This helps to prevent the driver's andfront passenger’s heads from movingbackward during a collision.

✽ NOTICEDo not damage the Active Headrest.Headrests can provide critical neckand head support in a crash.

3-12


OKH033102N OKH033110NOKH033101N

KH CAN (ENG) 3:2015 3/26/2015 6:07 AM Page 12

Rear seat adjustment - for power seat (if equipped)The rear seat can be adjusted byusing the control switches located onthe door.

When in operation, the power seatconsumes a large amount of electri-cal power. To prevent unnecessarybattery drain, don’t adjust the powerseat longer than necessary while theengine is not running.


3

3-13

The power seat is operable withthe Engine Start/Stop Button inOFF. Therefore, children should neverbe left unattended in the vehicle.

WARNING

Seat adjustment• Do not adjust the seat while

wearing seat belts. Moving theseat forward will cause strongpressure on the abdomen.

• Do not place your hand nearthe seat when adjusting theseat. Your hand could getcaught in the seat mecha-nism.

WARNING

Do not operate the rear powerseat while the child seat isinstalled. Operation of the rearpower seats affect the propercar seat installation and therebyincrease the risk of injury to thechild seat occupant.

WARNING

Power seat adjustmentsThe power seating controlsfunction by electronic motor.Excessive operation may causedamage to the electrical equip-ment.

CAUTION

Power SeatingDo not operate two or morepower seat control switches atthe same time. Doing so maydamage the power seat motoror electrical components.

CAUTION

KH CAN (ENG) 3:2015 3/26/2015 6:07 AM Page 13

Forward, backward and seatbackangle (for power seat)

Push the control switch forward orbackward to move the seat to thedesired position. Release the switchonce the seat reaches the desiredposition.

Easy access switch (for power seat)

Your vehicle features an easy accesssystem to provide convenient accessfor rear passengers. When openingthe rear door, the rear seats willmove rearward automatically to pro-vide easier access for passengers.This easy access system will operateonly when the control switch is in"ON" position.

Additional switches for adjustingthe front seat (if equipped)

• Front passenger’s seat

The switch is located on the left sideof the front passenger’s seatback. To adjust the position of front pas-senger’s seat ;Press the control switch forward (1)or rearward (2)to move the seat tothe desired position. Press the con-trol switch forward (3) or rearward (4)to move the seatback to the desiredangle. Do not use these switches while thefront passenger seat is occupied.

3-14


OKH033035N OKH033036N OKH035022N

KH CAN (ENG) 3:2015 3/26/2015 6:07 AM Page 14

• Rear seat

The switch is located in the armrestof the rear seat.To adjust the position of front pas-senger’s seat ;Press the control switch forward (1)or rearward (2) to move the seat tothe desired position.Press the control switch forward (3)or rearward (4) to move the seatbackto the desired angle.

Do not use these switches while thefront passenger seat is occupied.

Lumbar support (for rear right and left passenger’sseat) (if equipped)

• For right side :Press the R switch.The lumbar support can be adjustedby pushing the lumbar support lever.Push the lever to left side (1) increasesupport or push the lever to the rightside (2) to decrease support.To move the support position up ordown, push the lever upside (3) ordown side (4).

• For left side : Press the L switch. The lumbar support can be adjustedby pushing the lumbar support lever.Push the lever to left side (1) increasesupport or push the lever to the rightside (2) to decrease support.To move the support position up ordown, push the lever upside (3) ordown side (4).


3

3-15

OKH033037N

OKH033032N

KH CAN (ENG) 3:2015 3/26/2015 6:07 AM Page 15

3-16


Rear switches operating limitation

You can activate or deactivate therear seat control, rear audio controland climate control by using theREAR LOCK button on the rear arm-rest or “System Settings” in the AVN(Audio, Video, and Navigation).Detailed information for the “SystemSettings” is described in a separatelysupplied manual.If the rear control button has deacti-vated through AVN, you can reacti-vate the rear control button onlythrough AVN.

Headrest (for rear seat)

The rear seat is equipped with head-rests in all the seating positions forthe occupant's safety and comfort.The headrest not only provides com-fort for passengers, but also helpsprotect the head and neck in theevent of a collision.

For maximum effectiveness in caseof an accident, the headrest shouldbe adjusted so the middle of theheadrest is at the same height of thecenter of gravity of an occupant'shead. Generally, the center of gravityof most people's head is similar withthe height as the top of their eyes. Also adjust the headrest as close toyour head as possible. For this rea-son, the use of a cushion that holdsthe body away from the seatback isnot recommended.

OKH033040N OKH033111N

KH CAN (ENG) 3:2015 3/26/2015 6:07 AM Page 16


3

3-17

Adjusting the height up and down

To raise the headrest, pull it up to thedesired position (1). To lower theheadrest, push and hold the releasebutton (2) on the headrest supportand lower the headrest to the desiredposition (3).

Removal and installation (for power seat)

To remove the headrest move theseat forward as much as possible.Raise it as far as it can go then pressthe release button (1) while pullingthe headrest up (2).To reinstall the headrest move theseat forward as much as possible.Put the headrest poles (3) into theholes while pressing the release but-ton (1). Then adjust it to the appro-priate height (2).

OKH033024N OKH033026N

Do not operate the vehicle withthe headrests removed. Headrests may provide criticalneck and head support in acrash.

WARNING

Headrest ReinstallationTo reduce the risk of injury tothe head or neck, always makesure the headrest is locked intoposition and adjusted properly.

WARNING

KH CAN (ENG) 3:2015 3/26/2015 6:07 AM Page 17

3-18


Rear center seat headrest

You can fold the rear center seat’sheadrest by pressing the upper partof the headrest while pushing thebutton (1).To use the headrest, pull up theupper part of the headrest.

✽ NOTICEOperating the vehicle with the head-rest in the folded position does notprovide the vehicle occupant withthe optimal neck and head supportin the event of a crash.

Forward and backward adjustment

The headrest may be adjusted for-ward or backward by pulling thelower part of the headrest forward orbackward to the desired detent in thedirection of the arrow. Adjust theheadrest so that it properly supportsthe head and neck.

Wing-out (if equipped)

For rear outboard passenger's com-fort, the ends of the headrest can beadjusted inward.

OKH033103N OKH033039NOKH033106N

KH CAN (ENG) 3:2015 3/26/2015 6:07 AM Page 18


3

3-19

Armrest

To use the armrest, pull it forwardfrom the seatback.

Carrying long / narrow cargo (for fixed seat, if equipped)

Additional cargo space is provided toaccommodate long/narrow cargo(skis, poles, etc.) not able to fit prop-erly in the trunk when closed. 1.Pull the armrest down. 2.Pull the cover down while pushing

the release lever down.

OKH033027N

OKH033076N

• Be careful when loadingcargo through the rear passen-ger seats to prevent damage tothe vehicle interior.

• When cargo is loaded throughthe rear passenger seats,ensure the cargo is properlysecured to prevent it from mov-ing while driving. Unsecuredcargo in the passenger com-partment can cause damage tothe vehicle.

CAUTION

CargoCargo should always besecured to prevent it from beingthrown about the vehicle in acollision and causing injury tothe vehicle occupants. Do notplace objects on the rear seats,since they cannot be properlysecured and may hit the frontseat occupants in a collision.

WARNING

KH CAN (ENG) 3:2015 3/26/2015 6:07 AM Page 19

3-20


Seat belt restraint systemSeat belts are designed to bear uponthe bony structure of the body, andshould be worn low across thepelvis, chest and shoulders as appli-cable. wearing the lap section of thebelt across the abdominal area mustbe avoided.Seat belts should be adjusted asfirmly as possible, consistent withcomfort, to provide the protection forwhich they have been designed. A slack belt will greatly reduce theprotection afforded to the wearer. Care should be taken to avoid con-tamination of the webbing with pol-ishes, oils and chemicals, and partic-ularly battery acid. Cleaning maysafely be carried out using mild soapand water. The belt should bereplaced if webbing becomes frayed,contaminated or damaged. • For maximum restraint system pro-

tection, the seat belts must alwaysbe used whenever the vehicle ismoving. A properly positionedshoulder belt should be positionedmidway over your shoulder acrossyour collarbone.

• Never allow children to ride in thefront passenger seat. See childrestraint system section for furtherdiscussion.

SEAT BELTS

Shoulder beltNever wear the shoulder beltunder your arm or behind yourback. An improperly positionedshoulder belt cannot protect theoccupant in a crash.

WARNING

Damaged seat beltReplace the entire seat beltassembly if any part of the web-bing or hardware is damaged asyou can no longer be sure that adamaged seat belt will provideprotection in a crash.

WARNING

Twisted seat beltMake sure your seat belt is nottwisted when worn. A twistedseat belt may not properly pro-tect you in an accident andcould even cut into your body.

WARNING

Seat belt buckleDo not allow foreign material(gum, crumbs, coins, etc.) toobstruct the seat belt buckle.This may prevent the seat beltfrom fastening securely.

WARNING

KH CAN (ENG) 3:2015 3/26/2015 6:07 AM Page 20


3

3-21

Seat belt warning (for driver’s seat)

The driver's seat belt warning lightand chime will activate to the follow-ing table when the Engine Start/Stopbutton is in "ON" position. *1 Warning pattern repeats 11 times

with an interval of 24 seconds. Ifthe driver's seat belt is buckled, thelight will stop within 6 seconds andchime will stop immediately.

*2 The light will stop within 6 secondsand chime will stop immediately.

Seat belt warning (for front passenger’s seat)

The front passenger's seat beltwarning light will activate to the fol-lowing table when the EngineStart/Stop button is in "ON" position.

WKH-001

Conditions Warning Pattern

Seat BeltVehicle

SpeedLight-Blink

Chime-

Sound

Unbuckled 6 seconds

Buckled 6 seconds None

Buckled →Unbuckled

3 mph(Below 5 km/h) 6 seconds None

5 km/h~10 km/h 6 seconds

6 mph(Above 10 km/h)

6 sec. on / 24 sec.off (11 times)

Unbuckled

6 mph(Above 10 km/h)

↓

3 mph (Below 5 km/h)

6 seconds *1

↓

Stop *2

OKH035104N

KH CAN (ENG) 3:2015 3/26/2015 6:07 AM Page 21

3-22


*1 The seat belt warning light will gooff if the vehicle speed decreasesbelow 5 km/h (3 mph). If the vehi-cle speed increases above 5 km/h(3 mph), the warning light will blinkagain.

✽ NOTICERiding in an improper positionadversely affects the front passen-ger's seat belt warning system. It isimportant for the driver to instructthe passenger as to the proper seat-ing instructions as contained in thismanual.

• You can find the front passenger'sseat belt warning light on the cen-ter fascia panel.

• Although the front passenger seatis not occupied, the seat belt warn-ing light will blink for 6 seconds.

• The seat belt warning light canblink when a briefcase or purse isplaced on the front passengerseat.

Seat belt - Driver's 3-point systemwith emergency locking retractor

To fasten your seat belt:

To fasten your seat belt, pull it out ofthe retractor and insert the metal tab(1) into the buckle (2). There will bean audible "click" when the tab locksinto the buckle.The seat belt automatically adjusts tothe proper length only after the lapbelt portion is adjusted manually sothat it fits snugly around your hips. Ifyou lean forward in a slow, easymotion, the belt will extend and letyou move around. If there is a sud-den stop or impact, however, the beltwill lock into position.

Conditions Warning Pattern

Seat BeltVehicle

SpeedLight-Blink

Unbuckled 6 seconds

Unbuckled10 km/h

(Above 6mph)Continuously

Buckled 6 seconds

Buckled →Unbuckled

10 km/h

(Above 6mph)Continuously *1

10 km/h

(Below 6mph)None

OKH033112N

r

KH CAN (ENG) 3:2015 3/26/2015 6:07 AM Page 22


3

3-23

It will also lock if you try to lean for-ward too quickly.

✽ NOTICEIf you are unable to pull out the seatbelt from the retractor, firmly pullthe belt out and release it. Then youwill be able to pull the belt outsmoothly.

Height adjustment

You can adjust the height of theshoulder belt anchor to one of the 4positions for maximum comfort andsafety.The height of the adjusting seat beltshould not be too close to your neck.The shoulder portion should beadjusted so that it lies across yourchest and midway over your shouldernearest the door and not your neck.To adjust the height of the seat beltanchor, lower or raise the heightadjuster into an appropriate position.

To raise the height adjuster, pull it up(1). To lower it, push it down (3) whilepressing the height adjuster button(2).Release the button to lock theanchor into position. Try sliding theheight adjuster to make sure that ithas locked into position.

OKH033113NShoulder belt positioning

Never position the shoulder beltacross your neck or face.

WARNING

Seat belt replacementReplace your seat belts afterbeing in an accident. Failure toreplace seat belts after an acci-dent could leave you with dam-aged seat belts that will not pro-vide protection in the event ofanother collision.

WARNING

KH CAN (ENG) 3:2015 3/26/2015 6:08 AM Page 23

3-24


You should place the lap belt portionas low as possible and snugly acrossyour hips. If the lap belt is located toohigh on your waist, it may increasethe chance of injury in the event of acollision.The arm closest to the seat beltbuckle should be over the belt whilethe other arm should be under thebelt as shown in the illustration.

Seat belts - Front passenger andrear seat 3-point system withcombination locking retractorTo fasten your seat belt

Combination retractor type seat beltsare installed in the rear seat posi-tions to help accommodate theinstallation of child restraint systems.Although a combination retractor isalso installed in the front passengerseat position, it is strongly recom-mended that children always beseated in the rear seat. NEVERplace an infant restraint system inthe front seat of the vehicle.This type of seat belt combines thefeatures of both an emergency lock-ing retractor seat belt and an auto-matic locking retractor seat belt. Tofasten your seat belt, pull it out of theretractor and insert the metal tab intothe buckle. There will be an audible"click" when the tab locks into thebuckle. When not securing a childrestraint, the seat belt operates in thesame way as the driver's seat belt(Emergency Locking RetractorType). It automatically adjusts to theproper length only after the lap belt

portion of the seat belt is adjustedmanually so that it fits snugly aroundyour hips.When the seat belt is fully extendedfrom the retractor to allow the instal-lation of a child restraint system, theseat belt operation changes to allowthe belt to retract, but not to extend(Automatic Locking Retractor Type).Refer to “Using a child restraint sys-tem” in this chapter.To convert from the automatic lock-ing feature to the emergency lockingoperation mode, allow the unbuckledseat belt to fully retract.

OKH033114N

KH CAN (ENG) 3:2015 3/26/2015 6:08 AM Page 24


3

3-25

When using the rear center seat belt,the buckle with the “CENTER” markmust be used.

To release the seat belt

The seat belt is released by pressingthe release button (1) of the lockingbuckle. When it is released, the beltshould automatically draw back intothe retractor.If this does not happen, check thebelt to be sure it is not twisted, thentry again.

Pre-tensioner seat belt

Your vehicle is equipped with driver'sand front passenger's pre-tensionerseat belts (retractor pretensioner andEFD (Emergency Fastening Device).The pre-tensioner seat belts may beactivated, when a frontal collision issevere enough, together with the airbags.When the vehicle stops suddenly, orif the occupant tries to lean forwardtoo quickly, the seat belt retractormay lock into position. In certainfrontal collisions, the pre-tensionerwill activate and pull the seat belt intotighter contact against the occu-pant's body.

OKH033115NOKH033045N

OXMA033101

KH CAN (ENG) 3:2015 3/26/2015 6:08 AM Page 25

3-26


(1) Retractor PretensionerThe retractor pre-tensioner is asupplemental system of the seatbelts.The purpose of the retractor pre-tensioner is to make sure that theshoulder belts fit in tightly againstthe occupant's upper body in cer-tain frontal collisions.

(2) EFD (Emergency Fastening Device)The Emergency Fastening Device(EFD) is a supplemental system ofthe seat belts.The purpose of the EFD is to makesure that the pelvis belts fit in tight-ly against the occupant's lowerbody in certain frontal collisions.

If the system senses excessive ten-sion on the driver or passenger'sseat belt when the pre-tensioner sys-tem activates, the load limiter insidethe retractor pre-tensioner will releasesome of the pressure on the affectedseat belt.

The seat belt pre-tensioner systemconsists mainly of the following com-ponents. Their locations are shownin the illustration:1. SRS air bag warning light2. Retractor pre-tensioner assembly3. SRS control module4. Emergency fastening device (EFD)

ODMESA2024

• Do not put anything near thebuckle. Placing objects nearthe buckle may increase therisk of personal injury in theevent of a collision.

• For your safety, be sure thatthe belt webbing is not looseor twisted and always sitproperly on your seat.

WARNING

KH CAN (ENG) 3:2015 3/26/2015 6:08 AM Page 26


3

3-27

To obtain maximum benefit from apre-tensioner seat belt:1.The seat belt must be worn cor-

rectly and adjusted to the properposition. Please read and follow allof the important information andprecautions about your vehicle’soccupant safety features – includ-ing seat belts and air bags – thatare provided in this manual.

2.Be sure you and your passengersalways wear seat belts properly.

✽ NOTICE• Both the driver's and front pas-

senger's seat belt pre-tensionersystem may be activated not onlyin certain frontal collision but alsoin certain side collision or rollover,if the vehicle is equipped with aside or curtain air bag.

• When the pre-tensioner seat beltsare activated, a loud noise may beheard and fine dust, which mayappear to be smoke, may be visiblein the passenger compartment.These are normal operating condi-tions and are not hazardous.

• Because the sensor that activatesthe SRS air bag is connected withthe pre-tensioner seat belt, theSRS air bag warning light onthe instrument panel will illumi-nate for approximately 6 secondsafter the Engine Start/Stop buttonhas been turned to the ON posi-tion, and then it should turn off.

If the pre-tensioner seat belt systemare not working properly, this warninglight will illuminate even if there is nomalfunction of the SRS air bag. If theSRS air bag warning light does notilluminate when the EngineStart/Stop button is turned ON, or if itremains illuminated after illuminatingfor approximately 6 seconds, or if itilluminates while the vehicle is beingdriven, have an authorized author-ized Kia Premium dealer inspect thepre-tensioner seat belt and SRS airbag system as soon as possible.

Skin IrritationWash all exposed skin areasthoroughly after an accident inwhich the pre-tensioner seatbelts were activated. The finedust from the pre-tensioneractivation may cause skin irrita-tion and should not be breathedfor prolonged periods.

WARNING

KH CAN (ENG) 3:2015 3/26/2015 6:08 AM Page 27

3-28


• Pre-tensioners are designed tooperate only one time. After activa-tion, pre-tensioner seat belts mustbe replaced. All seat belts, of anytype, should always be replacedafter they have been worn during acollision.

• Do not attempt to inspect orreplace the pre-tensioner seatbelts yourself. This must be doneby an authorized Kia Premiumdealer.

• Do not strike the pre-tensioner seatbelt assemblies.

• Do not attempt to service or repairthe pre-tensioner seat belt systemin any manner.

Pre-Safe Seat belt (PSB) (if equipped)

The pre-safe seat belt activates onlywhen the passenger is wearinghis/her seatbelt. It will activate andpull the seat belt into tighter contactagainst the occupant's body if a colli-sion is detected or during certaindriving maneuvers.

OKH033116N

Hot Pre-tensionerDo not touch the pre-tensionerseat belt assemblies for severalminutes after they have beenactivated. When the pre-tension-er seat belt mechanism fires dur-ing a collision the pretensionerbecomes hot and can burn you.

WARNING

The pre-safe seat belt activatesonly when the passenger iswearing his/her seat belt.

CAUTION

KH CAN (ENG) 3:2015 3/26/2015 6:08 AM Page 28


3

3-29

The pre-safe seat belt warning lightwill illuminate if there is a problemwith your pre-safe seat belt. Have the system checked if:• The light does not turn on briefly

when you turn the enginestart/stop button to the ON posi-tion.

• The light stays on after illuminationfor approximately 3 seconds.

• The light comes on while the vehi-cle is in motion.

The pre-safe seat belt system oper-ates as below• The seat belt is tightened when:

- The vehicle senses a collision- Emergency braking situation

occurs- Loss of vehicle control

• The seat belt vibrates when:- The vehicle detects and object too

close to the vehicle

Other function is winding a looseseat belt after unfastening seatbelt.

Seat belt precautionsInfant or small childYou should be aware of the specificrequirements in your country. Childand/or infant seats must be properlyplaced and installed in the rear seat.For more information about the useof these restraints, refer to “Childrestraint system” in this chapter.

OKH045515N

■ Type A ■ Type B

Do not be surprised when theseat belt vibrates. It’s not a mal-function but a warning for yoursafety.

CAUTION

KH CAN (ENG) 3:2015 3/26/2015 6:08 AM Page 29

3-30


Larger childrenChildren who are too large for childrestraint systems should always occu-py the rear seat and use the availablelap/shoulder belts. The lap portionshould be fastened snug on the hipsand as low as possible. Periodicallycheck belt fit. A child's squirming couldput the belt out of position. Childrenare given the most safety in the eventof an accident when they arerestrained by a proper restraint systemin the rear seat. If a larger child (overage 12) must be seated in the frontseat, the child should be securelyrestrained by the available lap/shoul-der belt and the seat should be placedin the rearmost position. Children age12 and under should be restrainedsecurely in the rear seat. NEVERplace a child age 12 and under in thefront seat. NEVER place a rear facingchild seat in the front seat of a vehicle.If the shoulder belt portion slightlytouches the child’s neck or face, tryplacing the child closer to the center ofthe vehicle. If the shoulder belt stilltouches their face or neck they need tobe returned to a child restraint system.

Restraint of pregnant women Pregnant women should wearlap/shoulder belt assemblies when-ever possible according to specificrecommendations by their doctors.The lap portion of the belt should beworn AS SNUGLY AND LOW ASPOSSIBLE on the hips, not acrossthe abdomen.

Pregnant womenPregnant women must neverplace the lap portion of the seatbelt above or on the abdomenwhere the fetus is located. Theforce of the seat belt during acollision will crush the fetus.

WARNING

Small childrenDo not allow small children toride in the vehicle without anappropriate Child RestraintSystem. If the shoulder beltcomes in contact with yourchild's neck or face your child istoo small to ride in the front ofthe vehicle without a CRS andwill cause injury to your child'sneck, throat and face.

WARNING

KH CAN (ENG) 3:2015 3/26/2015 6:08 AM Page 30


3

3-31

Injured personA seat belt should be used when aninjured person is being transported.When this is necessary, you shouldconsult a physician for recommenda-tions.

One person per beltTwo people (including children)should never attempt to use a singleseat belt. This could increase theseverity of injuries in case of an acci-dent.

Do not lie downTo reduce the chance of injuries in theevent of an accident and to achievemaximum effectiveness of therestraint system, all passengersshould be sitting up and the frontseats should be in an upright positionwhen the vehicle is moving. A seatbelt cannot provide proper protectionif the person is lying down in the rearseat or if the front seat is in a reclinedposition.

Care of seat beltsSeat belt systems should never bedisassembled or modified. In addi-tion, care should be taken to assurethat seat belts and belt hardware arenot damaged by seat hinges, doorsor other abuse.

Periodic inspectionAll seat belts should be inspectedperiodically for wear or damage ofany kind. Any damaged parts shouldbe replaced as soon as possible.

Keep belts clean and drySeat belts should be kept clean anddry. If belts become dirty, they can becleaned by using a mild soap solu-tion and warm water. Bleach, dye,strong detergents or abrasivesshould not be used because theymay damage and weaken the fabric.

When to replace seat beltsThe entire in-use seat belt assemblyor assemblies should be replaced ifthe vehicle has been involved in anaccident. This should be done even ifno damage is visible. Additionalquestions concerning seat belt oper-ation should be directed to anauthorized Kia Premium dealer.

Pinched Seat beltsMake sure that the webbingand/or buckle does not getcaught or pinched in the rearseat when returning the rearseatback to its upright position.A caught or pinched webbing/buckle may become damagedand could fail during a collisionor sudden stop.

WARNING

KH CAN (ENG) 3:2015 3/26/2015 6:08 AM Page 31

3-32


CHILD RESTRAINT SYSTEMChildren riding in the car should sit inthe rear seat and must always beproperly restrained to minimize therisk of injury in an accident, suddenstop or sudden maneuver. Accordingto accident statistics, children aresafer when properly restrained in therear seats than in the front seat.Larger children who are not in a childrestraint should use one of the seatbelts provided.You should be aware of the specificrequirements in your country. Childand/or infant safety seats must beproperly placed and installed in therear seat. You must use a commer-cially available child restraint systemthat meets the requirements of thesafety standards of your country.Child restraint systems are designedto be secured in vehicle seats byseat belt, or by a tether anchorand/or LATCH anchors (if equipped).

Children could be injured or killed ina crash if their restraints are notproperly secured. For small childrenand babies, a child seat or infant seatmust be used. Before buying a par-ticular child restraint system, makesure it fits your car seat and seatbelts, and fits your child. Follow allthe instructions provided by the man-ufacturer when installing the childrestraint system.

When the child restraint system is notin use, store it in the luggage area orfasten it with a seat belt so that it willnot be thrown forward in case of asudden stop or an accident.

Restraint locationNever install a child or infant seaton the front passenger's seat.A child riding in the front pas-senger seat can be forcefullystruck by an inflating air bag.

WARNING

Hot child restraintA child restraint system canbecome very hot if it is left in aclosed vehicle on a sunny day.Be sure to check the seat cover,buckles and latches beforeplacing a child in the restraintsystem.

WARNING

KH CAN (ENG) 3:2015 3/26/2015 6:08 AM Page 32


3

3-33

Using a child restraint system

For small children and babies, theuse of a child seat or infant seat isrequired. This child seat or infantseat should be of appropriate size forthe child and should be installed inaccordance with the manufacturer'sinstructions.

For safety reasons, we recommendthat the child restraint system beused in the rear seats.Since all passenger seat belts movefreely under normal conditions andonly lock under extreme or emer-gency conditions (emergency lockmode), you must manually changethese seat belts to the auto lockmode to secure a child restraint.If the seat belt does not operate asdescribed in this chapter, have thesystem checked immediately by yourauthorized Kia Premium dealer.

OTQ037038

Rear- facing child restraint system

Forward-facing child restraint systemOKH033117N

Holding childrenNever hold a child in your armsor lap when riding in a vehicle.The violent forces created dur-ing a crash will tear the childfrom your arms and throw thechild against the car’s interior. Always use a child restraintsystem which is appropriate foryour child's height and weight.

WARNING

Seat belt useDo not use one seat belt for twooccupants at the same time.This will eliminate any safetybenefit provided by the seat beltto the occupants.

WARNING

Unattended childrenNever leave children unattend-ed in a vehicle. The car can heatup very quickly, resulting ininjuries to the child in the vehi-cle.

WARNING

KH CAN (ENG) 3:2015 3/26/2015 6:08 AM Page 33

3-34


✽ NOTICEIf the vehicle headrest preventsproper installation of a child seat (asdescribed in the child seat systemmanual), the headrest of the respec-tive seating position shall be read-justed or entirely removed.

Placing a passenger seat beltinto the auto lock mode

The auto lock mode will help preventthe normal movement of the child inthe vehicle from causing the seat beltto loosen and compromise the childrestraint system. To secure a childrestraint system, use the followingprocedure.

To install a child restraint system onthe outboard or center rear seats, dothe following:1.Place the child restraint system in

the seat and route the lap/shoulderbelt around or through therestraint, following the restraintmanufacturer’s instructions. Besure the seat belt webbing is nottwisted.

2.Fasten the lap/shoulder belt latchinto the buckle. Listen for the dis-tinct “click” sound.

Position the release button so that itis easy to access in case of an emer-gency.

E2MS103005

OEN036101

Child seat installation• Always follow the instructions

provided by the child restraintsystem manufacturer. Childrestraint system manufactur-ers know their products best.

• Failure to observe this manu-al's instructions regardingchild restraint system and theinstructions provided with thechild restraint system couldresult in the improper installa-tion of the child restraint sys-tem which may reduce theprotection to your child in acrash or a sudden stop.

WARNING

KH CAN (ENG) 3:2015 3/26/2015 6:08 AM Page 34


3

3-35

3.Pull the shoulder portion of theseat belt all the way out. When theshoulder portion of the seat belt isfully extended, it will shift theretractor to the “Auto Lock” (childrestraint) mode.

4.Slowly allow the shoulder portionof the seat belt to retract and listenfor an audible “clicking” or “ratchet-ing” sound. This indicates that theretractor is in the “Auto Lock”mode. If no distinct sound is heard,repeat steps 3 and 4.

5.Remove as much slack from thebelt as possible by pushing downon the child restraint system whilefeeding the shoulder belt back intothe retractor.

6.Push and pull on the child restraintsystem to confirm that the seat beltis holding it firmly in place. If it isnot, release the seat belt andrepeat steps 2 through 6.

7.Double check that the retractor isin the “Auto Lock” mode byattempting to pull more of the seatbelt out of the retractor. If you can-not, the retractor is in the “AutoLock” mode.

OEN036102 OEN036103 OEN036104

KH CAN (ENG) 3:2015 3/26/2015 6:08 AM Page 35

3-36


The lap/shoulder belt automaticallyreturns to the “emergency lockmode” whenever the belt is allowedto retract fully. Therefore, the preceding sevensteps must be followed each time achild restraint is installed.To remove the child restraint, pressthe release button on the buckle andthen pull the lap/shoulder belt out ofthe restraint and allow the seat beltto retract fully.

Securing a child restraint seatwith tether anchorage system

Child restraint hook holders arelocated on the package tray.

This symbol indicates theposition of the tether anchor.

1.Route the child restraint seat strapover the seatback.For vehicles with adjustable head-rest, route the tether strap underthe headrest and between theheadrest posts, otherwise routethe tether strap over the top of theseatback. In case of interferencebetween the child restraint seatand the headrest remove the par-ticular head restraint for better fit-ment of the child restraint seat.OKH033108N

OKH033050N

OKH035048N

Auto lock modeSet the retractor to AutomaticLock mode when installing anychild restraint system.If the retractor is not in the AutoLock mode, the child restraintcan move when your vehicleturns or stops suddenly.

WARNING

KH CAN (ENG) 3:2015 3/26/2015 6:08 AM Page 36


3

3-37

2.Connect the tether strap hook tothe appropriate child restraint hookholder and tighten to secure thechild restraint seat.

Check that the child restraint systemis secure by pushing and pulling it indifferent directions. Incorrectly fittedchild restraints may swing, twist, tipor separate causing death or seriousinjury.

Securing a child restraint seat withchild seat lower anchor system

Some child seat manufacturersmake child restraint seats that arelabeled as LATCH or LATCH-com-patible child restraint seats. LATCHstands for "Lower Anchors andTethers for Children". These seatsinclude two rigid or webbing mount-ed attachments that connect to twoLATCH anchors at specific seatingpositions in your vehicle. This type ofchild restraint seat eliminates theneed to use seat belts to attach thechild seat in the rear seats.

Child restraint symbols are locatedon the left and right rear seat backsto indicate the position of the loweranchors for child restraints.

OKH033118N

OKH033051N

Lower Anchor

Lower AnchorPosition Indicator

Tether strapNever mount more than onechild restraint to a single tetheror to a single lower anchoragepoint. The increased loadcaused by multiple seats maycause the tethers or anchoragepoints to break.

WARNING

Unused rear seatbeltsAlways fasten the seatbeltsbehind the child restraint seatwhen they are not used tosecure the child seat. Failure todo so may result in child stran-gulation.

WARNING

KH CAN (ENG) 3:2015 3/26/2015 6:08 AM Page 37

3-38


LATCH anchors have been providedin your vehicle. The LATCH anchorsare located in the left and right out-board rear seating positions. Theirlocations are shown in the illustra-tion. There is no LATCH anchor pro-vided for the center rear seatingposition. The LATCH anchors are locatedbetween the seatback and the seatcushion of the rear seat left and rightoutboard seating positions.When you install your child's restraintsystem using the LATCH anchorsbuckle the shoulder lap belt, thenlock the retractor and pull the belt toremove the slack in the belt so it liesflat against the vehicle seat.Follow the child seat manufacturer’sinstructions to properly install childrestraint seats with LATCH orLATCH-compatible attachments.Once you have installed the LATCHchild restraint, assure that the seat isproperly attached to the LATCH andtether anchors.

Also, test the child restraint seatbefore you place the child in it. Tiltthe seat from side to side. Also try totug the seat forward. Check to see ifthe anchors hold the seat in place.

✽ NOTICE - Weight for LATCHsystem

The recommended weight for theLATCH system is under 65lb.How to calculate the child restraintweight : Child restraint weight = 65lb - Child weight

LATCH lower anchorsNever attempt to attach aLATCH equipped seat in thecenter seating position. LATCHlower anchors are only to beused with the left and right rearoutboard seating positions. Youmay damage the anchors or theanchors may fail and break in acollision.

WARNING

KH CAN (ENG) 3:2015 3/26/2015 6:08 AM Page 38


3

3-39

(1) Driver’s front air bag(2) Passenger’s front air bag(3) Side air bag(4) Curtain air bag

Even in vehicles with air bags, youand your passengers must alwayswear the safety belts provided inorder to minimize the risk and sever-ity of injury in the event of a collisionor rollover.

AIR BAG - advanced SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM

OKH033079N

❈ The actual air bags in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.

KH CAN (ENG) 3:2015 3/26/2015 6:08 AM Page 39

3-40


How does the air bag systemoperate • Air bags are activated (able to

inflate if necessary) only when theEngine Start/Stop button is turnedto the ON or engine is running.

• Air bags inflate instantly in theevent of serious frontal or side col-lision (if equipped with side air bagor curtain air bag) in order to helpprotect the occupants from seriousphysical injury.

• There is no single speed at whichthe air bags will inflate. Generally, air bags are designed toinflate based upon the severity of acollision and its direction. Thesetwo factors determine whether thesensors produce an electronicdeployment/ inflation signal.

• Air bag deployment depends on anumber of complex factors includ-ing vehicle speed, angles of impactand the density and stiffness of thevehicles or objects which yourvehicle hits in the collision. Though,factors are not limited to thosementioned above.

• The front air bags will completelyinflate and deflate in an instant. It is virtually impossible for you tosee the air bags inflate during anaccident. It is much more likely thatyou will simply see the deflated airbags hanging out of their storagecompartments after the collision.

• In order to help provide protectionin a severe collision, the air bagsmust inflate rapidly. The speed ofair bag inflation is a consequenceof extremely short time in which acollision occurs and the need toget the air bag between the occu-pant and the vehicle structuresbefore the occupant impacts thosestructures. This speed of inflationreduces the risk of serious or life-threatening injuries in a severe col-lision and is thus a necessary partof air bag design.However, air bag inflation can alsocause injuries which can includefacial abrasions, bruises and bro-ken bones because the inflationspeed also causes the air bags toexpand with a great deal of force.

• There are even circumstancesunder which contact with thesteering wheel air bag can causefatal injuries, especially if theoccupant is positioned exces-sively close to the steeringwheel.

Airbag inflationSit as far back as possible fromthe steering wheel while stillmaintaining comfortable con-trol of the your vehicle. A dis-tance of at least 10" from yourchest to the steering wheel isrecommended. Failure to do socan result in airbag inflationinjuries to the driver.

WARNING

KH CAN (ENG) 3:2015 3/26/2015 6:08 AM Page 40


3

3-41

Noise and smokeWhen the air bags inflate, they makea loud noise and they leave smokeand powder in the air inside of thevehicle. This is normal and is a resultof the ignition of the air bag inflator.After the air bag inflates, you mayfeel substantial discomfort in breath-ing due to the contact of your chestto both the seat belt and the air bag,as well as from breathing the smokeand powder. Open your doorsand/or windows as soon as possi-ble after the impact in order toreduce discomfort and preventprolonged exposure to smoke andpowder. Though smoke and powder are non-toxic,They may cause irritation to theskin (eyes,nose and throat, etc). Ifthis is the case, wash and rinse withcold water immediately and consult adoctor if the symptom persists.

Installing a child restraint on afront passenger’s seat is forbidden

Never place a rear-facing childrestraint in the front passenger’sseat. If the air bag deploys, it wouldimpact the rear-facing child restraint,causing serious or fatal injury.In addition, do not place front-facingchild restraint in the front passen-ger’s seat either. If the front passen-ger air bag inflates, it would causeserious or fatal injuries to the child.

1JBH3051

Hot componentsDo not touch the air bag storagearea's internal componentsimmediately after air bag infla-tion. The air bag related parts inthe steering wheel, instrumentpanel and the roof rails abovethe front and rear doors arevery hot. Hot components canresult in burn injuries.

WARNING

KH CAN (ENG) 3:2015 3/26/2015 6:08 AM Page 41

3-42


Air bag warning light

The purpose of the air bag warninglight in your instrument panel is toalert you of a potential problem withyour air bag - SupplementalRestraint System (SRS).When the Engine Start/Stop buttonis turned ON, the indicator lightshould illuminate for approximately 6seconds, then go off.Have the system checked by anauthorized Kia Premium dealer if:• The light does not turn on briefly

when you turn the EngineStart/Stop button to the ON posi-tion.

• The light stays on after illuminatingfor approximately 6 seconds.


WKH-006

Air bag deployment When children are seated in therear outboard seats of a vehicleequipped with side and/or cur-tain air bags, install the childrestraint system as far awayfrom the door side as possible.Inflation of the side and/or cur-tain air bags could impact thechild.

WARNING

KH CAN (ENG) 3:2015 3/26/2015 6:08 AM Page 42


3

3-43

SRS components and functions

The SRS consists of the followingcomponents:1. Driver's front air bag module2. Passenger's front air bag module3. Side air bag modules4. Curtain air bag modules5. Retractor pre-tensioner assemblies6. Air bag warning light7. SRS control module (SRSCM)8. Front impact sensors9. Side impact sensors

10. PASSENGER AIR BAG “OFF”indicator (Front passenger’s seatonly)

11. Occupant detection system (Front passenger’s seat only)

12. Driver’s and front passenger’sseat belt buckle sensors

13. Emergency fastening device(EFD)

The SRSCM continually monitors allSRS components while the EngineStart/Stop button is ON to determineif a crash impact is severe enough torequire air bag deployment or pre-tensioner seat belt deployment.The SRS air bag warning light on theinstrument panel will illuminate forabout 6 seconds after the EngineStart/Stop button is turned to the ONposition, after which the air bagwarning light should go out.If any of the following conditionsoccurs, this indicates a malfunctionof the SRS. Have an authorized KiaPremium dealer inspect the air bagsystem as soon as possible.• The light does not turn on briefly

when you turn the EngineStart/Stop button to the ON posi-tion.

• The light stays on after illuminatingfor approximately 6 seconds.


OKH033119N

KH CAN (ENG) 3:2015 3/26/2015 6:08 AM Page 43

3-44


The air bag modules are locatedboth in the center of the steeringwheel and in the front passenger'spanel above the glove box. When theSRSCM detects a sufficiently severeimpact to the front of the vehicle, itwill automatically deploy the front airbags.

Upon deployment, tear seams mold-ed directly into the pad covers willseparate under pressure from theexpansion of the air bags. Furtheropening of the covers then allows fullinflation of the air bags.

A fully inflated air bag, in combina-tion with a properly worn seat belt,slows the driver's or the passenger'sforward motion, reducing the risk ofhead and chest injury.

After complete inflation, the air bagimmediately starts deflating,enabling the driver to maintain for-ward visibility and the ability to steeror operate other controls.

OKH033130N

Driver’s front air bag (2)

OKH033128N


OKH033129N


KH CAN (ENG) 3:2015 3/26/2015 6:08 AM Page 44


3

3-45

✽ NOTICEBefore you replace a fuse or discon-nect a battery terminal, turn theEngine Start/Stop button to the OFFposition. Never remove or replacethe air bag related fuse(s) when theEngine Start/Stop button is in theON position. Failure to heed thiswarning will cause the SRS air bagwarning light to illuminate.

Occupant detection system

Your vehicle is equipped with anoccupant detection system in thefront passenger's seat.The occupant detection system isdesigned to detect the presence of aproperly-seated front passenger anddetermine if the passenger's front airbag should be enabled (may inflate)or not. The driver's front air bag is notaffected or controlled by the occu-pant detection system.

OKH033132N

Passenger’s front air bag

Air bag obstructionsDo not install or place anyaccessories on the steeringwheel, instrument panel, or onthe front passenger's panelabove the glove box in a vehicleSuch objects may become dan-gerous projectiles if the air bagdeploys.

WARNING OKH035105NFlying objects

Do not place any objects (anumbrella, bag, etc.) between thefront door and the front seat.Such objects may become dan-gerous projectiles if the sideairbag inflates.

WARNING

KH CAN (ENG) 3:2015 3/26/2015 6:09 AM Page 45

3-46


Main components of occupantdetection system• A detection device located within

the front passenger seat track.• Electronic system to determine

whether passenger air bag sys-tems should be activated or deac-tivated.

• An indicator light located on theinstrument panel which illuminatesthe words PASSENGER AIR BAG“OFF” indicating the front passen-ger air bag system is deactivated.

• The instrument panel air bag warn-ing light is interconnected with theoccupant detection system.

If the front passenger seat is occu-pied by a person that the systemdetermines to be of adult size, andhe/she sits properly (sitting uprightwith the seatback in an upright posi-tion, centered on the seat cushionwith their seat belt on, legs comfort-ably extended and their feet on thefloor), the PASSENGER AIR BAG“OFF” indicator will turn off and thefront passenger's air bag will be ableto inflate, if necessary, in frontalcrashes.You will find the PASSENGER AIRBAG “OFF” indicator on the centerfacia panel. This system detects theconditions 1~4 in the following tableand activates or deactivates the frontpassenger air bag based on theseconditions.Always be sure that you and all vehi-cle occupants are seated andrestrained properly (sitting uprightwith the seat in an upright position,centered on the seat cushion, withthe person’s legs comfortablyextended, feet on the floor, and wear-ing the safety belt properly) for themost effective protection by the airbag and the safety belt.

• The ODS (Occupant DetectionSystem) may not function properly ifthe passenger takes actions whichcan defeat the detection system.These include:

(1) Failing to sit in an upright position.(2) Leaning against the door or cen-

ter console.(3) Sitting towards the sides or the

front of the seat.(4) Putting legs on the dashboard or

resting them on other locationswhich reduce the passengerweight on the front seat.

(5) Improperly wearing the safetybelt.

(6) Reclining the seat back.(7) Wearing a thick cloth like ski wear

or hip protection wear.(8) Put on the seat an additional thick

cushion.

KH CAN (ENG) 3:2015 3/26/2015 6:09 AM Page 46


3

3-47

Condition and operation in the front passenger occupant detection system

*1 : The system judges a person of adult size as an adult. When a smaller adult sits in the front passenger seat, the system mayrecognize him/her as a child depending on his/her physique and posture.

*2 : Do not allow children to ride in the front passenger seat. When a smaller child than the same age sits in the front passengerseat, the system may recognize him/her as an infant depending on his/her physique or posture.

*3 : Never install a child restraint system on the front passenger seat.

*4 : The PASSENGER AIR BAG "OFF" indicator may turn on or off when a child above 12 months to 12 years old (with or withoutchild restraint system) sits in the front passenger seat. This is a normal condition.

✽ NOTICEDo not modify or replace the front passenger seat. Don't place anything on or attach anything such as a blanket,front seat cover or after market seat heater to the front passenger seat. This can adversely affect the occupant detec-tion system.

Condition detected by the occupantdetection system

Indicator/Warning light Devices

PASSENGER AIR BAG“OFF” indicator light SRS warning light Front passenger air bag

1. Adult *1 or child age 13 and up *2 Off Off Activated

2. Infant or child restraint system with12 months old *3 *4 On Off Deactivated

3. Unoccupied On Off Deactivated

4. Malfunction in the system Off On Activated

KH CAN (ENG) 3:2015 3/26/2015 6:09 AM Page 47

3-48


ODS systemRiding in an improper position adversely affects the occupant detection system (ODS) and may result inthe deactivation of front passenger air bag. It is important for the driver to instruct the passenger as to theproper seating instructions as contained in this manual.

OKH033126N

OKH033125N

OKH033123N

OKH033107N

OKH033124N

OKH033127N

• Never put a heavy load inthe front passenger seat.

• Never place the feet onthe front passenger seat-back.

• Never sit with the hipsshifted towards the frontof the seat.

• Never excessively reclinethe front passenger seat-back.

• Never place the feet onthe dashboard.

• Never lean on the door orcenter console.

• Never sit on one side ofthe front passenger seat.

WARNING

KH CAN (ENG) 3:2015 3/26/2015 6:09 AM Page 48


3

3-49

When an adult is seated in the frontpassenger seat, if the PASSENGERAIR BAG “OFF” indicator is on, turnthe Engine Start/Stop button to theOFF position and ask the passengerto sit properly (sitting upright with theseat back in an upright position, cen-tered on the seat cushion with theirseat belt on, legs comfortablyextended and their feet on the floor).Restart the engine and have the per-son remain in that position. This willallow the system to detect the personand to enable the passenger air bag. If the PASSENGER AIR BAG “OFF”indicator is still on, ask the passen-ger to move to the rear seat.

✽ NOTICEThe PASSENGER AIR BAG “OFF”indicator illuminates for about 4 sec-onds after the Engine Start/Stopbutton is turned to the ON positionor after the engine is started. If thefront passenger seat is occupied, theoccupant detection sensor will thenclassify the front passenger afterseveral more seconds.

OKH033131N

“AIR BAG OFF” lightDo not allow an adult passengerto ride in the front seat when thePASSENGER AIR BAG “OFF”indicator is illuminated,because the air bag will notdeploy in the event of a crash.The driver must instruct thepassenger to reposition himselfin the seat. Failure to properlyposition yourself may lead to airbag deactivation resulting in airbag non-deployment in a colli-sion. If the PASSENGER AIRBAG “OFF” indicator remainsilluminated after the passengerrepositions themselves proper-ly and the car is restarted, it isrecommended that passengermove to the rear seat becausethe passenger's front air bagwill not deploy.

WARNING

KH CAN (ENG) 3:2015 3/26/2015 6:09 AM Page 49

3-50


✽ NOTICEAir bags can only be used once –have an authorized Kia Premiumdealer replace the air bag immedi-ately after deployment.

Any child age 12 and under shouldride in the rear seat. Children toolarge for child restraints should usethe available lap/shoulder belts. Nomatter what type of crash, children ofall ages are safer when restrained inthe rear seat.

✽ NOTICEDo not modify or replace the frontpassenger seat. Don't place anythingon or attach anything such as a blan-ket, front seat covers or after marketseat heater to the front passengerseat. This can adversely affect theoccupant detection system.

If the occupant detection system isnot working properly, the SRS air bagwarning light on the instrumentpanel will illuminate because the pas-senger's front air bag is connectedwith the occupant detection system. Ifthere is a malfunction of the occupantdetection system, the PASSENGERAIR BAG “OFF” indicator will not illu-minate and the passenger's front airbag will inflate in frontal impact crash-es even if there is no occupant in thefront passenger's seat.

ODS Interference• Do not put a heavy load or an

electronic device (ex. laptopcomputer, after market DMB,navigation, satellite audio,video game machine, MP3, ACinverter and etc.) and sittingmat in the front passengerseatback pocket or on the frontpassenger seat.

• Do not hang onto the frontpassenger seat.

• Do not hang any items such asseatback table on the frontpassenger seatback.

• Do not place feet on the frontpassenger seatback.

• Do not place any items underthe front passenger seat.

• Do not place sharp objects onthe front passenger seat.These may damage the occu-pant detection system, if theypuncture the seat cushion.

(Continued)

(Continued)• Do not spill any liquids on the

seat. Any of the above couldinterfere with the proper oper-ation of the ODS sensor there-by increasing the risk of aninjury in an accident.

WARNING

KH CAN (ENG) 3:2015 3/26/2015 6:09 AM Page 50


3

3-51

Driver's and passenger's frontair bag

Your vehicle is equipped with anAdvanced Supplemental Restraint(Air Bag) System and lap/shoulderbelts at both the driver and passen-ger seating position.

The indications of the system's pres-ence are the letters "AIR BAG"embossed on the air bag pad coverin the steering wheel and the pas-senger's side front panel pad abovethe glove box.

The SRS consists of air bagsinstalled under the pad covers in thecenter of the steering wheel and thepassenger's side front panel abovethe glove box. The purpose of the SRS is to providethe vehicle's driver and/or the frontpassenger with additional protectionthan that offered by the seat belt sys-tem alone in case of a frontal impactof sufficient severity. The SRS usessensors to gather information aboutthe driver's seat position, the driver'sand front passenger's seat beltusage and impact severity.

The advanced SRS offers the abilityto control the air bag inflation withtwo levels. A first stage level is pro-vided for moderate-severity impacts.A second stage level is provided formore severe impacts.

The passenger’s front air bag isdesigned to help reduce the injury ofchildren sitting close to the instru-ment panel in low speed collisions.However, children are safer if theyare restraint in the rear seat.

According to the impact severity,seating position and seat belt usage,the SRSCM (SRS Control Module)controls the air bag inflation. Failureto properly wear seat belts canincrease the risk or severity of injuryin an accident.

OKH033053N

Driver’s front air bag

OKH033055N

Passenger’s front air bag

KH CAN (ENG) 3:2015 3/26/2015 6:09 AM Page 51

3-52


Additionally, your vehicle is equippedwith an occupant detection system inthe front passenger's seat. The occu-pant detection system detects thepresence of a passenger in the frontpassenger's seat and will turn off thefront passenger's air bag under cer-tain conditions. For more detail, see"Occupant detection system" in thischapter.Do not place any objects that maycause magnetic fields near the frontseat. These may cause a malfunctionof the seat track position sensor.Manufacturers are required by gov-ernment regulations to provide acontact point concerning modifica-tions to the vehicle for persons withdisabilities, which modifications mayaffect the vehicle’s advanced air bagsystem.

However, Kia does not endorse norwill it support any changes to anypart or structure of the vehicle thatcould affect the advanced air bagsystem, including the occupantdetection system.

✽ NOTICEThe front passenger seat, dashboardor door should not be replacedexcept by an authorized Kia premi-um dealer using original Kia partsdesigned for this vehicle and model.Any other such replacement or mod-ification could adversely affect theoperation of the occupant detectionsystem and your advanced air bags.

Advanced air bags are combinedwith pre-tensioner seat belts to helpprovide enhanced occupant protec-tion in frontal crashes. Front air bagsare not intended to deploy in colli-sions in which sufficient protectioncan be provided by the pre-tensionerseat belt alone.

Front air bags are not intended todeploy in side-impact, rear-impact orrollover crashes. In addition, front airbags will not deploy in frontal crash-es below the deployment threshold.

SRS WiringDo not tamper with or discon-nect SRS wiring or other com-ponents of the SRS system.Doing so could result in injury,due to accidental deployment ofthe air bags or by rendering theSRS inoperative.

WARNING

ModificationsModification to the seat struc-ture can cause the air bag todeploy at a different level thanshould be provided.

WARNING

KH CAN (ENG) 3:2015 3/26/2015 6:09 AM Page 52


3

3-53

Side air bag Your vehicle is equipped with a sideair bag in each front and rear out-board seat.The purpose of the air bag is to pro-vide the vehicle's driver and/or frontand rear outboard passenger withadditional protection than thatoffered by the seat belt alone. The side air bags are designed todeploy only during certain side-impact collisions, depending on thecrash severity, angle, speed andpoint of impact. The side and curtain air bags onboth sides of the vehicle may deployif a rollover or possible rollover isdetected.

The side air bags are not designed todeploy in all side impact or rollver sit-uations.The side air bag is supplemental tothe driver's and the passenger's seatbelt systems and is not a substitutefor them. Therefore your seat beltsmust be worn at all times while thevehicle is in operation.

■ Front

■ RearOKH033056N

OKH033081N

OKH033089N❈ The actual air bags in the vehicle may dif-

fer from the illustration.

KH CAN (ENG) 3:2015 3/26/2015 6:09 AM Page 53

3-54


For best protection from the side airbag system and to avoid beinginjured by the deploying side air bag,both front seat occupants should sitin an upright position with the seatbelt properly fastened. The driver'shands should be placed on the steer-ing wheel at the 9:00 and 3:00 posi-tions. The passenger's arms andhands should be placed on their laps.

If seat or seat cover is damaged, havethe vehicle checked and repaired byan authorized Kia Premium dealer. Inform that your vehicle is equippedwith side air bags and an occupantdetection system.

Unexpected deploymentAvoid impact to the side air bagsensor when the Engine Start/Stop button is ON to preventunexpected deployment of theside air bag.

WARNING

DeploymentDo not install any accessoriesincluding seat covers, on theside or near the side air bag asthis may affect the deploymentof the side air bags.

WARNINGFlying objects

Do not place any objects (anumbrella, bag, etc.) between thefront door and the front seat.Such objects may become dan-gerous projectiles if the side airbag inflates.

WARNING

KH CAN (ENG) 3:2015 3/26/2015 6:09 AM Page 54


3

3-55

Curtain air bag

❈ The actual air bags in the vehicle may differfrom the illustration.

Curtain air bags are located alongboth sides of the roof rails above thefront and rear doors.

They are designed to help protectthe heads of the front seat occupantsand the rear outboard seat occu-pants in certain side impact colli-sions.The curtain air bags are designed todeploy only during certain sideimpact collisions, depending on thecrash severity, angle, speed andimpact. For vehicles equipped with a rolloversensor the side and curtain air bagson both sides of the vehicle maydeploy if a rollover or possiblerollover is detected.The curtain air bags are notdesigned to deploy in all side impactor rollover situations.Do not allow the passengers to leantheir heads or bodies onto doors, puttheir arms on the doors, stretch theirarms out of the window, or placeobjects between the doors and pas-sengers when they are seated onseats equipped with side and/or cur-tain air bags.

✽ NOTICENever try to open or repair any com-ponents of the side curtain air bagsystem. This should only be done byan authorized Kia Premium dealer.

OKH033082N

OKH033090N

KH CAN (ENG) 3:2015 3/26/2015 6:09 AM Page 55

3-56


Why didn’t my air bag go off ina collision? (Inflation and non-inflation conditions of the airbag)There are many types of accidentsin which the air bag would not beexpected to provide additionalprotection. These include rear impacts, sec-ond or third collisions in multipleimpact accidents, as well as lowspeed impacts.

Air bag collision sensors

(1) SRS control module(2) Front impact sensor

(3) Side impact sensor (front)(4) Side impact sensor (rear)

OKH035063N/OKH033064N/OKH033065N/OKH033074N/OKH033066N

KH CAN (ENG) 3:2015 3/26/2015 6:09 AM Page 56


3

3-57

Problems may arise if the sensorinstallation angles are changed due tothe deformation of the front bumper,body, front door or C Pillar where thecollision sensors are installed. Havethe vehicle checked and repaired byan authorized Kia Premium dealer.Installing aftermarket bumper guardsor replacing a bumper with non-gen-uine parts may adversely affect yourvehicle’s collision and air bag deploy-ment performance.

Air bag inflation conditions

Front air bags

Front air bags are designed to inflatein a frontal collision depending onthe intensity, speed or angles ofimpact of the front collision.

OKH033084N

Air bag sensors• Do not hit or allow any objects

to impact the locations whereair bag or sensors areinstalled. This may cause unexpectedair bag deployment, whichcould result in serious per-sonal injury or death.

• If the installation location orangle of the sensors is alteredin any way, the air bags maydeploy when they should notor they may not deploy whenthey should.Therefore, do not try to per-form maintenance on oraround the air bag sensors.Have the vehicle checked andrepaired by an authorized KiaPremium dealer.

WARNING

KH CAN (ENG) 3:2015 3/26/2015 6:09 AM Page 57

3-58


❈ The actual air bags in the vehicle maydiffer from the illustration.

Side air bags

Side air bags (side and/or curtain airbags) are designed to inflate whenan impact is detected by side colli-sion sensors depending on thestrength, speed or angles of impactresulting from a side impact collision.Although the front air bags (driver’sand front passenger’s air bags) aredesigned to inflate in frontal colli-sions, they also may inflate in othertypes of collisions if the front impactsensors detect a sufficient frontalforce in another type of impact. Sideand curtain air bags are designed toinflate only in side impact collisionsor rollover situations, but they mayinflate in other collisions if the sideimpact sensors detect a sufficientimpact.If the vehicle chassis is impacted bybumps or objects on unimprovedroads or sidewalks, air bags maydeploy. Drive carefully on unim-proved roads or on surfaces notdesigned for vehicle traffic to preventunintended air bag deployment.

Air bag non-inflation conditions

• In certain low-speed collisions theair bags may not deploy. The airbags are designed not to deploy insuch cases because they may notprovide benefits beyond the pro-tection of the seat belts in such col-lisions.

OKH033068N

OKH033091N

OKH033084N

KH CAN (ENG) 3:2015 3/26/2015 6:09 AM Page 58


3

3-59

• Air bags are not designed to inflatein rear collisions, because occu-pants are moved backward by theforce of the impact. In this case,inflated air bags would not be ableto provide any additional benefit.

• Front air bags may not inflate inside impact collisions, becauseoccupants move to the direction ofthe collision, and thus in sideimpacts, front air bag deploymentwould not provide additional occu-pant protection.However, side and curtain air bagsmay inflate depending on theseverity, vehicle speed and anglesof impact.

• In a slant or angled collision, theforce of impact may direct theoccupants in a direction where theair bags would not be able to pro-vide any additional benefit, andthus the sensors may not deployany air bags.

OKH033085N OKH033122NOKH033068N

KH CAN (ENG) 3:2015 3/26/2015 6:09 AM Page 59

3-60


• Just before impact, drivers oftenbrake heavily. Such heavy brakinglowers the front portion of the vehi-cle causing it to “ride” under a vehi-cle with a higher ground clearance.Air bags may not inflate in this"under-ride" situation becausedeceleration forces that are detect-ed by sensors may be significantlyreplaced by such “under-ride” colli-sions.

• Front air bags may not inflate inrollover accidents because air bagdeployment could not provide pro-tection to the occupants.However, side and curtain air bagsmay inflate when the vehicle isrolled over by a side impact colli-sion.

• Air bags may not inflate if the vehi-cle collides with objects such asutility poles or trees, where thepoint of impact is concentrated toone area and the full force of theimpact is not delivered to the sen-sors.

OKH033086N OKH033120N OKH033069N

KH CAN (ENG) 3:2015 3/26/2015 6:09 AM Page 60


3

3-61

SRS CareThe SRS is virtually maintenance-free and there are no parts you cansafely service by yourself. If the SRSair bag warning light does not illumi-nate, or continuously remains on,have your vehicle immediatelyinspected by an authorized KiaPremium dealer.

Any work on the SRS system, suchas removing, installing, repairing, orany work on the steering wheel mustbe performed by an authorized KiaPremium dealer. Improper handlingof the SRS system may result in seri-ous personal injury.

For cleaning the air bag pad covers,use only a soft, dry cloth or onewhich has been moistened with plainwater. Solvents or cleaners couldadversely affect the air bag coversand proper deployment of the sys-tem.

If components of the air bag systemmust be discarded, or if the vehiclemust be scrapped, certain safetyprecautions must be observed. Anauthorized Kia Premium dealerknows these precautions and cangive you the necessary information.Failure to follow these precautionsand procedures could increase therisk of personal injury.

Adding equipment to or modi-fying your air bag-equippedvehicleIf you modify your vehicle by changingyour vehicle's frame, bumper system,front end or side sheet metal or rideheight, this may affect the operation ofyour vehicle's air bag system.

Tampering with SRSDo not tamper with or discon-nect SRS wiring, or other compo-nents of the SRS system. Doingso could result in the accidentalinflation of the air bags or by ren-dering the SRS inoperative.

WARNING

KH CAN (ENG) 3:2015 3/26/2015 6:09 AM Page 61

3-62


Air bag warning label Air bag warning labels, somerequired by the Canada MotorVehicle Safety Standards (CMVSS),are attached to the sunvisor to alertthe driver and passengers of poten-tial risks of the air bag system.

OKH033071N

OKH033073N

OKH033072N

KH CAN (ENG) 3:2015 3/26/2015 6:09 AM Page 62


4


Smart key............................................................4-4• Record your key number .........................................4-4• Smart key functions.................................................4-4• Smart key precautions ............................................4-6• Remote keyless entry system operations ...............4-7• Transmitter precautions ...........................................4-8• Battery replacement ................................................4-9• Mechanical key operations....................................4-11• Restrictions in handling keys.................................4-12• Immobilizer system................................................4-12

Theft-alarm system...........................................4-14• Armed stage..........................................................4-14• Theft-alarm stage ..................................................4-15• Disarmed stage .....................................................4-15

Door locks.........................................................4-17• Operating door locks from outside the vehicle......4-17• Power door latch ...................................................4-18• Operating door locks from inside the vehicle ........4-18• Impact sensing door unlock system......................4-20• Auto door lock/unlock feature................................4-20• Child-protector rear door lock................................4-20

Trunk .................................................................4-21• Non-powered trunk................................................4-21• Power trunk ...........................................................4-22• Trunk lid control button .........................................4-25• Emergency trunk safety release............................4-26• Smart Trunk...........................................................4-27

Windows ...........................................................4-31• Power windows......................................................4-32• Power window lock button .....................................4-34

Hood .................................................................4-35• Opening the hood..................................................4-35• Closing the hood ...................................................4-36

Fuel filler lid.......................................................4-37• Opening the fuel filler lid .......................................4-37• Closing the fuel filler lid .........................................4-37• Emergency fuel filler lid release ............................4-39

Panoramic sunroof............................................4-40• Sunroof open warning...........................................4-40• Sliding the sunroof ................................................4-41• Closing the sunroof ...............................................4-41• Tilting the sunroof..................................................4-42• Sunshade ..............................................................4-43• Resetting the sunroof ............................................4-44

Steering wheel ..................................................4-45• Electronic Hydraulic Power Steering (EHPS)........4-45• Tilt steering/telescope steering .............................4-45• Heated steering wheel ..........................................4-46• Horn ......................................................................4-47

Mirrors...............................................................4-48• Inside rearview mirror............................................4-48• Outside rearview mirror.........................................4-56

Instrument cluster .............................................4-60• Instrument cluster control......................................4-61

4

KH CAN (ENG) 4:2015 3/26/2015 10:36 AM Page 1

• LCD display control ...............................................4-61• Gauges..................................................................4-62• Transaxle shift indicator.........................................4-65

LCD display.......................................................4-66• LCD modes ...........................................................4-66• Trip computer mode...............................................4-67• Turn by turn (TBT) mode.......................................4-68• ASCC/LDWS mode ...............................................4-68• A/V mode ..............................................................4-68• Information mode ..................................................4-69• User settings mode ...............................................4-71• Warning messages................................................4-78

Trip computer ....................................................4-89• Overview ...............................................................4-89• Fuel economy........................................................4-89• Trip A/B..................................................................4-91

Warning and indicator lights .............................4-93• Warning lights........................................................4-93• Indicator lights .....................................................4-102

Head up display (HUD)...................................4-108• Description ..........................................................4-108• Head Up Display ON/OFF...................................4-109• Head Up Display Information ..............................4-109• Head Up Display Setting .....................................4-110

Parking Assist System ....................................4-111• Operation of the Parking Assist System .............4-111

• Non-operational conditions of Parking AssistSystem ..............................................................4-113

• Self-diagnosis......................................................4-115Rear Camera Display .....................................4-116Parking Guide System ....................................4-117

• Parking Guide System (PGS) display .................4-117• Changing rear view angle ...................................4-118

Front Blind Spot Monitoring System ...............4-119360° camera monitoring system.....................4-120Welcome system.............................................4-121

• Puddle lamp ........................................................4-121• Headlight .............................................................4-121• Interior light .........................................................4-121

Lighting ...........................................................4-122• Battery saver function .........................................4-122• Headlight escort function ....................................4-122• Daytime running light ..........................................4-123• Lighting control ....................................................4-123• High beam operation...........................................4-125• Turn signals and lane change signals .................4-126• Front fog light ......................................................4-127• Headlight leveling device.....................................4-128

Wipers and washers .......................................4-129• Windshield wiper/washer.....................................4-129

Interior light .....................................................4-132• Automatic turn off function ..................................4-132

4

KH CAN (ENG) 4:2015 3/26/2015 10:36 AM Page 2


4

• Front lamp switch ................................................4-132• Rear lamp switch.................................................4-133• Trunk room lamp..................................................4-134• Door courtesy lamp.............................................4-134• Glove box lamp ...................................................4-135• Vanity mirror lamp ...............................................4-135

Defroster .........................................................4-136• Rear window defroster ........................................4-136

Automatic climate control system ...................4-137• Automatic heating and air conditioning ...............4-138• Manual heating and air conditioning ...................4-139• System operation ................................................4-147• Climate control air filter .......................................4-149• Checking the amount of

air conditioner refrigerant and compressor lubricant.........................................4-150

Windshield defrosting and defogging..............4-151• To defog inside windshield ..................................4-151• To defrost outside windshield ..............................4-152• Defogging logic....................................................4-152• Auto Defogging System.......................................4-153• Auto defogging system ON/OFF ................4-155

Climate Control Additional Features ...............4-156• Cluster ionizer.............................................4-156• Smart ventilation.........................................4-156

Storage compartments ...................................4-157• Center console storage .......................................4-157

• Rear seat storage................................................4-158• Glove box ............................................................4-158• Sunglass holder ..................................................4-159• Seatback pocket ..................................................4-159• Map pocket..........................................................4-160

Interior features...............................................4-161• Cup holder...........................................................4-161• Sunvisor ..............................................................4-162• Power outlet.........................................................4-162• Seat warmer........................................................4-163• Air ventilation seat...............................................4-165• Clock ...................................................................4-167• Clothes hanger....................................................4-167• Floor mat anchor(s).............................................4-168• Rear vanity mirror................................................4-169• Bag hanger..........................................................4-169• Luggage net (holder)...........................................4-170• Rear curtain.........................................................4-171• Side curtain .........................................................4-172

Multimedia system ..........................................4-172• Aux, USB and iPod® port ....................................4-172• USB charger........................................................4-172• Audio / Video / Navigation system (AVN)............4-173• Driver Information System (DIS) .........................4-173• Bluetooth® Wireless Technology hands-free .......4-174• Antenna ...............................................................4-174• Steering wheel audio control ..............................4-175

4

KH CAN (ENG) 4:2015 3/26/2015 10:36 AM Page 3

Record your key numberThe key code num-ber is stamped onthe key code tagattached to the keyset. Should you

lose your keys, this number willenable an authorized Kia Premiumdealer to duplicate the keys easily.Remove the key code tag and store itin a safe place. Also, record the keycode number and keep it in a safeand handy place, but not in the vehi-cle.

Smart key functions

1. Door lock2. Door unlock3. Trunk open4. Panic alarm

SMART KEY


4-4

OKH043004N

OKH043002N

■ Conventional smart key

■ Card type smart key (if equipped)

Smart keyNever leave the keys in yourvehicle with unsupervised chil-dren. Leaving children unat-tended in a vehicle with a smartkey is dangerous. Childrencopy adults and they couldpress the start button. The keywould enable children to oper-ate power windows or othercontrols, or even make the vehi-cle move, which could result inserious bodily injury or death.

WARNING

KH CAN (ENG) 4:2015 3/26/2015 10:36 AM Page 4

With smart key, you can lock orunlock doors (and trunk) and startthe engine without inserting the key.Refer to the following, for moredetails.

Locking

Pressing the button of the front out-side door handles with all doorsclosed and any door unlocked, locksall the doors. The hazard warninglights will blink and the chime willsound once to indicate that all doorsare locked. The button will only oper-ate when the smart key is within0.7~1 m (28~40 in.) from the outsidedoor handle. If you want to makesure that a door has locked or not,you should check the door lock but-ton inside the vehicle or pull the out-side door handle.

In some instances, when the outsidedoor button is selected, the doors willnot lock and an audible chime willsound for 3 seconds if any of the fol-lowing occurs:• The smart key is in the vehicle.• The Engine Start/ Stop button is in

the ACC or ON position.• Any door except the trunk is

opened.


4

4-5

OKH043003N

KH CAN (ENG) 4:2015 3/26/2015 10:36 AM Page 5


4-6

UnlockingPressing the button of the driver's (orfront passenger’s) outside door han-dle with all doors closed and locked,unlocks the driver's door. If you press the button of the driver'soutside door handle again within 4seconds, The other doors will beunlocked. But if you press the buttonof the driver's outside door handleagain after 4 seconds, all doors will belocked. The hazard warning lights willblink and the chime will sound twice toindicate that the driver's door isunlocked. Also, the outside rearviewmirrors will automatically unfold if theoutside rearview mirror folding switchis in the AUTO position.The button will only operate when thesmart key is within 0.7~1 m (28~40in.) from the outside door handle.

Start-upYou can start the engine withoutinserting the key. For detailed infor-mation refer to “Starting the enginewith a smart key” in chapter 5.

Smart key precautions• If you lose your smart key, you will

not be able to start the engine. Towthe vehicle, if necessary, and con-tact an authorized Kia Premiumdealer.

• A maximum of 2 smart keys can beregistered to a single vehicle. If youlose a smart key, you should imme-diately take the vehicle and key toyour authorized Kia Premium deal-er to protect it from potential theft.

• The smart key will not work if anyof following occurs:- The smart key is close to a radio

transmitter such as a radio sta-tion or an airport which can inter-fere with normal operation of thesmart key.

- The smart key near a mobiletwo-way radio system or a cellu-lar phone.

- Another vehicle’s smart key isbeing operated close to yourvehicle.

When the smart key does not workcorrectly, open and close the doorwith the mechanical key. If youhave a problem with the smart key,contact an authorized Kia Premiumdealer.

• If the smart key is in close proximityto your cell phone or smart phone,the signal from the smart key couldbe blocked by normal operation ofyour cell phone or smart phone.This is especially important whenthe phone is active such as makingcall, receiving calls, text messaging,and/or sending/receiving emails.Avoid placing the smart key andyour cell phone or smart phone inthe same pants or jacket pocket andmaintain adequate distancebetween the two devices.

TransmitterKeep the smart key away fromwater or any liquid as it canbecome damaged and not func-tion properly.

CAUTION

KH CAN (ENG) 4:2015 3/26/2015 10:36 AM Page 6


4

4-7

Remote keyless entry systemoperations

Lock (1)All doors are locked if the lock buttonis pressed. If all doors (and trunk) areclosed, the hazard warning lights willblink once to indicate that all doors(and trunk) are locked.Also, if the lock button is pressedonce more within 4 seconds, thehazard warning lights will blink andthe chime will sound once to confirmthat the door is locked.

However, if any door remains open,the hazard warning lights (and/or thechime) will not operate. But if alldoors are closed after the lock buttonis pressed, the hazard warning lightswill blink once.

Unlock (2) The driver's door is unlocked if theunlock button is pressed once. Thehazard warning lights will blink (forsmart key, the chime also sounds)twice to indicate that the driver's dooris unlocked.All doors are unlocked if the unlockbutton is pressed once more within 4seconds. The hazard warning lightswill blink (for smart key, the chimealso sounds) twice again to indicatethat all doors are unlocked. Afterpressing this button, the doors willlock automatically unless you openany door within 30 seconds.

✽ NOTICEIf the keyless entry system is inoper-ative due to exposure to water or liq-uids, it will not be covered by yourmanufacturer's vehicle warranty.

OKH043004N

KH CAN (ENG) 4:2015 3/26/2015 10:36 AM Page 7


4-8

Trunk open (3)The trunk is opened if the button ispressed for more than 1 second.Once the trunk is opened and thenclosed, the trunk will lock automati-cally.

Panic alarm (4)The horn sounds and the hazardwarning lights blink for about 30 sec-onds if this button is pressed formore than 0.5 seconds. To stop thehorn and lights, press any button onthe transmitter.

Transmitter precautionsThe transmitter (or smart key) will notwork if any of following occurs:• You exceed the operating distance

limit (about 30 m [90 feet]).• The battery in the transmitter (or

smart key) is weak.• Other vehicles or objects may be

blocking the signal.• The weather is extremely cold.• The transmitter (or smart key) is

close to a radio transmitter such asa radio station or an airport whichcan interfere with normal operationof the transmitter.

When the transmitter (or smart key)does not work properly, open andclose the door with the smart key. Ifyou have a problem with the trans-mitter (or smart key), contact anauthorized Kia Premium dealer.

• If the transmitter is in close proximi-ty to your cell phone or smart phone,the signal from the transmitter couldbe blocked by normal operation ofyour cell phone or smart phone. Thisis especially important when thephone is active such as making call,receiving calls, text messaging,and/or sending/receiving emails.Avoid placing the transmitter andyour cell phone or smart phone inthe same pants or jacket pocket andmaintain adequate distancebetween the two devices.

Transmitter damageDo not drop, wet or expose thekeyless entry system transmit-ter to heat or sunlight.

CAUTION

KH CAN (ENG) 4:2015 3/26/2015 10:36 AM Page 8


4

4-9

This device complies withIndustry Canada StandardRSS-210.Operation is subject to the followingtwo conditions:1.This device may not cause harmful

interference, and 2.This device must accept any inter-

ference received, including inter-ference that may cause undesiredoperation.

✽ NOTICEChanges or modifications notexpressly approved by the partyresponsible for compliance couldvoid the user’s authority to operatethe equipment. If the keyless entrysystem is inoperative due to changesor modifications not expresslyapproved by the party responsiblefor compliance, it will not be cov-ered by your manufacturer’s vehiclewarranty.

Battery replacementConventional smart key A battery should last for severalyears, but if the smart key is not work-ing properly, try replacing the batterywith a new one. If you are unsure howto use or replace the battery, contactan authorized Kia Premium dealer.

1.Pry open the smart key center cover.2.Replace the battery with a new

battery (CR2032). When replacingthe battery, make sure the batteryposition.

3.Install the battery in the reverseorder of removal.

OKH043006N

KH CAN (ENG) 4:2015 3/26/2015 10:36 AM Page 9


4-10

Card type smart key(if equipped)

1.Pull out the battery and batterycover.

2.Remove the old battery and insertthe new battery (CR2412). Makesure the battery position is correct.

3.Reinstall the battery cover and bat-tery.

The smart key is designed to give youyears of trouble-free use, however itcan malfunction if exposed to mois-ture or static electricity. If you areunsure how to use or replace the bat-tery, contact an authorized KiaPremium dealer.Using the wrong battery can causethe transmitter or smart key to mal-function. Be sure to use the correctbattery.An inappropriately disposed batterycan be harmful to the environmentand human health. Dispose the battery according toyour local law(s) or regulation.

OKH043007N

This device complies withIndustry Canada licence-exempt RSS standard(s).Operation is subject to the fol-lowing two conditions: (1) thisdevice may not cause interfer-ence, and (2) this device mustaccept any interference, includ-ing interference that may causeundesired operation of thedevice.

IC WARNING

KH CAN (ENG) 4:2015 3/26/2015 10:36 AM Page 10

Mechanical key operations• Used to lock and unlock the glove

box.• Lock and unlock the doors when

the vehicle or smart key battery isdischarged.

Conventional smart key

To remove the mechanical key, pressand hold the release button(1) andremove the mechanical key(2).To reinstall the mechanical key, putthe key into the hole and push it untila click sound is heard.

Card type smart key (if equipped)

Push and hold the release lever (1)and remove the mechanical key (2).Insert the mechanical key in to thekey hole on the door. To reinstall the mechanical key, pushand hold the release lever (1) andput the key into the hole and push ituntil a click sound is heard.


4

4-11

OKH043008N OKH043009N

KH CAN (ENG) 4:2015 3/26/2015 10:36 AM Page 11


4-12

Restrictions in Handling Keys

When leaving keys with parking lotand valet attendants, the followingprocedures will ensure your vehicle’strunk and glove box compartmentcan only be opened with themechanical key.

To lock: 1.Remove the mechanical key from

the Smart Key. 2.Unlock the glove box by using the

mechanical key, then open it. 3.Set the Trunk Lid Control button to

the OFF position (not depressed). 4.Close and lock the glove box using

the mechanical key. 5.Leave the Smart Key with the

attendant and keep the mechanicalkey with you.

The Smart Key can only be used tostart the engine and operate doorlocks.

To release:1.Open the glove box with the

mechanical key. 2.Set the Trunk Lid Control button to

the ON position (depressed). In this position the trunk lid will openwith the Trunk Lid button or theSmart Key.

Immobilizer systemYour vehicle is equipped with anelectronic engine immobilizer systemto reduce the risk of unauthorizedvehicle use.

Whenever the ENGINE START/STOPbutton is changed to the ON position,the immobilizer system checks andverifies if the key is valid or not.If the key is valid, the engine will start.If the key is invalid, the engine willnot start.

OKH043010N

KH CAN (ENG) 4:2015 3/26/2015 10:36 AM Page 12


4

4-13

To deactivate the immobilizersystemChange the ENGINE START/STOPbutton to the ON position.

To activate the immobilizer systemChange the ENGINE START/STOPbutton to the OFF position. The immo-bilizer system activates automatically.Without a valid smart key for yourvehicle, the engine will not start.

Your immobilizer password is a cus-tomer unique password and shouldbe kept confidential. Do not leave thisnumber anywhere in your vehicle.

✽ NOTICEKeep each key separate in order toavoid a starting malfunction.

Do not put metal accessories nearthe smart key.Metal accessories may interrupt thetransponder signal and may preventthe engine from being started.If you need additional keys or loseyour keys, consult an authorized KiaPremium dealer.




✽ NOTICEChanges or modifications notexpressly approved by the partyresponsible for compliance couldvoid the user's authority to operatethe equipment.

Immobilizer damageDo not expose your immobilizersystem to moisture, static elec-tricity and rough handling. Thismay damage your immobilizer.

CAUTION

Immobilizer alterationsDo not change, alter or adjustthe immobilizer system becauseit could cause the immobilizersystem to malfunction.

CAUTION

KH CAN (ENG) 4:2015 3/26/2015 10:36 AM Page 13


4-14

THEFT-ALARM SYSTEM

This system is designed to provideprotection from unauthorized entryinto the vehicle. This system is operat-ed in three stages: the first is the"Armed" stage, the second is the"Theft-alarm" stage, and the third isthe "Disarmed" stage. If triggered, thesystem provides an audible alarm withblinking of the hazard warning lights.

Armed stagePark the vehicle and stop the engine.Arm the system as described below.1. Turn off the engine.2. Make sure that all doors (and

trunk) and engine hood areclosed and latched.

3. • Lock the doors by depressingthe door lock button on thetransmitter (or smart key).After completion of the stepsabove, the hazard warninglights will blink once to indicatethat the system is armed.If any door, trunk or enginehood remains open, the hazardwarning lights won’t operateand theft-alarm will not arm.After this, if all doors, trunk andengine hood are closed, thehazard warning lights blinkonce.

• Lock the doors by pressing thebutton of the front outside doorhandles with the smart key inyour possession.After completion of the stepsabove, the hazard warninglights will blink once to indicatethat the system is armed.If any door remains open, thehazard warning lights won’toperate and theft-alarm will notarm. Close the door and tryagain to lock the doors.If trunk or engine hood remainsopen, the hazard warning lightswon’t operate and theft-alarmwill not arm. Close the trunk orengine hood. The hazard warn-ing lights blink once and theft-alarm arms.

Armed

stage

Theft-alarm

stageDisarmed

stage

KH CAN (ENG) 4:2015 3/26/2015 10:36 AM Page 14


4

4-15

The theft-alarm system by the keycan be activated by an authorizedKia dealer.If you want this feature, consult anauthorized Kia Premium dealer.

Do not arm the system until allpassengers have left the vehicle. Ifthe system is armed while a pas-senger(s) remains in the vehicle,the alarm may be activated whenthe remaining passenger(s)leaves the vehicle. If any door (ortrunk) or engine hood is openedwithin 30 seconds after the sys-tem enters the armed stage, thesystem will be disarmed to pre-vent unnecessary alarm.

Theft-alarm stageThe alarm will be activated if any ofthe following occurs while the systemis armed.• A front or rear door is opened with-

out using the smart key (ormechanical key).

• The trunk is opened without usingthe smart key (or mechanical key).

• The engine hood is opened.The horn will sound and the hazardwarning lights will blink continuouslyfor approximately 27 seconds. Toturn off the system, unlock the doorswith the smart key.

Disarmed stageThe system will be disarmed when:- The door unlock button is pressed.- The button of the front outside door

is pressed while carrying the smartkey.

- The engine is started. (within 3seconds)

After the doors are unlocked, the haz-ard warning lights will blink twice toindicate that the system is disarmed.After pressing the unlock button, ifany door (or trunk) is not openedwithin 30 seconds, the system will berearmed.

KH CAN (ENG) 4:2015 3/26/2015 10:36 AM Page 15


4-16

• Avoid trying to start the enginewhile the alarm is activated. Thevehicle starting motor is disabledduring the theft-alarm stage.If the system is not disarmed withthe smart key, open the doors byusing the mechanical key and startthe engine by directly pressing theengine Start/Stop button with thesmart key.

• If you lose your keys, consult yourauthorized Kia Premium dealer.

KH CAN (ENG) 4:2015 3/26/2015 10:36 AM Page 16


4

4-17

DOOR LOCKSOperating door locks fromoutside the vehicle Mechanical key

• After removing the cover (1) ~ (2),turn the key toward the rear of thevehicle to unlock and toward thefront of the vehicle to lock (3).

• If you lock/unlock the driver’s doorwith a key, only the driver’s doorwill lock/unlock.

• Once the doors are unlocked, theymay be opened by pulling the doorhandle.

• When closing the door, push thedoor by hand. Make sure thatdoors are closed securely.

Smart key• Doors can be locked and unlocked

with the transmitter (or smart key).• Doors can be locked and unlocked

by pressing the button of the out-side door handle with the smartkey in your possession.

• Once the doors are unlocked, theymay be opened by pulling the doorhandle.

• When closing the door, push thedoor by hand. Make sure thatdoors are closed securely.

✽ NOTICE• In cold and wet climates, door lock

and door mechanisms may notwork properly due to freezing con-ditions.

• If the door is locked/unlockedmultiple times in rapid successionwith either the vehicle key or doorlock switch, the system may stopoperating temporarily in order toprotect the circuit and preventdamage to system components.

OKH043005N

Lock

Unlock

KH CAN (ENG) 4:2015 3/26/2015 10:36 AM Page 17


4-18

Power Door Latch (if equipped)

If a door isn’t closed completely butis closed to the first detent position,the door will close automatically.

Operating door locks frominside the vehicleWith the door lock button

• To unlock a door, push the doorlock button (1) to the “Unlock” posi-tion. The red mark (2) on the buttonwill be visible.

• To lock a door, push the door lockbutton (1) to the “Lock” position. Ifthe door is locked properly, the redmark (2) on the door lock buttonwill not show.

• To open a door, pull the door han-dle (3) outward.

• If the inner door handle of the frontdoor is pulled when the door lockbutton is in the lock position, thebutton will unlock and the door willopen.

• Front doors cannot be locked if thesmart key is in the vehicle and anyfront door is opened.

If a power door lock ever fails to func-tion while you are in the vehicle, tryone or more of the following tech-niques to exit:• Operate the door unlock feature

repeatedly (both electronic andmanual) while simultaneouslypulling on the door handle.

• Operate the other door locks andhandles, front and rear.

• Lower a front window and use thekey to unlock the door from outside.

OKH043012N

Lock Unlock

OKH043011N

To reduce the risk of injury:• Before closing the door, check

there are no obstructions inthe path of the door.

• Keep your fingers away fromthe edge of the door or theymay become trapped when thepower door latch operates.

WARNING

KH CAN (ENG) 4:2015 3/26/2015 10:36 AM Page 18


4

4-19

Rear door lock button

• To lock a rear door, press the doorlock button (1). The indicator on thebutton will illuminate.

• To unlock a rear door, press thedoor unlock button (2). The indica-tor on the button will illuminate.

• The rear door lock operates onlyon the rear doors with a rear doorlock button.

With central door lock switch Locking

• When pressing the door lock but-ton (1), all vehicle doors will lockand the indicator on the button willilluminate. If any door is unlocked,the indicator will turn off.

• If the smart key is in the vehicleand any door is opened, doors willnot lock.

Unlocking

When pressing the door unlock but-ton (2), all vehicle doors will unlockand the indicator on the button willilluminate.If any door is locked, the indicator willturn off.

OKH043013N

OKH043014N

Driver’s door

Passenger’s doorOKH043014N

KH CAN (ENG) 4:2015 3/26/2015 10:36 AM Page 19


4-20

Impact sensing door unlocksystemAll doors will automatically unlockwhen an impact causes the air bagsto deploy.

Auto door lock/unlock featureYou can activate or deactivate theauto door lock/unlock features in thevehicle. Refer to "LCD display" in thischapter.

Child-protector rear door lock

The child safety lock is provided tohelp prevent children seated in therear from accidentally opening therear doors. The rear door safety locksshould be used whenever childrenare in the vehicle. The child safety lock (1) is located onthe edge of each rear door. When thechild safety lock is in the lock position( ), that rear door will not open ifthe inner door handle is pulled (2). To allow a rear door to be openedfrom inside the vehicle, unlock ( )the child safety lock.

OKH043015N

DoorsThe doors should always befully closed and locked while thevehicle is in motion to preventaccidental opening of the door.

WARNING

Unattended children/ani-mals

Never leave children or animalsunattended in your vehicle. An enclosed vehicle canbecome extremely hot, causingdeath or severe injury to unat-tended children or animals whocannot escape the vehicle.

WARNING

Rear door locksUse the rear door safety lockswhenever children are in thevehicle. If a child accidentlyopens the rear doors while thevehicle is motion, they can fallout.

WARNING

KH CAN (ENG) 4:2015 3/26/2015 10:36 AM Page 20


4

4-21

Non-Powered Trunk To open:1.Make sure the shift lever is in P

(Park).2.Then do one of the following :

- Press the smart key trunk unlockbutton for more than one second.

- Press the button on the trunkitself with the smart key in yourpossession.

- Use the mechanical key. - Use the trunk release button (orlever).

3. Lift the trunk lid up.

To close:Lower the trunk lid and press downuntil it locks.

✽ NOTICEIn cold and wet climates, trunk lockand trunk mechanisms may notwork properly due to freezing condi-tions.

TRUNK

OKH045016N

OKH043017N

OKH043518N

■ Type A

■ Type B

The trunk swings upward. Makesure no objects or people arenear the rear of the vehiclewhen opening the trunk.

WARNING

Exhaust fumesThe trunk lid should always bekept completely closed while thevehicle is in motion. If it is leftopen or ajar, exhaust gases mayenter the car and serious illnessor death may result.

WARNING

KH CAN (ENG) 4:2015 3/26/2015 10:36 AM Page 21


4-22

Power Trunk To open:1.Make sure the shift lever is in P

(Park).2.Then do one of the following:

- Press the smart key trunk unlockbutton for more than one second.

- Press the open button on thetrunk. You need the smart Key inyour possession, when all doorsare locked.

- Press the power trunk main con-trol button (for type A).

- Pull the power trunk, main con-trol lever (for type B).

OKH045019N/OKH045020N

■ Type A

■ Type B

OKH043257N/OKH043259N/OKH045018N

(1) Power Trunk Main Control button(or lever)

(2) Power Trunk Open button(3) Power Trunk Close button(4) Power Trunk Lock button

KH CAN (ENG) 4:2015 3/26/2015 10:36 AM Page 22


4

4-23

To close: Do one of the following:- Press the power trunk main control

button until the power trunk isclosed securely (for type A).

- Push the power trunk main controllever until the power trunk is closedsecurely (for type B).

- Press the close button on the trunk.- Press the lock button on the trunk

while carrying the smart key and allthe vehicle’s doors and trunk areclosed. All doors and trunk will lockand arm the theft alarm system.

If you push a button or lever while thetrunk is opening or closing, it couldstop moving. Press any button tooperate the power trunk again.

✽ NOTICEThe power trunk lock button willnot work if you press the buttonwhen:- Any door is open.- The engine start/stop button is not

in the OFF position.- The smart key is in the vehicle.

Do not leave the power trunk openfor a long period of time. This maydrain the battery.

✽ NOTICEIn cold and wet climates, trunk lockand trunk mechanisms may notwork properly due to freezing condi-tions.

Never leave children or animalsunattended in your vehicle.Children or animals might oper-ate the power trunk that couldresult in injury to themselves orothers, or damage to the vehicle.

WARNING

Make sure there are no peopleor objects around the trunkbefore opening or closing thepower trunk. Wait until the trunkis open fully and stoppedbefore loading or unloadingcargo from the vehicle.

WARNING

• Do not close or open thepower trunk manually. Thismay cause damage to thepower trunk. If it is necessaryto close or open the powertrunk manually when the bat-tery is drained or disconnect-ed, do not apply excessiveforce.

• To prevent damage to thetrunk lift cylinders and theattached hardware, alwaysclose the trunk before driving.

CAUTION

Exhaust fumesThe trunk lid should always bekept completely closed while thevehicle is in motion. If it is leftopen or ajar, exhaust gases mayenter the car and serious illnessor death may result.

WARNING

KH CAN (ENG) 4:2015 3/26/2015 10:37 AM Page 23


4-24

Power Trunk Non-Opening orClosing Conditions:• The power trunk will not open or

close automatically, when the vehi-cle is moving more than 3 km/h(1.8 mph).

• The power trunk can be operatedwhen the engine is not running.However, the power trunk operationconsumes large amounts of vehicleelectric power. To prevent the bat-tery from draining, do not operate itexcessively (e.g., more thanapproximately 10 times repeatedly).

• Do not modify or repair any part ofthe power trunk by yourself. Thismust be done by an authorized KiaPremium dealer.

• Before jacking up the vehicle tochange a tire or repair the vehicle,open the power trunk. Do not oper-ate the power trunk when the vehi-cle is raised or this could cause thepower trunk to operate improperly.

• If there are obstacles such as snowon the power trunk, it may not openautomatically. After removing theobstacle, try to open it again.

Automatic stop and Reverse

If, during power opening or closing,the trunk is blocked by an object orpart of someone’s body, the powertrunk will detect the resistance and itwill stop movement or move to thefull open position to allow the objectto be cleared.However, if an object is thin or soft,or the trunk is near the latched posi-tion, the automatic stop and reversalmay not detect the resistance andthe closing operation will continue. Ifthe power trunk is forced by a strongimpact, the automatic stop and rever-sal may operate.

If the automatic stop and reverse fea-ture operates more than twice duringone opening or closing operation, thepower trunk may stop at that posi-tion. If this occurs, close the trunkmanually and operate the trunk auto-matically again.

To prevent serious injury anddamage take the following pre-cautions when operating thepower trunk:- Keep all faces, hands, arms,

body parts and other objectsaway from the path of thepower trunk.

- Do not intentionally place anybody parts or objects in thepath of the power trunk tomake sure the automatic stopand reversal operates.

- Do not allow children to playwith the power trunk.

WARNING

OKH045021N

KH CAN (ENG) 4:2015 3/26/2015 10:37 AM Page 24


4

4-25

To Reset the Power Trunk If the battery has been discharged ordisconnected, or if the related fusehas been replaced or disconnected,reset the power trunk as follows: 1. Move the shift lever to the P(Park)

position. 2. Close the trunk manually. If the power trunk doesn't work prop-erly after performing the above pro-cedure, have the system checked byan authorized Kia Premium dealer.

Trunk Lid Control Button

When the trunk lid control button isON (depressed), the power trunk canbe controlled with the power trunkmain control button, power trunkopen, close button, and the smart key.When this trunk lid control button isOFF (not depressed), the powertrunk can be controlled using themechanical key of the smart key only.Even though the trunk lid control but-ton is OFF (not depressed), the trunkwill still be propelled upward bymechanical force if the trunk is man-ually opened more than 10 degreesbeyond the fully closed position.

In addition, if the trunk is manuallyclosed to the secondary latch posi-tion, the trunk will be electricallymoved to the fully latched position.

✽ NOTICEClose the trunk, and keep the trunklid control button in the OFF (notdepressed) position before washingthe vehicle in an automatic carwash.

OKH043022N

• Always keep the Trunk LidControl Button in the OFF (notdepressed) position when notin use. Serious injury or deathcan result from unintentionaloperation by a child.

• Make sure heads, other bodyparts or other obstacles aresafely out of the way beforeoperating the power trunk.

WARNING

KH CAN (ENG) 4:2015 3/26/2015 10:37 AM Page 25


4-26

✽ NOTICEIf the trunk does not unlock using thesmart key or the trunk lid releasebutton, ensure the trunk lock systemis not activated. To release the trunklock feature, open the glove box withthe mechanical key and set the trunklid control button to the ON position(pressed). In this position the trunkwill open with the trunk lid button orsmart key.

Emergency Trunk SafetyRelease

Your vehicle is equipped with anEmergency Trunk Safety Releaselever located inside the trunk. Whensomeone is inadvertently locked inthe trunk, the trunk can be opened bymoving the lever in the direction of thearrow and pushing the trunk open.

NEVER allow anyone to occupythe trunk of the vehicle at anytime. If the trunk is partially ortotally latched and the person isunable to get out, serious injuryor death could occur due to lackof ventilation, exhaust fumes andrapid heat build-up, or because ofexposure to cold weather condi-tions. The trunk is also a highlydangerous location in the eventof a crash because it is not a pro-tected occupant space but is apart of the vehicle’s crush zone.

WARNING

OKH045024N

KH CAN (ENG) 4:2015 3/26/2015 10:37 AM Page 26


4

4-27

• You and your passengers must beaware of the location of theEmergency Trunk Safety Releaselever in this vehicle and how toopen the trunk in case you areaccidentally locked in the trunk.

• Your vehicle should be kept lockedand the Smart Key should be keptout of the reach of children. Parentsshould teach their children aboutthe dangers of playing in trunks.

• Use the release lever for emergen-cies only.

Smart trunk (if equipped)

On a vehicle equipped with a smartkey, the trunk can be opened withno-touch activation using the SmartTrunk system.

Make sure that there are no peo-ple or objects in the path of thepower trunk (or smart trunk)prior to use. Serious injury,damage to the vehicle or dam-age to surrounding objects mayresult if contact with the powertrunk (or smart trunk) occurs.

WARNING

OKH045548C

OKH045505N

KH CAN (ENG) 4:2015 3/26/2015 10:37 AM Page 27

How to use the Smart TrunkThe trunk can be opened withnotouch activation satisfying all theconditions below.• After 15 seconds when all doors

are closed and locked• Positioned in the detecting area for

more than 3 seconds.

✽ NOTICE• The Smart Trunk does not operate

when:- The smart key is detected within

15 seconds after the doors areclosed and locked, and is contin-uously detected.

- The smart key is detected within15 seconds after the doors areclosed and locked, and within 60inches (1.5 m) from the frontdoor handles. (for vehiclesequipped with Welcome Light)

- A door is not locked or closed.- The smart key is in the vehicle.

1. SettingTo activate the Smart Trunk, go toUser Settings Mode and selectSmart Trunk on the LCD display.

For more details, refer to "LCDDisplay" in this chapter.

2. Detect and AlertIf you are positioned in the detectingarea (50 ~100 cm (20~40 inches)behind the vehicle) carrying a smartkey, the hazard warning lights willblink and chime will sound for about3 seconds to alert you the smart keyhas been detected and the trunk willopen.

✽ NOTICEDo not approach the detecting areaif you do not want the trunk to open.If you have unintentionally enteredthe detecting area and the hazardwarning lights and chime starts tooperate, leave the detecting areawith the smart key. The trunk willstay closed.


4-28

OKH045574N OKH045506C

KH CAN (ENG) 4:2015 3/26/2015 10:37 AM Page 28

3. Automatic openingThe hazard warning lights will blinkand chime will sound 2 times andthen the trunk will slowly open.

• Make sure you close the trunkbefore driving your vehicle.

• Make sure there are no people orobjects around the trunk beforeopening or closing the trunk.

• Make sure objects in the trunk donot come out when opening thetrunk on a slope. It may cause seri-ous injury.

• Make sure to deactivate the SmartTrunk when washing your vehicle.Otherwise, the trunk may openinadvertently.

• The key should be kept out ofreach of children. Children mayinadvertently open the Smart Trunkwhile playing around the rear areaof the vehicle.

How to deactivate the SmartTrunk function using the smartkey

1. Door lock2. Door unlock3. Trunk open4. PanicIf you press any button of the smartkey during the Detect and Alertstage, the Smart Trunk function willbe deactivated.Make sure to be aware of how todeactivate the Smart Trunk functionfor emergency situations.


4

4-29

OKH045507N

OKH043004N

KH CAN (ENG) 4:2015 3/26/2015 10:37 AM Page 29

✽ NOTICE• If you press the door unlock but-

ton(2), the Smart Trunk functionwill be deactivated temporarily.But, if you do not open any doorfor 30 seconds, the smart trunkfunction will be activated again.

• If you press the trunk open button(3) for more than 1 second, thetrunk opens.

• If you press the door lock button(1) or trunk open button (3) whenthe Smart Trunk function is not inthe Detect and Alert stage, thesmart trunk function will not bedeactivated.

• In case you have deactivated theSmart Trunk function by pressingthe smart key button and opened adoor, the smart trunk function canbe activated again by closing andlocking all doors.

Detecting area

• The Smart Trunk operates with awelcome alert if the smart key isdetected within 50 ~100 cm(20~40 inches) from the trunk.

• The alert stops at once if the smartkey is positioned outside thedetecting area during the Detectand Alert stage.

✽ NOTICE• The Smart Trunk function will not

work if any of the followingoccurs:- The smart key is close to a radio-

transmitter such as a radio sta-tion or an airport which caninterfere with normal operationof the transmitter.

- The smart key is near a mobiletwo way radio system or a cellu-lar phone.

- Another vehicle's smart key isbeing operated close to yourvehicle.

• The detecting range may decreaseor increase when :- One side of the tire is raised to

replace a tire or to inspect thevehicle.

- The vehicle is slantingly parkedon a slope or unpaved road, etc.


4-30

OKH045508N

KH CAN (ENG) 4:2015 3/26/2015 10:37 AM Page 30


4

4-31

(1) Driver’s door power windowswitch

(2) Front passenger’s door powerwindow switch

(3) Rear door (left) power windowswitch

(4) Rear door (right) power windowswitch

(5) Window opening and closing(6) Automatic power window up/down(7) Power window lock button

WINDOWS

OKH043025N

KH CAN (ENG) 4:2015 3/26/2015 10:37 AM Page 31


4-32

In cold and wet climates, power win-dows may not work properly due tofreezing conditions.

Power windowsThe Engine Start/ Stop button mustbe in the ON position for power win-dows to operate. Each door has apower window switch that controlsthe door’s window. The driver has apower window lock switch which canblock the operation of rear passen-ger windows.The power windows can be operatedfor approximately 30 seconds afterengine is turned off. However, if thefront doors are opened, the powerwindows cannot be operated evenwithin the 30 second period.

✽ NOTICEWhile driving with the rear windowsdown or with the sunroof (ifequipped) in an open (or partiallyopen) position, your vehicle maydemonstrate a wind buffeting orpulsation noise. This noise is a nor-mal occurrence and can be reducedor eliminated by taking the follow-ing actions. If the noise occurs withone or both of the rear windowsdown, partially lower both frontwindows approximately one inch. Ifyou experience the noise with thesunroof open, slightly reduce thesize of the sunroof opening.

Window opening and closing

Pressing or pulling up the power win-dow switch momentarily to the sec-ond detent position (6) completelylowers or lifts the window even whenthe switch is released. To stop thewindow at the desired position whilethe window is in operation, pull up orpress and release the switch to theopposite direction of the movement.If the power window is not operatedcorrectly, the automatic power win-dow system must be reset as follows:

OKH043026N

KH CAN (ENG) 4:2015 3/26/2015 10:37 AM Page 32


4

4-33

1.Press the Engine Start/Stop Buttontwice to the ON position.

2.Close the window and continuepulling up on the driver’s powerwindow switch for at least 1 secondafter the window is completelyclosed.

Automatic reversal

If the upward movement of the win-dow is blocked by an object or part ofthe body, the window will detect theresistance and will stop upwardmovement. The window will thenlower approximately 30 cm (11.8 in.)to allow the object to be cleared.If the window detects the resistancewhile the power window switch ispulled up continuously, the windowwill stop upward movement thenlower approximately 2.5 cm (1 in).

And if the power window switch ispulled up continuously again within 5seconds after the window is loweredby the automatic window reversalfeature, the automatic window rever-sal will not operate.

The automatic reverse feature for thedriver’s window is only active whenthe “auto up” feature is used by fullypulling up the switch. The automaticreverse feature will not operate if thewindow is raised using the halfwayposition on the power window switch.

OKH043277N

Always check for obstructionsbefore raising any window toavoid injuries or vehicle damage.If an object less than 4 mm (0.16in.) in diameter is caughtbetween the window glass andthe upper window channel, theautomatic reverse window maynot detect the resistance and willnot stop and reverse direction.

WARNING

KH CAN (ENG) 4:2015 3/26/2015 10:37 AM Page 33


4-34

Power window lock button

The driver can disable the powerwindow switches on the rear passen-gers’ doors by pressing the powerwindow lock switch. The indicator willbe illuminated.When the power window lock switchindicator is illuminated : • The driver’s master control can

operate all the power windows.• The front passenger’s control can

operate the front passenger’spower window.

• The rear passenger’s control can-not operate the rear passenger’spower window.

Always double check to make sureall arms, hands, head and otherobstructions are safely out of the waybefore closing a window.

OKH043027N

Power windowsDo not allow children to playwith the power windows. Keepthe driver’s door power windowlock button in the LOCK posi-tion (illuminated).

WARNING

Opening / closing WindowTo prevent possible damage tothe power window system, donot open or close two windowsor more at the same time. Thiswill also ensure the longevity ofthe fuse.

CAUTION

KH CAN (ENG) 4:2015 3/26/2015 10:37 AM Page 34


4

4-35

HOOD Opening the hood

1.Pull the release lever to unlatch thehood. The hood should pop openslightly.

Open the hood after turning off theengine on a flat surface, shifting theshift lever to the P (Park) position forautomatic transaxle and to the 1st(First) gear or R (Reverse) for manu-al transaxle, and setting the parkingbrake.

2.Go to the front of the vehicle, raisethe hood slightly, push the second-ary latch (1) left of the hood centerand lift the hood (2).

3.Raise the hood. It will raise com-pletely by itself after it has beenraised about halfway.

OKH043028N

OKH043029N

Unsecured Engine HoodAlways double check to be surethat the hood is firmly latchedbefore driving away. If it is notlatched, the hood could fly openwhile the vehicle is being driv-en, causing a total loss of visi-bility, which might result in anaccident.

WARNING

KH CAN (ENG) 4:2015 3/26/2015 10:37 AM Page 35


4-36

Closing the hood1.Before closing the hood, check the

following:• All filler caps in engine compart-

ment must be correctly installed. • Gloves, rags or any other com-

bustible material must beremoved from the engine com-partment.

2.Lower the hood halfway and pushdown to securely lock in place.

Hood obstrutionBefore closing the hood, ensurethat all obstructions areremoved from the hood open-ing. Closing the hood with anobstruction present in the hoodopening may result in propertydamage or severe personalinjury.

WARNING

Fire riskDo not leave gloves, rags or anyother combustible material inthe engine compartment. Doingso may cause a heat-inducedfire.

WARNING

KH CAN (ENG) 4:2015 3/26/2015 10:37 AM Page 36


4

4-37

FUEL FILLER LIDOpening the fuel filler lid

The fuel filler lid must be openedfrom inside the vehicle by pushingthe fuel filler lid opener.If the fuel filler lid does not openbecause ice has formed around it,tap lightly or push on the lid to breakthe ice and release the lid. Do not pryon the lid. If necessary, spray aroundthe lid with an approved de-icer fluid(do not use radiator anti-freeze) ormove the vehicle to a warm placeand allow the ice to melt.

1.Stop the engine.2.To open the fuel filler lid, push the

fuel filler lid opener up.3.Pull open the fuel filler lid (1) out to

fully open.4.To remove the cap turn the fuel

filler cap (2) counterclockwise.5.Refuel as needed.

Closing the fuel filler lid1.To install the cap, turn it clockwise

until it "clicks" one time. This indi-cates that the cap is securely tight-ened.

2.Close the fuel filler lid and push itlightly and make sure that it issecurely closed.

RefuelingAlways remove the fuel capcarefully and slowly. If the capis venting fuel or if you hear ahissing sound, wait until thecondition stops before com-pletely removing the cap.If pressurized fuel sprays out, itcan cover your clothes or skinand subject you to the risk offire and burns.

WARNING

OKH043030N

OKH043032N

KH CAN (ENG) 4:2015 3/26/2015 10:37 AM Page 37


4-38

Always check that the fuel cap isinstalled securely to prevent fuelspillage in the event of an accident.

Fire/explosion riskRead and follow all warningsposted at the gas station facili-ty. Failure to follow all warningswill result in severe personalinjury, severe burns or deathdue to fire or explosion.

WARNINGStatic electricity

• Before touching the fuel noz-zle, you should eliminatepotentially dangerous staticelectricity discharge by touch-ing another metal part of thevehicle, a safe distance awayfrom the fuel filler neck, noz-zle, or other gas source.

• Do not get back into a vehicleonce you have begun refuel-ing since you can generatestatic electricity by touching,rubbing or sliding against anyitem or fabric (polyester, satin,nylon, etc.) capable of produc-ing static electricity. Staticelectricity discharge canignite fuel vapors resulting inrapid burning. If you must re-enter the vehicle, you shouldonce again eliminate poten-tially dangerous static elec-tricity discharge by touching ametal part of the vehicle, awayfrom the fuel filler neck, noz-zle or other gasoline source.

WARNING

Cell phone firesDo not use cellular phones whilerefueling. Electric current and/orelectronic interference from cel-lular phones can potentiallyignite fuel vapors causing a fire.

WARNING

Portable fuel containerWhen using an approvedportable fuel container, be sureto place the container on theground prior to refueling. Staticelectricity discharge from thecontainer can ignite fuel vaporscausing a fire. Once refuelinghas begun, contact with thevehicle should be maintaineduntil the filling is complete. Useonly approved portable plasticfuel containers designed tocarry and store gasoline.

WARNING

KH CAN (ENG) 4:2015 3/26/2015 10:38 AM Page 38


4

4-39

Make sure to refuel your vehicleaccording to the "Fuel requirements"suggested in chapter 1.If the fuel filler cap requires replace-ment, use only a genuine Kia cap orthe equivalent specified for your vehi-cle. An incorrect fuel filler cap canresult in a serious malfunction of thefuel system or emission control sys-tem.

Emergency fuel filler lid release

If the fuel filler lid does not openusing the remote fuel filler lidrelease, you can open it manually bypulling the handle outward slightly.

OKH043031N

Refueling& Vehicle firesWhen refueling, always shut theengine off. Sparks produced byelectrical components relatedto the engine can ignite fuelvapors causing a fire. Oncerefueling is complete, check tomake sure the filler cap andfiller door are securely closed,before starting the engine.

WARNING

SmokingDO NOT use matches or alighter and DO NOT SMOKE orleave a lit cigarette in your vehi-cle while at a gas station espe-cially during refueling.Automotive fuel is highly flam-mable and can, when ignited,result in fire.

WARNINGExterior paint

Do not spill fuel on the exteriorsurfaces of the vehicle. Anytype of fuel spilled on paintedsurfaces may damage the paint.

CAUTION

Do not pull the handle exces-sively, otherwise the luggagearea trim or release handle maybe damaged.

CAUTION

KH CAN (ENG) 4:2015 3/26/2015 10:38 AM Page 39


4-40

PANORAMIC SUNROOF (IF EQUIPPED)

If your vehicle is equipped with asunroof, you can slide or tilt yoursunroof with the sunroof control leverlocated on the overhead console.The sunroof can only be opened,closed, or tilted when the EngineStart/ Stop button is in the ON posi-tion.

In cold and wet climates, the sunroofmay not work properly due to freez-ing conditions.After the vehicle is washed or in arainstorm, be sure to wipe off anywater that is on the sunroof beforeoperating it.

The sunroof cannot slide when it is inthe tilt position nor can it be tiltedwhile in an open or slide position.

Sunroof open warning (if equipped)

If the driver turns off the engine whenthe sunroof is not fully closed, thewarning chime will sound for a fewseconds and a warning message willappear on the LCD display.Close the sunroof securely whenleaving your vehicle.

OKH043033N

OKH043402N


Sunroof control leverDo not continue to press thesunroof control lever after thesunroof is fully opened, closed,or tilted. Damage to the motoror system components couldoccur.

CAUTION

KH CAN (ENG) 4:2015 3/26/2015 10:38 AM Page 40


4

4-41

Sliding the sunroof

When the sunshade is closedIf you pull the sunroof control leverbackward to the second detent posi-tion, the sunshade will slide all theway open, then the sunroof glass willslide all the way open. To stop thesunroof movement at any point, pullor push the sunroof control levermomentarily.

When the sunshade is openedIf you pull the sunroof control leverbackward, the sunroof glass will slideall the way open. To stop the sunroofmovement at any point, pull or pushthe sunroof control lever momentarily.

Closing the sunroofTo close the sunroof glass onlyPush the sunroof control lever for-ward to the first detent position orpull the lever downward.

To close the sunroof glass withthe sunshade Push the sunroof control lever for-ward to the second detent position.The sunroof glass will close, then thesunshade close automatically.To stop the sunroof movement at anypoint, pull or push the sunroof controllever momentarily.

OKH043501N

Sunroof operationWhen closing the sunroof, makesure there are no body parts inthe movement range of the slid-ing roof. Parts of the body couldbecome trapped or crushed.

WARNING

KH CAN (ENG) 4:2015 3/26/2015 10:38 AM Page 41


4-42

Automatic reversal

If an object or part of the body isdetected while the sunroof glass orsunshade is closing automatically, itwill reverse the direction, and thenstop.The auto reverse function does notwork if a tiny obstacle is between thesliding glass or sunshade and thesunroof sash. You should alwayscheck that all passengers andobjects are away from the sunroofbefore closing it.

Tilting the sunroof

When the sunshade is closedIf you push the sunroof control leverupward, the sunshade will slide allthe way open, then the sunroof glasswill tilt.To stop the sunroof movement at anypoint, pull or push the sunroof controllever momentarily.

OKH043503N

SunroofDo not extend the face, neck,arms or body outside throughthe sunroof opening while driv-ing or operating the sunroof.

WARNING

OKH043502NSunroof Motor Damage• Periodically remove any dirt

that may accumulate on theguide rail.

• If you try to open the sunroofwhen the temperature isbelow freezing or when thesunroof is covered with snowor ice, the glass or the motorcould be damaged.

CAUTION

KH CAN (ENG) 4:2015 3/26/2015 10:38 AM Page 42


4

4-43

When the sunshade is openedIf you push the sunroof control leverupward, the sunroof glass will tilt. To stop the sunroof movement at anypoint, pull or push the sunroof controllever momentarily.

Sunshade

• To open the sunshade, pull thesunroof control lever backward tothe first detent position.

• To close the sunshade when thesunroof glass is closed, push thesunroof control lever forward.

To stop the sliding at any point, pullor push the sunroof control levermomentarily.

✽ NOTICEIt is normal for wrinkles to form onthe blind because of its materialcharacteristic.

OKH043504N

KH CAN (ENG) 4:2015 3/26/2015 10:38 AM Page 43


4-44

Resetting the sunroofWhenever the vehicle battery is dis-connected or discharged, or relatedfuse is blown, you must reset yoursunroof system as follows:

1.The Engine Start/Stop Button mustbe in the ON position.

2.Release the control lever.3.Push and hold the control lever for-

ward (for more than 10 seconds)until the sunroof tilts and slightlymoves. Then, release the lever.

4.Push the sunroof control lever for-ward in the direction of close untilthe sunroof operates as follows:

Sunroof glass and sunshade open →Sunroof glass and sunshade close

Then, release the control lever.

When this is complete, the sunroofsystem is reset.

❈For more detailed information, con-tact an authorized Kia Premiumdealer.

✽ NOTICEIf the sunroof is not reset when thevehicle battery is disconnected ordischarged, or related fuse is blown,the sunroof may operate improperly.

KH CAN (ENG) 4:2015 3/26/2015 10:38 AM Page 44


4

4-45

STEERING WHEELElectronic Hydraulic PowerSteering (EHPS)This system uses an electromotor toassist you with steering the vehicle. If the engine is turned off or if theEHPS becomes inoperative, youmay still steer the vehicle, but it willrequire increased steering effort. Should you notice any change in theeffort required to steer during normalvehicle operation, have the EHPSchecked by an authorized KiaPremium dealer.

✽ NOTICEIf the EHPS motor pump malfunc-tions, the steering effort will greatlyincrease.

✽ NOTICEIf the vehicle is parked for extendedperiods outside in cold weather(below 14°F/-10°C), the power steer-ing may require increased effortwhen the engine is first started. Thisis caused by increased fluid viscositydue to the cold weather and does notindicate a malfunction.When this happens, increase theengine RPM by depressing accelera-tor until the RPM reaches 1,500 rpmthen release or let the engine idle fortwo or three minutes to warm up thefluid.

Tilt Steering/Telescope Steering

Adjust the steering wheel angle (2)and position (3) with the knob (1) onthe steering column. Move the steer-ing wheel, so it points toward yourchest, not toward your face. Makesure you can see the instrumentpanel warning lights and gauges.After adjusting, push the steeringwheel both up and down to be cer-tain it is locked in position. Alwaysadjust the position of the steeringwheel before driving.

Do not hold the steering wheelto the extreme right or left formore than five (5) seconds withthe engine running. This maycause damage to the EHPSmotor pump.

CAUTION

OKH043042N

KH CAN (ENG) 4:2015 3/26/2015 10:38 AM Page 45


4-46

Heated steering wheel (if equipped)

When the Engine Start/Stop Buttonis in the ON position, press the heat-ed steering wheel button to warm thesteering wheel. The indicator on thebutton will illuminate. To turn the heated steering wheel off,press the button once again. Theindicator on the button will turn offand notify you on the LCD display.

OKH043043N

Steering wheel adjustmentNever adjust the angle andheight of the steering wheelwhile driving. You may losesteering control.

WARNING

Steering Wheel DamageDo not install any grip to oper-ate the steering wheel. Thiscauses damage to the heatedsteering wheel system.

CAUTION

Heated Steering Wheel If the steering wheel becomestoo warm, turn the system off.The heated steering wheel maycause burns even at low tem-peratures, especially if used forlong periods of time.

WARNING

KH CAN (ENG) 4:2015 3/26/2015 10:38 AM Page 46


4

4-47

Horn

To sound the horn, press the hornsymbol on your steering wheel.Check the horn regularly to be sure itoperates properly.To sound the horn, press the areaindicated by the horn symbol on yoursteering wheel (see illustration). Thehorn will operate only when this areais pressed.

OKH043044N

KH CAN (ENG) 4:2015 3/26/2015 10:38 AM Page 47


4-48

MIRRORS Inside rearview mirrorAdjust the rearview mirror so that thecenter view through the rear windowis seen. Make this adjustment beforeyou start driving.Do not place objects in the rear seatwhich would interfere with your visionthrough the rear window.

Electric chromic mirror (ECM)with HomeLink® system and compass (if equipped)Your vehicle may be equipped with aGentex Automatic-Dimming Mirrorwith a Z-Nav® Electronic CompassDisplay and an Integrated HomeLink®

Wireless Control System.During nighttime driving, this featurewill automatically detect and reducerearview mirror glare while the com-pass indicates the direction the vehi-cle is pointed. The HomeLink®

Universal Transceiver allows you toactivate your garage door(s), electricgate, home lighting, etc.

(1) Channel 1 button(2) Channel 2 button(3) Status indicator LED(4) Channel 3 button(5) Rear light sensor(6) Dimming ON/OFF button(7) Compass control button(8) Compass display

OKH043505N

Mirror adjustmentDo not adjust the rearview mirrorwhile the vehicle is moving. Thiscould result in loss of control.

WARNING

KH CAN (ENG) 4:2015 3/26/2015 10:38 AM Page 48


4

4-49

Automatic-Dimming Night VisionSafety™ (NVS®) Mirror

The NVS® Mirror in your vehicle isthe most advanced way to reduceannoying glare in the rearview mirrorduring any driving situation. For moreinformation regarding NVS® mirrorsand other applications, please referto the Gentex website:www.gentex.com❈Night Vision Safety™ is a regis-

tered trademark of GentexCorporation.

✽ NOTICEThe NVS® Mirror automaticallyreduces glare during driving condi-tions based upon light levels moni-tored in front of the vehicle andfrom the rear of the vehicle. Theselight sensors are visible throughopenings in the front and rear of themirror case. Any object thatobstructs either light sensor willdegrade the automatic dimmingcontrol feature.

Automatic-dimming functionYour mirror will automatically dimupon detecting glare from the vehi-cles traveling behind you. The auto-dimming function can be controlledby the Dimming ON/OFF Button:

1.Pressing the button turns theauto-dimming function OFF whichis indicated by the green StatusIndicator LED turning off.

2.Pressing the button again turnsthe auto-dimming function ONwhich is indicated by the greenStatus Indicator LED turning on.

✽ NOTICEThe mirror defaults to the ON posi-tion each time the vehicle is started.

Z-Nav™ Compass Display

The NVS® Mirror in your vehicle isalso equipped with a Z-NAV™Compass that shows the vehicleCompass heading in the DisplayWindow using the 8 basic cardinalheadings (N, NE, E, SE, etc.).❈ Z-Nav™ is a registered trademark

of Gentex Corporation.

KH CAN (ENG) 4:2015 3/26/2015 10:38 AM Page 49


4-50

Compass functionThe Compass can be turned ON andOFF and will remember the last statewhen the ignition is cycled. To turnthe display feature ON/OFF:1.Press and release the button to

turn the display feature OFF.2.Press and release the button

again to turn the display back ON.Additional options can be set withpress and hold sequences of the button and are detailed below.

There is a difference between mag-netic north and true north. The com-pass in the mirror can compensatefor this difference when it knows theMagnetic Zone in which it is operat-ing. This is set either by the dealer orby the user. The operating ZoneNumbers for North America areshown in the figure on the followingsection.

B520C05NF

KH CAN (ENG) 4:2015 3/26/2015 10:38 AM Page 50


4

4-51

To adjust the Zone setting:1.Determine the desired Zone

Number based upon your currentlocation on the Zone Map.

2.Press and hold the button formore than 3, but less than 6 sec-onds, the current Zone Number willappear on the display.

3.Pressing and holding the buttonagain will cause the numbers toincrement (Note: they will repeat…13, 14, 15, 1, 2, …). Releasingthe button when the desired ZoneNumber appears on the display willset the new Zone.

4.Within about 5 seconds, the com-pass will start displaying a com-pass heading again.

There are some conditions that cancause changes to the vehicle mag-nets, such as installing a ski rack or aCB antenna. Body repair work on thevehicle can also cause changes to thevehicle's magnetic field. In these situa-tions, the compass will need to be re-calibrated to quickly correct for thesechanges. To re-calibrate the compass:1.Press and hold the button for

more than 6 seconds. When thecompass memory is cleared, a "C"will appear in the display.

2.To calibrate the compass, drive thevehicle in 2 complete circles at lessthan 8 km/h (5 mph).

Integrated HomeLink®

Wireless Control System

The HomeLink® Wireless ControlSystem provides a convenient way toreplace up to three hand-held radio-frequency (RF) transmitters with asingle built-in device. This innovativefeature will learn the radio frequencycodes of most current transmitters tooperate devices such as gate opera-tors, garage door openers, entrydoor locks, security systems, evenhome lighting. Both standard androlling code-equipped transmitterscan be programmed by following theoutlined procedures. AdditionalHomeLink® information can be foundat: www.homelink.com or by calling1-800-355-3515.❈HomeLink® is a registered trade-

mark of Johnson Controls, Inc.

KH CAN (ENG) 4:2015 3/26/2015 10:38 AM Page 51


4-52

Retain the original transmitter of theRF device you are programming foruse in other vehicles as well as forfuture HomeLink® programming. It isalso suggested that upon the sale ofthe vehicle, the programmedHomeLink® buttons be erased forsecurity purposes.

Programming HomeLink®

✽ NOTICE• When programming a garage

door opener, it is advised to parkthe vehicle outside of the garage.

• It is recommended that a new bat-tery be placed in the hand-heldtransmitter of the device being pro-grammed to HomeLink® for quick-er training and accurate transaxleof the radio-frequency signal.

• Some vehicles may require theEngine Start/ Stop button to beturned to the second (or "acces-sories") position for programmingand/or operation of HomeLink®.

• In the event that there are still pro-gramming difficulties or questionsafter following the programmingsteps listed below, contactHomeLink® at: www.homelink.comor 1-800-355-3515.

Standard programmingTo train most devices, follow theseinstructions:1. For first-time programming, press

and hold the two outside buttons,HomeLink® Channel 1 andChannel 3 Buttons, until the indi-cator light begins to flash (after 20seconds). Release both buttons.Do not hold the buttons for longerthan 30 seconds.

2. Position the end of your hand-heldtransmitter 1-3 inches (2-8 cm)away from the HomeLink® buttonswhile keeping the indicator light inview.

3. Simultaneously press and holdboth the HomeLink® and hand-held transmitter button. DO NOTrelease the buttons until step 4has been completed.

4. While continuing to hold the but-tons the red Indicator Status LEDwill flash slowly and then rapidlyafter HomeLink® successfullytrains to the frequency signal fromthe hand-held transmitter. Releaseboth buttons.

KH CAN (ENG) 4:2015 3/26/2015 10:38 AM Page 52


4

4-53

5. Press and hold the just-trainedHomeLink® button and observethe red Status Indicator LED. If theindicator light stays on constantly,programming is complete andyour device should activate whenthe HomeLink® button is pressedand released.

6. To program the remaining twoHomeLink® buttons, follow steps 2through 5.

Rolling code programmingRolling code devices which are"code-protected" and manufacturedafter 1996 may be determined by thefollowing:• Reference the device owner's

manual for verification.• The handheld transmitter appears

to program the HomeLink®

Universal Transceiver but does notactivate the device.

• Press and hold the trainedHomeLink® button. The device hasthe rolling code feature if the indi-cator light flashes rapidly and thenturns solid after 2 seconds.

To train rolling code devices, followthese instructions:1. At the garage door opener receiv-

er (motor-head unit) in the garage,locate the "learn" or "smart" but-ton. This can usually be foundwhere the hanging antenna wire isattached to the motor-head unit.Exact location and color of thebutton may vary by garage dooropener brand.If there is difficulty locating the train-ing button, reference the deviceowner's manual or please visit ourWeb site at www.homelink.com.

2. Firmly press and release the"learn" or "smart" button (whichactivates the "training light").

✽ NOTICEThere are 30 seconds in which to ini-tiate step 3.

KH CAN (ENG) 4:2015 3/26/2015 10:38 AM Page 53


4-54

3. Return to the vehicle, firmly pressand hold for two seconds the desiredHomeLink® button then release.Repeat the "press/hold/release"sequence a second time to com-plete the programming. (Somedevices may require you to repeatthis sequence a third time to com-plete the programming.)

4. Press and hold the just-trainedHomeLink® button and observethe red Status Indicator LED. If theindicator light stays on constantly,programming is complete andyour device should activate.

5. To program the remaining twoHomeLink® buttons, follow eithersteps 1 through 4 above for otherRolling Code devices or steps 2through 5 in StandardProgramming for standard devices.

Gate operator & Canadian programmingDuring programming, your handheldtransmitter may automatically stoptransmitting. Continue to press theIntegrated HomeLink® WirelessControl System button (note steps 2through 4 in the StandardProgramming portion of this docu-ment) while you press and re-press("cycle") your handheld transmitterevery two seconds until the frequen-cy signal has been learned. The indi-cator light will flash slowly and thenrapidly after several seconds uponsuccessful training.

Operating HomeLink®

To operate, simply press and releasethe programmed HomeLink® button.Activation will now occur for thetrained device (i.e. garage dooropener, gate operator, security sys-tem, entry door lock, home/officelighting, etc.). For convenience, thehand-held transmitter of the devicemay also be used at any time.

KH CAN (ENG) 4:2015 3/26/2015 10:38 AM Page 54


4

4-55

Reprogramming a singleHomeLink® buttonTo program a new device to a previ-ously trained HomeLink® button, fol-low these steps:1. Press and hold the desired

HomeLink® button. Do NOT releaseuntil step 4 has been completed.

2. When the indicator light begins toflash slowly (after 20 seconds),position the handheld transmitter1 to 3 inches away from theHomeLink® surface.

3. Press and hold the handheldtransmitter button. TheHomeLink® indicator light willflash, first slowly and then rapidly.

4. When the indicator light begins toflash rapidly, release both buttons.

5. Press and hold the just-trainedHomeLink® button and observethe red Status Indicator LED. If theindicator light stays on constantly,programming is complete andyour new device should activate.

Erasing HomeLink® buttonsIndividual buttons cannot be erased.However, to erase all three pro-grammed buttons:1. Press and hold the two outer

HomeLink® buttons until the indi-cator light begins to flash-after 20seconds.

2. Release both buttons. Do not holdfor longer than 30 seconds.

The Integrated HomeLink® WirelessControl System is now in the training(learn) mode and can be pro-grammed at any time following theappropriate steps in the Programmingsections above.

FCC ID: NZLZTVHL3IC: 4112A-ZTVHL3

This device complies withIndustry Canada StandardRSS-210.Operation is subject to the followingtwo conditions: 1. This device may not cause harm-

ful interference, and2. This device must accept any inter-


KH CAN (ENG) 4:2015 3/26/2015 10:38 AM Page 55


4-56

Rearview mirrorDo not scrape ice off the mirrorface; this may damage the sur-face of the glass. If ice shouldrestrict movement of the mirror,do not force the mirror foradjustment. To remove ice, usea deicer spray, or a sponge orsoft cloth with very warm water.

CAUTIONThe transceiver has been tested andcomplies with FCC and IndustryCanada rules. Changes or modifica-tions not expressly approved by theparty responsible for compliancecould void the user's authority tooperate the device.NVS® and Z-NAV™ are registeredtrademarks. Nav® are of GentexCorporation, Zeeland, Michigan.HomeLink® is a registered trade-mark owned by Johnson ControlsTechnology Company, Holland,Michigan.

Outside rearview mirrorBe sure to adjust mirror angles beforedriving.Your vehicle is equipped with bothleft-hand and right-hand outsiderearview mirrors. The mirrors can beadjusted remotely with the remoteswitch. The mirror heads can be fold-ed to prevent damage during an auto-matic car wash or when passingthrough a narrow street.The right outside rearview mirror isconvex. Objects seen in the mirrorare closer than they appear.Use your interior rearview mirror ordirect observation to determine theactual distance of following vehicleswhen changing lanes.

KH CAN (ENG) 4:2015 3/26/2015 10:39 AM Page 56


4

4-57

Adjusting outside rearview mirror

Adjusting the rearview mirrors:Press either the L (driver’s side) or R(passenger’s side) button (1) toselect the rearview mirror you wouldlike to adjust.Use the mirror adjustment control (2)to position the selected mirror up,down, left or right.After adjustment, press the L or Rbutton (1) again to prevent inadver-tent adjustment.

OKH043048N

Outside mirror• The mirrors stop moving

when they reach the maxi-mum adjusting angles, but themotor continues to operatewhile the switch is pressed.Do not press the switchlonger than necessary, themotor may be damaged.

• Do not attempt to adjust theoutside rearview mirror byhand. Doing so may damagethe parts.

CAUTION

Mirror adjustmentDo not adjust or fold the outsiderearview mirrors while the vehi-cle is moving. This could resultin loss of control.

WARNING

KH CAN (ENG) 4:2015 3/26/2015 10:39 AM Page 57


4-58

Reverse parking aid function (if equipped)

While the vehicle is moving rear-ward, the outside rearview mirror(s)will move downward to aid reverseparking. According to the position ofthe outside rearview mirror switch(1), the outside rearview mirror(s) willoperate as follows:

L/R : When the remote control out-side rearview mirror switch isselected to the L (left) or R(right) position, both outsiderearview mirrors will movedownward.

Neutral : When the remote controloutside rearview mirrorswitch is placed in the mid-dle, the outside rearviewmirrors will not operatewhile the vehicle is movingrearward.

The outside rearview mirrors will auto-matically revert to their original posi-tions under the following conditions:1.The Engine Start/ Stop button is in

the OFF position.2.Shift lever is moved to any position

except R (Reverse).3.Remote control outside rearview

mirror switch is placed in the mid-dle.

Folding the outside rearview mirror

The outside rearview mirror can befolded or unfolded by pressing theswitch as below.Left (1) : The mirror will unfold.Right (2) : The mirror will fold.

OKH043040N

OKH043049N

KH CAN (ENG) 4:2015 3/26/2015 10:39 AM Page 58


4

4-59

Center (AUTO, 3) : The mirror will fold or unfold auto-matically as follows:• The mirror will fold or unfold when

the door is locked or unlocked bythe smart key.

• The mirror will fold or unfold whenthe door is locked or unlocked by thebutton on the outside door handle.

• The mirror will unfold when youapproach the vehicle (all doorsclosed and locked) with a smartkey in possession.

Electric chromic mirror (ECM)The electric chromic mirror automati-cally controls the glare from the head-lights of the car behind you in night-time or low light driving conditions. Thesensor mounted in the mirror sensesthe light level around the vehicle, andautomatically controls the headlightglare from vehicles behind you.When the engine is running, the glareis automatically controlled by the sen-sor mounted in the rearview mirror.Whenever the shift lever is shiftedinto R (Reverse), the mirror will auto-matically go to the brightest setting inorder to improve the drivers viewbehind the vehicle. If the ECM ofinside rear view mirror operates, itwill be working.

Electric type outsiderearview mirror

The electric type outside rearviewmirror operates even though theengine start/stopo button is in theOFF position. However, to preventunnecessary battery discharge,do not adjust the mirrors longerthan necessary while the engineis not running.In case it is an electric type out-side rearview mirror, don’t fold itby hand. It could cause motorfailure.

CAUTION

When cleaning the mirror, use apaper towel or similar materialdampened with glass cleaner.Do not spray glass cleanerdirectly on the mirror as thatmay cause the liquid cleaner toenter the mirror housing.

CAUTION

KH CAN (ENG) 4:2015 3/26/2015 10:39 AM Page 59


4-60

INSTRUMENT CLUSTER

1. Tachometer

2. Speedometer

3. Engine coolant temperature gauge

4. Fuel gauge

5. LCD display

6. Warning and indicator lights

OKH045050C/OKH045051C

■ Type A

❈ The actual cluster in the vehicle may differfrom the illustration.For more details, refer to the "Gauges" inthis chapter.

■ Type B

KH CAN (ENG) 4:2015 3/26/2015 10:39 AM Page 60


4

4-61

Instrument Cluster ControlAdjusting Instrument ClusterIllumination

The brightness of the instrumentpanel illumination can be adjusted bypressing the illumination control but-tons (“+” or “-”) when the EngineStart/Stop Button is ON or the talelights are turned on.

• If you hold the illumination controlbutton ("+" or "-"), the brightnesswill be changed continuously.

• If the brightness reaches to themaximum or minimum level, analarm will sound.

LCD Display Control

The LCD display modes can bechanged by using the control buttonson the steering wheel.

(1) < , > : MODE button for changingmodes.

(2) , : MOVE button for chang-ing items

(3) OK :SELECT/RESET button forsetting or resetting theselected item

❈ For the LCD modes, refer to “LCDDisplay” in this chapter.

OKH043052N

OKH045542N

OKH043087N


KH CAN (ENG) 4:2015 3/26/2015 10:39 AM Page 61


4-62

GaugesSpeedometer

The speedometer indicates thespeed of the vehicle and is calibratedin miles per hour (mph) and/or kilo-meters per hour (km/h).

The unit of the speedometer (Type B)can be changed from km/h to MPH orfrom MPH to km/h on the LCD display.❈From more details, refer to "LCD

Display."

Tachometer

The tachometer indicates theapproximate number of engine revo-lutions per minute (rpm).Use the tachometer to select the cor-rect shift points and to prevent lug-ging and/or over-revving the engine.

OKH043055C

OKH043056C

■ Type A

■ Type B

OKH043053N

OKH043054N

■ Type A

■ Type B

KH CAN (ENG) 4:2015 3/26/2015 10:39 AM Page 62


4

4-63

Engine Coolant TemperatureGauge

This gauge indicates the tempera-ture of the engine coolant when theengine is running.

OKH043057N

■ Type A

■ Type B

Do not operate the engine with-in the tachometer's RED ZONE.This may cause severe enginedamage.

CAUTION

If the gauge pointer movesbeyond the normal range areatoward the “H” position, it indi-cates overheating that maydamage the engine.Do not continue driving with anoverheated engine. If your vehi-cle overheats, refer to “If theEngine Overheats” in chapter 6.

CAUTION

Hot RadiatorNever remove the radiator capwhen the engine is hot. Theengine coolant is under pressureand could severely burn. Waituntil the engine is cool beforeadding coolant to the reservoir.

WARNING

KH CAN (ENG) 4:2015 3/26/2015 10:40 AM Page 63


4-64

Fuel Gauge

This gauge indicates the approxi-mate amount of fuel remaining in thefuel tank.

✽ NOTICE• The fuel tank capacity is given in

chapter 8.• The fuel gauge is supplemented by

a low fuel warning light, whichwill illuminate when the fuel tankis nearly empty.

• On inclines or curves, the fuelgauge pointer may fluctuate or thelow fuel warning light may comeon earlier than usual due to themovement of fuel in the tank.

You must stop and obtain additionalfuel as soon as possible after thewarning light comes on or when thegauge indicator comes close to the“E (Empty)” level.

✽ NOTICEFuel display may not be accurate ifyou are filling in sloping places.

OKH043058C

■ Type A

■ Type B

Avoid driving with an extremelylow fuel level. Running out offuel could cause the engine tomisfire damaging the catalyticconverter.

CAUTION

KH CAN (ENG) 4:2015 3/26/2015 10:40 AM Page 64


4

4-65

Odometer

The odometer Indicates the total dis-tance that the vehicle has been driv-en and should be used to determinewhen periodic maintenance shouldbe performed.- Odometer range : 0 ~ 999999 kilo-

meters or miles .

Outside Temperature Gauge

This gauge indicates the current out-side air temperatures by 1°C (1°F).- Temperature range : -40°C ~ 60°C

(-40°F ~ 140°F)The outside temperature on the dis-play may not change immediatelylike a general thermometer to pre-vent the driver from being inattentive.The temperature unit (from °C to °For from °F to °C) can be changed bypressing the OFF button and AUTObutton on the front climate controlpanel for 3 seconds simultaneously.

Automatic Transaxle ShiftIndicator

This indicator displays which auto-matic transaxle shift lever is selected.• Park : P• Reverse : R• Neutral : N• Drive : D • Sports Mode : 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8

OKH043124C

■ Type A

■ Type B

OKH043059C

■ Type A

■ Type B

OKH043060N

■ Type A

■ Type B

KH CAN (ENG) 4:2015 3/26/2015 10:40 AM Page 65


4-66

LCD ModesLCD DISPLAY

❈ For controlling the LCD modes, refer to "LCD Display Control" in this chapter.

Modes Symbol Explanation

Trip ComputerThis mode displays driving information like the tripmeter, fuel economy, and so on. For more details, refer to “Trip Computer” in this chapter.

Turn By Turn This mode displays the state of the navigation.

ASCC/LDWS(if equipped)

This mode displays the state of the Advanced Smart Cruise Control system (ASCC) and Lane Departure Warning System (LDWS).For more details, refer to "Advanced Smart Cruise Control system (ASCC)" or "Lane Departurn Warning System (LDWS)" in chapter 5.

A/V This mode displays the state of the A/V system.

InformationThis mode informs of the tire pressure information, service interval (mileage or days)and warning messages related to the advanced smart cruise control system,pre-safe seat belt, and so on.

User Settings On this mode, you can change settings of the doors, lamps and so on.

or

KH CAN (ENG) 4:2015 3/26/2015 10:40 AM Page 66


4

4-67

Cannot edit settings while driving

This warning message illuminates ifyou try to select the other UserSettings item except Head-up dis-play item when driving.For safety, change the User Settingsafter parking the vehicle and movingthe shift lever to P (Park) position.

Quick guide (Help)

If you press and hold the OK buttonin the User Settings Mode, explana-tion about the selected item is dis-played in the cluster.

Trip Computer Mode

This mode displays driving informa-tion like the tripmeter, fuel economy,and so on.

❈For more details, refer to “TripComputer” in this chapter.

OKH045560N


OKH045527N


OKH043408C


KH CAN (ENG) 4:2015 3/26/2015 10:40 AM Page 67


4-68

Turn By Turn (TBT) Mode

This mode displays the state of thenavigation.

ASCC/LDWS Mode(if equipped)

This mode displays the state of theAdvanced Smart Cruise Control(ASCC) or Lane Departure WarningSystem (LDWS).

❈ For more details, refer to "AdvancedSmart Cruise Control (ASCC)" and"Lane Departure Warning System(LDWS)" in chapter 5.

A/V Mode

This mode displays the state of theA/V system.

OKH043400N

OKH043411N

ASCC LDWS

OKH045561N


KH CAN (ENG) 4:2015 3/26/2015 10:40 AM Page 68


4

4-69

Information ModeThis mode shows the service interval(mileage and days) and pressure ofeach tire.To change the information mode,Press the , (MOVE) button.

❈ For the setting of the service inter-val, refer to "User Settings Mode"of the LCD display.

Service Interval

Service in

It calculates and displays when youneed a scheduled maintenanceservice (mileage or days).If the remaining mileage or timereaches 1,500 km (900 miles) or 30days, "Service in" message is dis-played for several seconds each timeyou set the Engine Start/Stop Buttonto the ON position.

Service required

If you do not have your vehicle serv-iced according to the already inputtedservice interval, "Service required"message is displayed for several sec-onds each time you set the EngineStart/Stop Button to the ON position.

To reset the service interval to themileage and days you inputted before:- Press the OK button for more than

1 second.

OKH045423C


OKH043413N


KH CAN (ENG) 4:2015 3/26/2015 10:40 AM Page 69


4-70

Service interval OFF

If the service interval is not set,"Service interval OFF" message isdisplayed on the LCD display.

✽ NOTICEIf any of the following conditionsoccurs, the mileage and days may beincorrect.- The battery cable is disconnected.- The fuse switch is turned off.- The battery is discharged.

Tire Pressure

This mode displays the pressure sta-tus of each tire.You can change the tire pressure unitin "User settings" mode.

❈For more details, refer to "UserSettings mode" in this chapter.

Warning MessageIf one of followings occurs, warningmessages will be displayed on theinformation mode for several sec-onds.- Malfunction of below systems• Blind Spot Detection (BSD)• Presafe Seat Belt (PSB)• Electronic Control Suspension

(ECS)• Tire Pressure Monitoring System• Advanced Smart Cruise Control• Low washer fluid• LED Headlamp (LED)• Active Air Flap(AAF)



KH CAN (ENG) 4:2015 3/26/2015 10:40 AM Page 70


4

4-71

User Settings Mode

On this mode, you can change set-ting of the doors, lights, and so on.

✽ NOTICEIf you select the Turn By Turn (TBT) navigation information as HUD con-tents, the Turn By Turn (TBT) navigation information will not be displayedon the LCD.

OKH045525N


Head-Up Display (HUD) (if equipped)

Items Explanation

Display Height Adjust the height of the HUD image on the windshield glass.

Rotation Adjust the degree of the HUD rotation.

Brightness Adjust the intensity of the HUD brightness

Contents Select

Activate or deactivate each contents of the HUD (TBT*, ASCC*, LDWS*, BSD*).

❈ TBT : Turn By Turn

ASCC : Advanced Smart Cruise Control

LDWS : Lane Departure Warning System

BSD : Blind Spot Detection

* : if equipped

SpeedometerSize

Choose the size of the HUD speedometer (Small, Medium, Large).

SpeedometerColor

Choose the color of the HUD speedometer (White, Orange, Green).

KH CAN (ENG) 4:2015 3/26/2015 10:40 AM Page 71

Driving Assist


4-72

Items Explanation

AEB (Autonomous

Emergency Braking)

(if equipped)

To activate or deactivate the AEB system.

❈ For more details, refer to "Autonomous Emergency Braking (AEB)" in chapter 5.

RCTA

(Rear Cross Traffic Alert)

(if equipped)

To activate or deactivate the RCTA system.

❈ For more details, refer to "Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA)" in chapter 5.

KH CAN (ENG) 4:2015 3/26/2015 10:40 AM Page 72


4

4-73

Door

Items Explanation

Automatically Lock

• Disable : The auto door lock operation will be deactivated.

• Enable on Speed : All doors will be automatically locked when the vehicle speed exceeds15km/h (9.3mph)

• Enable on Shift : All doors will be automatically locked if the automatic transmission shift lever isshifted from the P (Park) position to the R (Reverse), N (Neutral), or D (Drive) position.

Automatically Unlock

• Disable : The auto door unlock operation will be canceled.

• Vehicle Off : All doors will be automatically unlocked when the Engine Star/Stop Button is set tothe OFF position.

• Driver Door Unlock : All doors will be automatically unlocked if the driver's door is unlocked

• On Shift to P : All doors will be automatically unlocked if the automatic transmission shift lever isshifted to the P (Park) position.

Two Press Unlock

• Off (Unchecked) : The two press unlock function will be deactivated.Therefore, all doors willunlock if the door is unlocked.

• On: (checked) : The driver’s door will unlock if the door is unlocked.When the door is unlockedagain within 4 seconds, all doors will unlock.

Door Lock Sound Activate or deactivate door lock confirm sound.

Smart Trunk

(if equipped)

To activate or deactivate the Smart Trunk system.

❈ For more details, refer to "Smart Trunk" in this chapter.

KH CAN (ENG) 4:2015 3/26/2015 10:40 AM Page 73


4-74

Lights

Sound

Items Explanation

One Touch Turn Signal

• Off: The one touch turn lamp function will be deactivated.

• 3, 5, 7 Flashing : The lane change signals will blink 3, 5, or 7 times when the turn signal lever ismoved slightly.

❈ For more details, refer to “Lighting” in this chapter.

Head Lamp DelayActivate or deactivate the head lamp delay function.

❈ For more details, refer to “Lighting” in this chapter.

Welcome LightActivate or deactivate the welcome light function.

❈ For more details, refer to “Welcome system” in this chapter.

Items Explanation

BSD (Blind Spot Detection)

Sound

(if equipped)

• Off : The BSD sound function will be deactivated.

• On : The BSD sound function will be activated.

Welcome Sound• Off : The welcome sound function will be deactivated.

• On : The welcome sound function will be activated.

KH CAN (ENG) 4:2015 3/26/2015 10:40 AM Page 74


4

4-75

Display (for Type B Cluster)

Items Explanation

Theme Choose the instrument cluster theme. (Default or Retro)

Auto Theme change• On (checked) : The instrument cluster theme is automatically changed.

• Off : The automatic change function of the instrument cluster theme will be deactivated

Traffic Alerts• On(checked) : The LCD display will show traffic information.

• Off(unchecked) : The LCD display will not show traffic information.

Speedometer Size Choose the size of the number in the speedometer (Small, Medium, Large).

Speedometer Unit Choose the main unit of the speedometer (MPH or km/h).

Fuel Economy Unit Choose the fuel economy unit. (km/L or L/100)

KH CAN (ENG) 4:2015 3/26/2015 10:40 AM Page 75


4-76

Seat/Steering

Items Explanation

Seat Easy Access

• None : The seat easy access function will be deactivated.

• Normal/Extended :

- When you turn off the engine, the driver’s seat will automatically move rearward by 2 inches(Normal) or 3 inches (Extended) for you to enter or exit the vehicle more comfortably.

- If you change the Engine Start/Stop Button from OFF position to the ACC, ON, or START posi-tion, the driver’s seat will return to the original position.

❈ For more details, refer to “Driver Position Memory System” in chapter 3.

Steering Easy Access

• On (checked) : The steering wheel will automatically move forward or rearward for the driver toenter or exit the vehicle comfortably.

• Off (unchecked) : The steering easy access function will be deactivated.

❈ For more details, refer to “Driver Position Memory System” in chapter 3.

KH CAN (ENG) 4:2015 3/26/2015 10:40 AM Page 76


4

4-77

Other Features

Service Interval

Items Explanation

Fuel Economy Auto Reset

• Off :

The average fuel economy will not reset automatically whenever refueling.

• On (Auto Reset) :

The average fuel economy will reset automatically when refueling.

❈ For more details, refer to "Trip Computer" in this chapter.

Wiper/Lights Display• Off: The wiper/lights information will not be displayed on the LCD display.

• On: The LCD display will shortly show the selected wiper/lights information.

Tire Pressure Unit Choose the tire pressure unit. (psi, kPa, Bar)

Items Explanation

Service Interval

On this mode, you can activate the service interval function with killmeter (km or mi.) and period(months).

• Off : The service interval function will be deactivated.

• On :You can set the service interval (mileage and months).

KH CAN (ENG) 4:2015 3/26/2015 10:40 AM Page 77


4-78

Warning Messages(if equipped)Shift to P position

• This warning message illuminates ifyou try to turn off the engine withoutthe shift lever in P (Park) position.

• At this time, the Engine Start/StopButton turns to the ACC position (Ifyou press the Engine Start/StopButton once more, it will turn to theON position).

Low Key Battery

• This warning message illuminatesif the battery of the smart key isdischarged when the EngineStart/Stop Button changes to theOFF position.

Press brake pedal to start engine

• This warning message illuminatesif the Engine Start/Stop Buttonchanges to the ACC position twiceby pressing the button repeatedlywithout depressing the brake pedal.

• It means that you should depressthe brake pedal to start the engine.

OKH043921N


OKH045418N


OKH045927N


KH CAN (ENG) 4:2015 3/26/2015 10:40 AM Page 78

Key not in vehicle

• This warning message illuminatesif the smart key is not in the vehiclewhile the door is opened or closedwith the Engine Start/ Stop buttonin the ACC position or engine isrunning.

• It means that you should alwayshave the smart key with you.

Key not detected

• This warning message illuminatesif the smart key is not detectedwhen you press the EngineStart/Stop Button.

Press start button again

• This warning message illuminatesif you can not operate the EngineStart/Stop Button when there is aproblem with the Engine Start/StopButton system.

• It means that you could start theengine by pressing the EngineStart/ Stop Button once more.

• If the warning illuminates eachtime you press the EngineStart/Stop Button, have your vehi-cle inspected by an authorized KiaPremium dealer.


4

4-79

OKH045928N


OKH045929N


OKH043930N


KH CAN (ENG) 4:2015 3/26/2015 10:40 AM Page 79


4-80

Press start button with smart key

• This warning message illuminatesif you press the Engine Start/StopButton while the warning message“Key not detected” is illuminating.

• At this time, the immobilizer indica-tor light blinks.

Check headlamp LED (if equipped)

• This warning message illuminatesif the headlamp does not turned onnormally when you turn the headlamp on.In this case, have your vehicleinspected by an authorized KiaPremium dealer.

Check headlamp FAN (if equipped)

• This warning message illuminatesif the headlamp is overheated. It means, the headlamp fan doesnot work normally. In this case, have your vehicleinspected by an authorized KiaPremium dealer as soon as possi-ble.

OKH045513N


OKH045514N


OKH045931N


KH CAN (ENG) 4:2015 3/26/2015 10:40 AM Page 80


4

4-81

Check battery voltage

• This warning message illuminatesif the battery voltage is abnormallylow, or the battery has poor per-formance. In this case, have yourvehicle inspected by an authorizedKia Premium dealer.

Check BRAKE SWITCH fuse

• This warning message illuminatesif the brake switch fuse is discon-nected.

• It means that you should replacethe fuse with a new one. If that isnot possible, you can start theengine by pressing the EngineStart/Stop Button for 10 seconds inthe ACC position.

Shift to P or N to start engine

• This warning message illuminatesif you try to start the engine withthe shift lever not in the P (Park) orN (Neutral) position.

OKH043515N


OKH045932N


OKH043933N


KH CAN (ENG) 4:2015 3/26/2015 10:40 AM Page 81


4-82

✽ NOTICEYou can start the engine with theshift lever in the N (Neutral) position.But, for your safety, we recommendthat you start the engine with theshift lever in the P (Park) position.

Press START button and shift to P

• This warning message illuminatesif you try to turn off the engine with-out the shift lever in P (Park) posi-tion.

• At this time, the Engine Start/StopButton turns to the ACC position (Ifyou press the Engine Start/StopButton once more, it will turn to theON position).

• Set the Engine Start/Stop Button tothe ON position, then shift to P(Park) by pressing the P button onthe top of the shift lever.

Door / Hood / Trunk Open

• It means that any door, hood, ortrunk is open.

OKH043924N


OKH043934N


KH CAN (ENG) 4:2015 3/26/2015 10:40 AM Page 82


4

4-83

Sunroof Open (if equipped)

• The warning message illuminatesif you turn off the engine when thesunroof is open.

Heated Steering Wheel On(if equipped)

• This warning message illuminatesif you turn on the heated steeringwheel.

❈For more details, refer to "HeatedSteering Wheel" in this chapter.

Heated Steering Wheel Off(if equipped)

• This warning message illuminatesif you turn off the heated steeringwheel.

❈For more details, refer to "HeatedSteering Wheel" in this chapter.

OKH043402N


OKH045430N


OKH045431N


KH CAN (ENG) 4:2015 3/26/2015 10:40 AM Page 83


4-84

Turn on "FUSE SWITCH"

• This warning message illuminatesif the fuse switch on the fuse box isOFF.

• It means that you should turn thefuse switch on.

❈For more details, refer to “Fuses” inchapter 7.

Low Tire Pressure

• This warning message illuminatesif the tire pressure is low with theEngine Start/Stop button in ONposition.

❈For more details, refer to "TirePressure Monitoring System(TPMS)" in chapter 6.

Align steering wheel

• This warning message illuminatesif you start the engine when thesteering wheel is turned to morethan 90 degrees to the left or right.

• It means that you should turn thesteering wheel and make the angleof the steering wheel be less than30 degrees.

OKH043937N


OKH043938N


OKH045415N


KH CAN (ENG) 4:2015 3/26/2015 10:41 AM Page 84


4

4-85

Check ECS

• This warning message illuminatesif there is a malfunction with theElectronic Control Suspension(ECS) system. In this case, haveyour vehicle inspected by anauthorized Kia Premium dealer.

❈For more details, refer to "ElectronicControl Suspension (ECS)" in chap-ter 5.

✽ NOTICE - ECS WarningMessage

When there is a malfunction withthe Electronic Stability Control(ESC), the Electronic ControlSuspension (ECS) warning messagemay illuminate as well as theElectronic Stability Control (ESC)Indicator Light.

Low Washer Fluid

• This warning message illuminateson the service reminder mode ifthe washer fluid level in the reser-voir is nearly empty.

• It means that you should refill thewasher fluid.

OKH045567N


OKH045522N


KH CAN (ENG) 4:2015 3/26/2015 10:41 AM Page 85

Check PSB(if equipped)

• This warning message illuminatesif there is a malfunction with thePre-safe Seat Belt (PSB) system.In this case, have your vehicleinspected by an authorized KiaPremium dealer.

❈For more details, refer to "SeatBelt" in chapter 3.

Check Smart Cruise ControlSystem (if equipped)

• This warning message illuminatesif there is a malfunction with theadvanced smart cruise control sys-tem. In this case, have your vehicleinspected by an authorized KiaPremium dealer.

❈For more details, refer to"Advanced Smart Cruise ControlSystem" in chapter 5.

Check Active Air Flap System (if equipped)

• This warning message illuminatesif any of following conditionsoccurs.- There is a malfunction with the

active air flap system.- A foreign substance is stuck in

the air flap.- The air flap is frozen.


4-86

OKH045515N


OKH045517N


OKH045512N


KH CAN (ENG) 4:2015 3/26/2015 10:41 AM Page 86

✽ NOTICEThe warning message "CheckActive Air Flap System" may not bedisplayed immediately in colder cli-mates.

Check AEB system(if equipped)

• This warning message illuminatesif the sensor or cover is dirty orobscured with foreign matter suchas snow. Clean the sensor or coverby using a soft cloth.

• This warning message illuminatesif there is a malfunction with theAutonomous Emergency Braking(AEB) system. In this case, haveyour vehicle inspected by anauthorized Kia Premium dealer.

❈For more details, refer to"Autonomous Emergency Braking(AEB) System" in chapter 5.

Low Fuel

• This warning message illuminatesif the fuel tank is nearly empty.- When the low fuel level warning

light is illuminates.- When the trip computer displays

“--- km(or mile)” as distance toempty.

Add fuel as soon as possible.


4

4-87

OKH045518N


OKH045543N


KH CAN (ENG) 4:2015 3/26/2015 10:41 AM Page 87

Check high beam assist system(if equipped)

This warning message illuminates ifthere is a malfunction with the head-lamp. In this case, have your vehicleinspected by an authorized KiaPremium dealer.


4-88

OKH045520N


KH CAN (ENG) 4:2015 3/26/2015 10:41 AM Page 88


4

4-89

OverviewDescriptionThe trip computer is a microcomput-er-controlled driver information sys-tem that displays information relatedto driving.

✽ NOTICESome driving information stored inthe trip computer (for exampleAverage Vehicle Speed) resets if thebattery is disconnected.

Trip Modes Fuel Economy

Range (1)• The range is the estimated dis-

tance the vehicle can be drivenwith the remaining fuel.- Distance range : 50 ~ 990 km or

30 ~ 990 mi.• If the estimated distance is below

50 km (30 mi.), the trip computerwill display “---” as range.

TRIP COMPUTER

To change the trip mode, press the, (MOVE) button.

OKH043407C


• Tripmeter [A]

• Average Vehicle Speed [A]

• Elapsed Time [A]

TRIP A

• Tripmeter [B]

• Average Vehicle Speed [B]

• Elapsed Time [B]

TRIP B

DRIVE MODE

TRIP B

• Range

• Average Fuel Economy

• Instant Fuel Economy

FUEL ECONOMY

KH CAN (ENG) 4:2015 3/26/2015 10:41 AM Page 89


4-90

✽ NOTICE• If the vehicle is not on level ground

or the battery power has beeninterrupted, the range functionmay not operate correctly.

• The range may differ from theactual driving distance as it is anestimate of the available drivingdistance.

• The trip computer may not registeradditional fuel if less than 6 liters(1.6 gallons) of fuel are added to thevehicle.

• The fuel economy and range mayvary significantly based on drivingconditions, driving habits, and con-dition of the vehicle.

Average Fuel Economy (2)• The average fuel economy is calcu-

lated by the total driving distanceand fuel consumption since the lastaverage fuel economy reset.- Fuel economy range: 0.0 ~ 99.9

L/100km or MPG• The average fuel economy can be

reset both manually and automati-cally.

Manual reset

To clear the average fuel economymanually, press the OK (RESET) but-ton on the steering wheel for morethan 1 second when the average fueleconomy is displayed.

Automatic reset

To make the average fuel economybe reset automatically whenever refu-eling, select the “Auto Reset” mode inUser Setting menu of the LCD display(Refer to “LCD Display”).Under “Auto Reset” mode, the aver-age fuel economy will be cleared tozero (---) when the vehicle speedexceeds 1 km/h after refueling morethan 6 liters (1.6 gallons).

✽ NOTICEThe average fuel economy is not dis-played for more accurate calculationif the vehicle does not drive morethan 300 meters (0.19 miles) sincethe Engine Start/Stop button isturned to ON.

KH CAN (ENG) 4:2015 3/26/2015 10:41 AM Page 90


4

4-91

Instant Fuel Economy (3)• This mode displays the instant fuel

economy during the last few sec-onds when the vehicle speed ismore than 10 km/h (6.2 MPH).- Fuel economy range : 0 ~ 20

L/100km or 0 ~ 30 MPG

Trip A/BTripmeter (1)

• The tripmeter is the total driving dis-tance since the last tripmeter reset.- Distance range: 0.0 ~ 9999.9 kmor mi.

• To reset the tripmeter, press theOK (RESET) button on the steeringwheel for more than 1 secondwhen the tripmeter is displayed.

Average Vehicle Speed (2)• The average vehicle speed is cal-

culated by the total driving dis-tance and driving time since thelast average vehicle speed reset.- Speed range: 0 ~ 999 km/h or MPH

• To reset the average vehicle speed,press the OK (RESET) button onthe steering wheel for more than 1second when the average vehiclespeed is displayed.

✽ NOTICE• The average vehicle speed is not dis-

played if the driving distance is lessthan 300 meters (0.19 miles) sincethe Engine Start/Stop button isturned to ON.

• Even if the vehicle is not in motion,the average vehicle speed keepsgoing while the engine is running.

OKH043408C


KH CAN (ENG) 4:2015 3/26/2015 10:41 AM Page 91


4-92

Elapsed Time (3)• The elapsed time is the total driv-

ing time since the last elapsed timereset.- Time range (hh:mm): 00:00 ~ 99:59

• To reset the elapsed time, press theOK (RESET) button on the steeringwheel for more than 1 second whenthe elapsed time is displayed.

✽ NOTICEEven if the vehicle is not in motion,the elapsed time keeps going whilethe engine is running.

One time driving information mode

This display shows trip distance (1)and the vehicle can be driven withthe remaining fuel (2).This information is displayed for afew seconds when you turn off theengine and then goes off automati-cally. The information provided is cal-culated according to each trip.If the estimated distance is below1km (1 mi.), the distance to empty(2) will display as "---" and a refuelmessage will appear (3).

Drive Mode

By selecting the drive mode screen,the driver can personalize the drivemode based on vehicle control pref-erence and driving style.

❈For more details, refer to "DriveMode Integrated Control System"in Chapter 5.

OKH043406C


OKH055149N


KH CAN (ENG) 4:2015 3/26/2015 10:41 AM Page 92


4

4-93

Warning lights

✽ NOTICE - Warning lightsMake sure that all warning lightsare OFF after starting the engine. Ifany light is still ON, this indicates asituation that needs attention.

Air bag Warning Light

This warning light illuminates:

• Once you set the Engine Start/Stop Button to the ON position.- It illuminates for approximately 6

seconds and then goes off.• When there is a malfunction with

the SRS.In this case, have your vehicleinspected by an authorized KiaPremium dealer.

Parking Brake & BrakeFluid Warning Light



seconds- It remains on if the parking brake

is applied.• When the parking brake is applied.• When the brake fluid level in the

reservoir is low.- If the warning light illuminates

with the parking brake released, itindicates the brake fluid level inreservoir is low.

WARNING AND INDICATOR LIGHTS

KH CAN (ENG) 4:2015 3/26/2015 10:41 AM Page 93

If the brake fluid level in the reservoiris low:

1.Drive carefully to the nearest safelocation and stop your vehicle.

2.With the engine stopped, check thebrake fluid level immediately andadd fluid as required (For moredetails, refer to “Brake Fluid” inchapter 7).Then check all brake componentsfor fluid leaks. If any leaks in thebrake system is still found, thewarning light remains on, or thebrakes do not operate properly, donot drive the vehicle. In this case, have your vehicletowed to an authorized KiaPremium dealer and inspected.

Dual-diagonal braking system

Your vehicle is equipped with dual-diagonal braking systems. Thismeans you still have braking on twowheels even if one of the dual sys-tems should fail.With only one of the dual systemsworking, more than normal pedaltravel and greater pedal pressure arerequired to stop the vehicle.Also, the vehicle will not stop in asshort a distance with only a portionof the brake system working.If the brakes fail while you are driv-ing, shift to a lower gear for addition-al engine braking and stop the vehi-cle as soon as it is safe to do so.

Driving the vehicle with a warninglight ON is dangerous. If the ParkingBrake & Brake Fluid Warning Lightilluminates with the parking brakereleased, it indicates that the brakefluid level is low.In this case, have your vehicleinspected by an authorized KiaPremium dealer.


4-94

KH CAN (ENG) 4:2015 3/26/2015 10:41 AM Page 94


4

4-95

Anti-lock Brake System(ABS) Warning Light




the ABS (The normal braking sys-tem will still be operational withoutthe assistance of the anti-lockbrake system).In this case, have your vehicleinspected by an authorized KiaPremium dealer.

ElectronicBrake forceDistribution(EBD) SystemWarning LightThese two warning lights illuminate atthe same time while driving:

• When the ABS and regular brakesystem may not work normally.In this case, have your vehicleinspected by an authorized KiaPremium dealer.

Electronic Brake forceDistribution (EBD) SystemWarning Light

When both ABS and ParkingBrake & Brake Fluid WarningLights are on, the brake systemwill not work normally and youmay experience an unexpectedand dangerous situation duringsudden braking, therebyincreasing the risk of a crashand injury. In this case, avoid high speeddriving and abrupt braking.Have your vehicle inspected byan authorized Kia Premiumdealer as soon as possible.

WARNING

KH CAN (ENG) 4:2015 3/26/2015 10:41 AM Page 95

✽ NOTICE - Electronic Brakeforce Distribution(EBD) SystemWarning Light

When the ABS Warning Light is onor both ABS and Parking Brake &Brake Fluid Warning Lights are on,the speedometer, odometer, or trip-meter may not work. Also, the EPSWarning Light may illuminate andthe steering effort may increase ordecrease.In this case, have your vehicle inspect-ed by an authorized Kia Premiumdealer as soon as possible.

Malfunction IndicatorLamp (MIL)


• Once you set the Engine Start/Stop Button to the ON position.- It remains on until the engine isstarted.

• When there is a malfunction withthe emission control system.In this case, have your vehicleinspected by an authorized KiaPremium dealer.


4-96

Malfunction Indicator Lamp(MIL)

Driving with the MalfunctionIndicator Lamp (MIL) on maycause damage to the emissioncontrol systems which couldeffect drivability and/or fueleconomy.

CAUTION

Catalytic ConverterDamage

If the Malfunction IndicatorLamp (MIL) illuminates, potentialcatalytic converter damage ispossible which could result inloss of engine power.In this case, have your vehicleinspected by an authorized KiaPremium dealer as soon as pos-sible.

CAUTION

KH CAN (ENG) 4:2015 3/26/2015 10:41 AM Page 96


4

4-97

Charging SystemWarning Light


• Once you set the Engine Start/Stop Button to the ON position.- It remains on until the engine is

started.• When there is a malfunction with

either the alternator or electricalcharging system.

If there is a malfunction with eitherthe alternator or electrical chargingsystem:


2.Turn the engine off and check thealternator drive belt for loosenessor breakage. If the belt is adjusted properly,there may be a problem in the elec-trical charging system.In this case, have your vehicleinspected by an authorized KiaPremium dealer as soon as possi-ble.

Engine CoolantTemperature WarningLight


• When the engine coolant tempera-ture is above 120°C (248°F). Thismeans that the engine is overheat-ed and may be damaged.If your vehicle is overheated, referto “Overheating” in chapter 6.

• When your vehicle is overheated,the color of the engine coolanttemperature symbol will change(white → red). (for type B cluster)

Engine OverheatingDo not continue driving with theengine overheated. Otherwiseengine may be damaged.

CAUTION

KH CAN (ENG) 4:2015 3/26/2015 10:41 AM Page 97

Engine Oil PressureWarning Light


• Once you set the Engine Start/Stop Button to the ON position.- It remains on until the engine is

started.• When the engine oil pressure is low.

If the engine oil pressure is low:


2.Turn the engine off and check theengine oil level (For more details,refer to “Engine Oil” in chapter 7). Ifthe level is low, add oil as required.If the warning light remains on afteradding oil or if oil is not available,have your vehicle inspected by anauthorized Kia Premium dealer assoon as possible.

If the warning light stays on while theengine is running, it indicates thatthere may be serious engine dam-age or malfunction. In this case,1.Stop the vehicle as soon as it is

safe to do so.2.Turn off the engine and check the

oil level. If the oil level is low, fill theengine oil to the proper level.

3.Start the engine again. If the warn-ing light stays on after the engine isstarted, turn the engine off immedi-ately. In this case, have your vehi-cle inspected by an authorized KiaPremium dealer.

Low Fuel Level WarningLight


• When the fuel tank is nearly empty.• When the fuel tank is nearly empty,

the color of the fuel level symbolwill change (white → orange). (fortype B cluster)

If the fuel tank is nearly empty:

Add fuel as soon as possible.


4-98

Low Fuel LevelDriving with the Low Fuel Levelwarning light on or with the fuellevel below “E” can cause theengine to misfire and damagethe catalytic converter(if equipped).

CAUTION

Engine damageIf the engine does not stopimmediately after the Engine OilPressure Warning Light is illu-minated, severe damage couldresult.

CAUTION

KH CAN (ENG) 4:2015 3/26/2015 10:41 AM Page 98


4

4-99

Low Tire PressureWarning Light



seconds and then goes off.• When one or more of your tires are

significantly underinflated (Thelocation of the underinflated tiresare displayed on the LCD display).For more details, refer to “TirePressure Monitoring System(TPMS)” in chapter 6.

This warning light remains on afterblinking for approximately 60 secondsor repeats blinking on and off at theintervals of approximately 3 seconds:

• When there is a malfunction withthe TPMS.In this case, have your vehicleinspected by an authorized KiaPremium dealer as soon as possi-ble.For more details, refer to “TirePressure Monitoring System(TPMS)” in chapter 6.

• The TPMS cannot alert you tosevere and sudden tire damagecaused by external factors.

• If you notice any vehicle instability,immediately take your foot off theaccelerator pedal, apply the brakesgradually with light force, and slowlymove to a safe position off the road.

Low tire pressure• Significantly low tire pressure

makes the vehicle unstableand can contribute to loss ofvehicle control and increasedbraking distances.

• Continued driving on low pres-sure tires will cause the tires tooverheat and fail.

WARNING

KH CAN (ENG) 4:2015 3/26/2015 10:41 AM Page 99


4-100

Autonomous EmergencyBraking (AEB) Warninglight (if equipped)This warning light illuminates :

• When the AEB system is turnedoff.

• When the radar or its cover isstained. Remove the stains with asoft cloth.

• When there is a malfunction withAEB. In this case, have your vehi-cle inspected by an authorized KiaPremium dealer.

Master Warning Light

This indicator light illuminates

• When there is a malfunction on thepre-safe seat belt, low washer,electronic control suspension, oradvanced smart cruise control. Toidentify the details of the warning,look at the LCD display.

Door Ajar Warning Light


When a door is not closed securely.

Trunk Open WarningLight


When the trunk is not closed securely.

KH CAN (ENG) 4:2015 3/26/2015 10:42 AM Page 100


4

4-101

Adaptive Front LightingSystem (AFLS) WarningLight (if equipped)

This warning light blinks:

• Once you set the EngineStart/Stop Button to the ON posi-tion.- It illuminates for approximately 3


the AFLS.

If there is a malfunction with the AFLS:

1. Drive carefully to the nearest safelocation and stop your vehicle.

2. Turn the engine off and restart theengine. If the warning light remainson, have your vehicle inspected byan authorized Kia Premium dealer.

LED Headlamp WarningLight (if equipped)


• Once you set the Engine Start/StopButton to the ON position.- It illuminates for approximately 3


the LED headlamp.In this case, we recommend that youhave the vehicle inspected by anauthorized Kia Premium dealer.

This warning light blinks:

• When there is a malfunction with aLED headlamp related part.

In this case, we recommend that youhave the vehicle inspected by anauthorized Kia Premium dealer.

✽ NOTICEContinuous driving with the LEDHeadlamp Warning Light on orblinking can reduce LED headlamp(low beam) life.

KH CAN (ENG) 4:2015 3/26/2015 10:42 AM Page 101


4-102

Electric Parking Brake(EPB) Warning Light




the EPB.In this case, have your vehicleinspected by an authorized KiaPremium dealer.

✽ NOTICE - Electric ParkingBrake (EPB)Warning Light

The Electric Parking Brake (EPB)Warning Light may illuminate whenthe Electronic Stability control(ESC) Indicator Light comes on toindicates that the ESC is not work-ing properly (This does not indicatemalfunction of the EPB).

Indicator LightsElectronic StabilityControl (ESC) IndicatorLightThis indicator light illuminates:



the ESC system.In this case, have your vehicleinspected by an authorized KiaPremium dealer.

This indicator light blinks:

While the ESC is operating.

For more details, refer to “ElectronicStability Control (ESC)” in chapter 5.

KH CAN (ENG) 4:2015 3/26/2015 10:42 AM Page 102


4

4-103

Electronic StabilityControl (ESC) OFFIndicator Light

This indicator light illuminates:


seconds and then goes off.• When you deactivate the ESC sys-

tem by pressing the ESC OFF but-ton.

❈For more details, refer to“Electronic Stability Control (ESC)”in chapter 5.

AUTO HOLD Indicator Light


• [White] When you activate the autohold system by pressing the AUTOHOLD button.

• [Green] When you stop the vehiclecompletely by depressing thebrake pedal with the auto hold sys-tem activated.

• [Yellow] When there is a malfunc-tion with the auto hold system.In this case, have your vehicleinspected by an authorized KiaPremium dealer.

❈For more details, refer to “AutoHold” in chapter 5.

Lane Departure Warning System(LDWS) Indicator Light (if equipped)


• [Green] When you activate the lanedeparture warning system bypressing the LDWS button.

• [Yellow] When there is a malfunc-tion with the lane departure warn-ing system.In this case, have your vehicleinspected by an authorized KiaPremium dealer.

❈For more details, refer to “LaneDeparture Warning System(LDWS)” in chapter 5.

KH CAN (ENG) 4:2015 3/26/2015 10:42 AM Page 103


4-104

SNOW Mode IndicatorLight


• When you select "SNOW" mode asdrive mode.

❈For more details, refer to "Drivemode integrated control system" inchapter 5.

SPORT Mode IndicatorLight


• When you select "SPORT" modeas drive mode.

❈For more details, refer to "Drivemode integrated control system" inchapter 5.

Smart Mode IndicatorLight


• When you select “SMART” modeas drive mode.

The Smart Mode indicator will illumi-nate in three different colors- Green(SMART ECO MODE), White(SMART NORMAL MODE), Red(SMART SPORT MODE), dependingon real time driving mode.

❈For more details, refer to "DriveMode Integrated Control System"in Chapter 5.

KH CAN (ENG) 4:2015 3/26/2015 10:42 AM Page 104

ECO Indicator Light

This indicator light illuminates :

• When the Active ECO system isactivated by pressing the DRIVEmode button.

• The ECO indicator (green) will illu-minate to show that the ActiveECO is operating.

❈For more detailed information,refer to “Drive Mode IntegratedControl System" in chapter 5.

Immobilizer IndicatorLight (With Smart Key)

This indicator light illuminates for upto 30 seconds:

• When the vehicle detects thesmart key in the vehicle properlywhile the Engine Start/Stop Buttonis ACC or ON.- At this time, you can start the

engine.- The indicator light goes off after

starting the engine.

This indicator light blinks for a fewseconds:

• When the smart key is not in thevehicle.- At this time, you can not start the

engine.


4

4-105

Distracted drivingDriving while distracted canresult in a loss of vehicle con-trol that may lead to an acci-dent, severe personal injury,and death. The driver’s primaryresponsibility is in the safe andlegal operation of a vehicle, anduse of any handheld devices,other equipment, or vehicle sys-tems which take the driver’seyes, attention and focus awayfrom the safe operation of avehicle or which are not permis-sible by law should never beused during operation of thevehicle.

WARNING

KH CAN (ENG) 4:2015 3/26/2015 10:42 AM Page 105

This indicator light illuminates for 2seconds and goes off:

• When the vehicle can not detectthe smart key which is in the vehi-cle while the Engine Start/StopButton is ON.In this case, have your vehicleinspected by an authorized KiaPremium dealer.


• When the battery of the smart keyis weak.- At this time, you can not start the

engine. However, you can start theengine if you press the EngineStart/Stop Button with the smartkey. (For more details, refer to“Starting the Engine” in chapter 5).

• When there is a malfunction withthe immobilizer system.In this case, have your vehicleinspected by an authorized KiaPremium dealer.

Turn Signal IndicatorLight


• When you turn the turn signal lighton.

If any of the following occurs, theremay be a malfunction with the turnsignal system. In this case, have yourvehicle inspected by an authorizedKia Premium dealer.

- The indicator light does not blinkbut illuminates.

- The indicator light blinks morerapidly.

- The indicator light does not illu-minate at all.

High Beam IndicatorLight


• When the headlights are on and inthe high beam position.

• When the turn signal lever is pulledinto the Flash-to-Pass position.


4-106

KH CAN (ENG) 4:2015 3/26/2015 10:42 AM Page 106


4

4-107

Light ON Indicator Light


• When the tail lights or headlightsare on.

Front Fog IndicatorLight


• When the front fog lights are on.

Cruise IndicatorLight


• When the cruise control system isenabled.

❈For more details, refer to “CruiseControl System” in chapter 5.

Cruise SET IndicatorLight


• When the cruise control speed is set.

❈For more details, refer to “CruiseControl System” in chapter 5.

KH CAN (ENG) 4:2015 3/26/2015 10:42 AM Page 107


4-108

Description

The head up display is a transparentdisplay which projects a shadow ofsome information of the instrumentcluster and navigation on the wind-shield glass.

• The head up display image on thewindshield glass may be invisiblewhen:- Sitting posture is bad.- Wearing polarized sunglasses.- There is an object on the dash

covering the Heads Up Display.- Driving on a wet road.- A light is turned on inside the

vehicle.- Light reflecting off the windshield

in the area of the Head UpDisplay.

• If the head up display image is notshown well, adjust the height, rota-tion or illumination of the head updisplay in the LCD display.

❈For more details, refer to “LCDDisplay” in this chapter.

• When the head up display needsinspection or repair, we recom-mend that you consult an author-ized Kia Premium dealer.

• Do not place any accessories onthe clash pad or attach any objectson the windshield glass.

✽ NOTICEInstalling window tint or any othertype of metallic coating on the wind-shield can prevent the driver fromseeing the Head Up Display images.

HEAD UP DISPLAY (HUD) (IF EQUIPPED)

OKH043164N Head up displayThe Head up display is a sup-plemental system. Do not sole-ly rely on the system, alwaysdrive safely, and pay attentionto the driving conditions on theroad.

WARNING

KH CAN (ENG) 4:2015 3/26/2015 10:42 AM Page 108


4

4-109

✽ NOTICEPrior to replacing the wind shield ina vehicle equipped with the Head updisplay, ensure the glass used isdesigned to properly display theHead up display images to ensureproper operation of the system.

Head Up Display ON/OFF

To activate the head up display,press the HUD button.If you press the HUD button again, thehead up display will be deactivated.

Head Up Display Information

1.Turn By Turn navigation informa-tion

2.Road signs3.Speedometer4.Cruise setting speed5.Advanced Smart Cruise Control

(ASCC) information (if equipped)6.Lane Departure Warning System

(LDWS) information (if equipped)7.Blind Spot Detection (BSD) system

information (if equipped)8.Warning lights (Low fuel, BSD)

OKH043165N OKH045167C

KH CAN (ENG) 4:2015 3/26/2015 10:42 AM Page 109


4-110

Head Up Display SettingOn the LCD display, you can changethe head up display settings as fol-lows.1.Display height2.Rotation3.Brightness4.Contents select5.Speedometer size6.Speedometer color

❈For more details, refer to “LCDDisplay” in this chapter.

KH CAN (ENG) 4:2015 3/26/2015 10:42 AM Page 110


4

4-111

The Parking Assist System is not asubstitute for proper and safe parkingand backing-up procedures. Alwaysdrive safely and use caution whenparking. The Parking Assist Systemmay not detect every object behind orin front of the vehicle.

The parking assist system assists thedriver during movement of the vehicleby chiming if any object is sensedwithin the distance of 100 cm (39 in)in front or behind the vehicle.This system is a supplemental sys-tem and it is not intended to nor doesit replace the need for extreme careand attention of the driver.The sensing range and objectsdetectable by the sensors are limit-ed. When the vehicle moving, payattention to your surroundings.

Operation of the parkingassist systemOperating condition

• This system activates when theparking assist button is pressed withthe Engine Start/Stop Button ON.

• The parking assist button turns onautomatically and activates theparking assist system when youshift the gear to the R (Reverse)position.

PARKING ASSIST SYSTEM

OKH043170N

OKH045168N

OKH045169N

Sensor

■ Front

■ Rear

Sensor

Parking assist systemNever rely solely on the parkingassist system. Always performa visual inspection to makesure the vehicle is clear of allobstructions before moving thevehicle in any direction. Stopimmediately if you are aware ofa child anywhere near yourvehicle. Some objects may notbe detected by the sensors, dueto the object's size or material.

WARNING

KH CAN (ENG) 4:2015 3/26/2015 10:42 AM Page 111


4-112

• The sensing distance while backingup is approximately 100 cm (39 in.)when you are driving less than 10km/h (6.2 mph).

• The sensing distance while movingforward is approximately 100 cm(39 in.) when you are driving lessthan 10 km/h (6.2 mph).

• When more than two objects aresensed at the same time, the clos-est one will be recognized first.

✽ NOTICEThe system may not detect andobject if the distance from the objectis already less than approximately25 cm (10 in.) when the system isturned ON.

Types of warning sound and indicator

✽ NOTICEThe indicator may differ from the illustration as objects or sensors status.If the indicator blinks, the system should be checked by an authorized KiaPremium dealer.

Distance from object

Warning indicatorWarning sound

When driving forward

When driving rearward

100cm~61cm(39 in. ~ 24 in.)

Front - -

120cm~61cm(47 in. ~ 24 in.)

Rear -Buzzer beeps intermittently

60cm~31cm(24 in. ~ 12 in.)

FrontBuzzer beeps

frequently

Rear -Buzzer beeps

frequently

30cm(12 in.)

FrontBuzzer sounds continuously

Rear -Buzzer sounds continuously

KH CAN (ENG) 4:2015 3/26/2015 10:42 AM Page 112


4

4-113

Non-operational conditions ofparking assist systemParking assist system may notoperate normally when:1.Moisture is frozen to the sensor. (It

will operate normally when mois-ture melts.)

2.Sensor is covered with foreign mat-ter, such as snow or water, or thesensor cover is blocked. (It willoperate normally when the materi-al is removed or the sensor is nolonger blocked.)

3.Sensor is stained with foreign mat-ter such as snow or water.(Sensing range will return to nor-mal when removed.)

4.The parking assist button is off.

There is a possibility of parkingassist system malfunction when:1.Driving on uneven road surfaces

such as unpaved roads, gravel,bumps, or gradient.

2.Objects generating excessive noisesuch as vehicle horns, loud motor-cycle engines, or truck air brakescan interfere with the sensor.

3.Heavy rain or water spray.4.Wireless transmitters or mobile

phones present near the sensor.5.Sensor is covered with snow.

Detecting range may decreasewhen:1.Outside air temperature is

extremely hot or cold.2.Undetectable objects smaller than

1 m (39 in) and narrower than14 cm (5.5 in) in diameter.

The following objects may not berecognized by the sensor:1.Sharp or slim objects such as

ropes, chains or small poles.2.Objects, which tend to absorb sen-

sor frequency such as clothes,spongy material or snow.

KH CAN (ENG) 4:2015 3/26/2015 10:42 AM Page 113


4-114

✽ NOTICE1.The warning may not sound

sequentially depending on thespeed and shapes of the objectsdetected.

2.The parking assist system maymalfunction if the vehicle bumperheight or sensor installation hasbeen modified. Any non-factoryinstalled equipment or accessoriesmay also interfere with the sensorperformance.

3.Sensor may not recognize objectsless than 30 cm (12 in) from thesensor, or it may sense an incor-rect distance. Use with caution.

4.When the sensor is frozen orstained with snow or water, thesensor may be inoperative untilthe stains are removed using a softcloth.

5.Do not push, scratch or strike thesensor with any hard objects thatcould damage the surface of thesensor. Sensor damage couldoccur.

✽ NOTICEThis system can only sense objectswithin the range and location of thesensors, it can not detect objects inother areas where sensors are notinstalled. Also, small or slim objects,or objects located between sensorsmay not be detected. Always visually check in front andbehind the vehicle when driving.Be sure to inform any drivers in thevehicle that may be unfamiliar withthe system regarding the system’scapabilities and limitations.

Pay close attention when thevehicle is driven close toobjects on the road, particularlypedestrians, and especiallychildren. Be aware that someobjects may not be detected bythe sensors, due to the objectsdistance, size or material, all ofwhich can limit the effective-ness of the sensor. Always per-form a visual inspection tomake sure the vehicle is clear ofall obstructions before movingthe vehicle in any direction.

WARNING

KH CAN (ENG) 4:2015 3/26/2015 10:42 AM Page 114


4

4-115

Self-diagnosisIf you don’t hear an audible warningsound or if the buzzer sounds inter-mittently when shifting the shift leverinto the R (Reverse) position, thismay indicate a malfunction in theparking assist system. If this occurs,have the system checked by anauthorized Kia Premium dealer.

Your new vehicle warranty doesnot cover any accidents or dam-age to the vehicle or injuries toits occupants related to a park-ing assist system. Always drivesafely and cautiously.

WARNING

KH CAN (ENG) 4:2015 3/26/2015 10:42 AM Page 115


4-116

The Rear-Camera Display is not asubstitute for proper and safe back-ing-up procedures. The Rear-CameraDisplay may not display every objectbehind the vehicle. Always drive safe-ly and use caution when backing up.The rear camera display will activatewhen the back-up light is ON with theEngine Start/Stop Button ON and theshift lever in the R (Reverse) position.This system is a supplemental systemthat shows behind the vehicle throughthe navigation display while backing-up.Always keep the camera lens clean. Ifthe lens is covered with foreign matter,the camera may not operate normally.

✽ NOTICEThe rear camera display is not asafety device. It only serves to assistthe driver in identifying objectsdirectly behind the middle of thevehicle. The camera does NOT coverthe complete area behind the vehi-cle.

• This system is a supplementaryfunction only. It is the responsibilityof the driver to always check thearea behind the vehicle before andwhile backing up.

• Always keep the camera lensclean. If the lens is covered withforeign matter, the camera may notoperate normally.

REAR CAMERA DISPLAY (IF EQUIPPED)

OKH045175N

OKH045174N

■ Type A

■ Type B

OKH045263N

Backing up & using cameraNever rely solely on the rearview camera when backing. Youmust always use methods ofviewing the area behind youincluding looking over bothshoulders as well as continu-ously checking all three rearview mirrors. Due to the difficul-ty of ensuring that the areabehind you remains clear,always back slowly and stopimmediately if you even suspectthat a person, and especially achild, might be behind you.

WARNING

KH CAN (ENG) 4:2015 3/26/2015 10:43 AM Page 116


4

4-117

The Parking Guide System is not asubstitute for proper and safe park-ing procedures. The Parking GuideSystem may not detect every objectsurrounding the vehicle. Always drivesafely and use caution when parking.The Parking Guide System (PGS)will activate when the back-up light isON with the Engine Start/StopButton ON and the shift lever in the R(Reverse) position.

✽ NOTICEThe park guide system is not a safe-ty device. It only serves to assist thedriver in in parking the vehicle. It isthe responsibility of the driver toalways check the area around thevehicle when parking the vehicle.

Parking guide system (PGS)display

1.Changing rear view angle(Top/Normal)

Changes the view angle of the rearcamera.2.Parking guide line According to steering angle, theparking guide line displays to helpparking.

PARKING GUIDE SYSTEM (IF EQUIPPED)

OKH043304N

OKH045175N

OKH045174N

■ Type A

■ Type B

OKH045263N

KH CAN (ENG) 4:2015 3/26/2015 10:43 AM Page 117


4-118

Changing rear view angle

1. Top viewWhen Top View is selected, the rearview angle is displayed as if lookingdown from above.

2. Normal viewWhen Normal View is selected, therear view angle is displayed in a cus-tomary view with a normal rear viewperspective.

OKH043305N

OKH043306N

KH CAN (ENG) 4:2015 3/26/2015 10:43 AM Page 118


4

4-119

The Blind Spot Detection System isnot a substitute for proper and safelane changing procedures. Alwaysdrive safely and use caution whenchanging lanes. The Blind SpotDetection System may not detectevery object alongside the vehicle.

Front blind spot monitoring system isa supplemental system that showsblind spot in front of the vehiclethrough the AV monitor.The front blind spot monitoring sys-tem will operate when you press thebutton and shift the shift lever intoN(Neutral) or D(Drive) while drivingless then 10km/h (6.2mph).

✽ NOTICEThe front blind spot monitoring sys-tem may not operate normally, whenyou drive in the extremely high or lowtemperature area. (operating temper-ature: -20°C~65°C (-4°F ~ 149°F))

FRONT BLIND SPOT MONITORING SYSTEM (IF EQUIPPED)

OKH043172N

OKH045173N

Blind Spot MonitoringLimitations

• The Blind Spot MonitoringSystem (BSM) is a supple-mental system. Do not solelyrely on the system but alwayspay attention to drive safely.

• The BSM System may notdetect every object and is nota substitute for proper andsafe lane changing proce-dures. Always drive safelyand use caution when chang-ing lanes.

WARNING

KH CAN (ENG) 4:2015 3/26/2015 10:43 AM Page 119


4-120

The 360° camera monitoring systemis not a substitute for proper and safeparking procedures. The 360° cam-era monitoring system may notdetect every object surrounding thevehicle. Always drive safely and usecaution when parking.The 360° camera monitoring systemcan assist in parking by allowing thedriver to see around the vehicle.Push the button into the [ON] posi-tion to operate the system. To cancelthe system, push the button again.

Operating conditions- When the Engine Start/Stop

Button is ON position- When the transaxle is on D, N or R- When the vehicle speed is not over

20km/h (12.4 mph)• When the vehicle speed is over

20km/h (12.4mph), the 360° cam-era monitoring system is turned off.If the vehicle speed is not over20km/h (12.4mph) after turning offthe 360° camera monitoring systemby over speed, the 360° cameramonitoring system is not turned on.To operate again, push the button.

• When the vehicle moves back-wards, regardless of On/Off of but-ton and vehicle speed, the 360°camera monitoring system is oper-ated.

• When the trunk and driver/passen-ger door are opened and the out-side mirror is folded, the warning isilluminated in the 360° cameramonitoring system.

• If the 360° camera monitoring sys-tem is not operating normally, thesystem should be checked by anauthorized Kia Premium dealer.

360° CAMERA MONITORING SYSTEM (IF EQUIPPED)

OKH043184N

This system is a supplementaryfunction only. It is the responsi-bility of the driver to alwayscheck the area around the vehi-cle before and while moving.

WARNING

KH CAN (ENG) 4:2015 3/26/2015 10:43 AM Page 120


4

4-121

Puddle lamp

When all the doors (and trunk) arelocked and closed, the puddle lampwill come on for about 15 seconds ifany of the below is performed.- When the door unlock button is

pressed on the smart key.- When the button of the outside

door handle is pressed.- When the vehicle is approached

with the smart key in possession. Also, if the outside rearview mirrorfolding switch is in the AUTO posi-tion, the outside rearview mirror willunfold automatically.

HeadlightWhen the headlight(light switch in theheadlight or AUTO position) is on andall doors (and trunk) are locked andclosed, the position light and head-light will come on for 15 seconds ifany of the below is performed.- When the door unlock button is

pressed on the smart key.

At this time, if you press the door lockor unlock button, the position light andheadlight will turn off immediately.

Interior lightWhen the interior light switch is in theDOOR position and all doors (andtrunk) are locked and closed, theroom lamp will come on for 30 sec-onds if any of the below is performed.- When the door unlock button is

pressed on the smart key.- When the button of the outside

door handle is pressed.

At this time, if you press the door lockor unlock button, the room lamp willturn off immediately.

WELCOME SYSTEM

OKH043285N

KH CAN (ENG) 4:2015 3/26/2015 10:43 AM Page 121


4-122

LIGHTINGBattery saver function• The purpose of this feature is to

prevent the battery from being dis-charged. The system automaticallyturns off the parking lights whenthe driver turns off the engine andopens the driver-side door.

• With this feature, the parking lightswill be turned off automatically ifthe driver parks on the side of theroad at night.If necessary, to keep the lights onwhen the engine is turned OFF,perform the following:1) Open the driver-side door.2) Turn the parking lights OFF and

ON again using the light switchon the steering column.

Headlight escort function If you turn the Engine Start/StopButton to the ACC or OFF positionwith the headlights ON, the head-lights (and/or tail lights) remain on forabout 5 minutes. However, if the dri-ver’s door is opened and closed, theheadlights are turned off after 15seconds.The headlights can be turned off bypressing the lock button on the smartkey twice or turning the light switch tothe OFF or Auto position.However, if you turn the light switchto the Auto position when it is darkoutside, the headlights will not beturned off.

If the driver gets out of the vehiclethrough other doors (except driver'sdoor), the battery saver functiondoes not operate and the headlightescort function does not turn offautomatically. Therefore, It causesthe battery to be discharged. In thiscase, make sure to turn off the lampbefore getting out of the vehicle.

KH CAN (ENG) 4:2015 3/26/2015 10:43 AM Page 122


4

4-123

Daytime running lightDaytime Running Lights (DRL) canmake it easier for others to see thefront of your vehicle during the day.DRL can be helpful in many differentdriving conditions, and it is especial-ly helpful after dawn and before sun-set.The DRL system turns OFF when:1. The headlights(Front position lamp,

Low beam, High beam) are ON.2. The parking brake is applied.3. Engine stops.4. The front fog light is ON.

Lighting control

The light switch has a Headlight anda Parking light position.To operate the lights, turn the knob atthe end of the control lever to one ofthe following positions:

(1) OFF position(2) Auto light position(3) Parking light position(4) Headlight position

Parking light position ( )

When the light switch is in the park-ing light position, the tail and licenselights will turn ON.


KH CAN (ENG) 4:2015 3/26/2015 10:43 AM Page 123


4-124

Headlight position ( )

When the light switch is in the head-light position, the head, tail andlicense lights will turn ON.

✽ NOTICEThe Engine Start/Stop Button mustbe in the ON position to turn on theheadlights.

Auto light/AFLS position

When the light switch is in the AUTOlight position, the taillights and head-lights will be turned ON or OFF auto-matically depending on the amountof light outside the vehicle.

If your vehicle is equipped with theadaptive front lighting system(AFLS), it will also operate when theheadlamp is ON.

✽ NOTICEIf your vehicle has window tint orother types of coating on the frontwindshield, the Auto light systemmay not work properly.

OKH043192N OKH043190N

• Never place anything over thesensor (1) located on theinstrument panel, this willensure better auto-light sys-tem control.

• Don’t clean the sensor using awindow cleaner, the cleanermay leave a light film whichcould interfere with sensoroperation.

CAUTION

KH CAN (ENG) 4:2015 3/26/2015 10:43 AM Page 124


4

4-125

AFLS (Adaptive Front LightingSystem) (if equipped)

Adaptive front lighting system usesthe steering angle and vehicle speed,to keep your field of vision wide byswiveling and leveling the headlamp.Change the switch to the AUTO posi-tion when the engine is running. Theadaptive front lighting system willoperate when the headlamp is ON. Toturn off the AFLS, change the switchto other positions. After turning theAFLS off, headlamp swiveling nolonger occurs, but leveling operatescontinuously.

If the AFLS malfunction indicatorcomes on, the AFLS is not workingproperly. Drive to the nearest safelocation and restart the engine. If theindicator remains on, have the sys-tem checked by an authorized KiaPremium dealer.

High beam operation

To turn on the high beam headlights,push the lever away from you. Pull itback for low beams.The high beam indicator will illumi-nate when the headlight high beamsare switched on.To prevent the battery from beingdischarged, do not leave the lightson for a prolonged time while theengine is not running.

OKH043188N


OKH043187N

OKH043194N

KH CAN (ENG) 4:2015 3/26/2015 10:43 AM Page 125


4-126

To flash the headlights, pull the levertowards you. It will return to the nor-mal (low beam) position whenreleased. The headlight switch doesnot need to be on to use this flashingfeature.

Turn signals and lane changesignals

The Engine Start/Stop Button mustbe ON position for the turn signals tofunction. To turn on the turn signals,move the lever up or down (A). Thegreen arrow indicators on the instru-ment panel indicate which turn signalis operating.

OKH043193N

High BeamsDo not use high beam whenthere are other vehicles. Usinghigh beam could obstruct theother driver’s vision.

WARNING

OKH043196N

KH CAN (ENG) 4:2015 3/26/2015 10:43 AM Page 126


4

4-127

They will self-cancel after a turn iscompleted. If the indicator continuesto flash after a turn, manually returnthe lever to the OFF position.To signal a lane change, move theturn signal lever slightly and hold it inposition (B). The lever will return tothe OFF position when released.If an indicator stays on and does notflash or if it flashes abnormally, one ofthe turn signal bulbs may be burnedout and will require replacement.

One-touch lane change functionTo activate an one-touch lanechange function, move the turn sig-nal lever slightly and then release it.The lane change signals will blink 3,5 or 7 times.You can choose one-touch lanechange blinking function in “Onetouch turn lamp” of “User setting”.Refer to “User setting” in chapter 4.

✽ NOTICEIf an indicator flash is abnormallyquick or slow, a bulb may be burnedout or have a poor electrical connec-tion in the circuit.

Front fog light

Fog lights are used to provideimproved visibility when visibility ispoor due to fog, rain or snow, etc. 1. Turn on the head light.2. Turn the light switch (1) to the front

fog light position.3. To turn off the front fog light, turn

the light switch to the front fog lightposition again or turn off the headlight.

OKH043197N

KH CAN (ENG) 4:2015 3/26/2015 10:43 AM Page 127


4-128

When in operation, the fog lightsconsume large amounts of vehicleelectrical power. Only use the foglights when visibility is poor or unnec-essary battery and generator draincould occur.

Headlight leveling device (if equipped)Automatic typeTo ensure the proper headlight beamis used under various conditions, theheadlight beam levels are automati-cally adjusted depending on thenumber of passengers, the weight inthe trunk, and other driving condi-tions.

✽ NOTICEIf the automatic headlight levelingdevice is not working properly haveyour vehicle inspected by an author-ized Kia Premium dealer.

KH CAN (ENG) 4:2015 3/26/2015 10:43 AM Page 128


4

4-129

Windshield wiper/washer

A : Wiper speed control· MIST – Single wipe· OFF – Off· AUTO – AUTO control wipe· LO – Low wiper speed· HI – High wiper speed

B : Auto control wipe time adjustment C : Wash with brief wipes

Windshield wipers

Operates as follows when the EngineStart/Stop Button is turned ON.

MIST : For a single wiping cycle,push the lever upward andrelease it with the lever in theOFF position. The wipers willoperate continuously if thelever is pushed upward andheld.

OFF : Wiper is not in operation

AUTO : The rain sensor located onthe upper end of the wind-shield glass senses theamount of rainfall and con-trols the wiping cycle for theproper interval. The more itrains, the faster the wiperoperates. When the rainstops, the wiper stops. Tovary the speed setting, turnthe speed control knob (B).

LO : Normal wiper speedHI : Fast wiper speed

✽ NOTICEIf there is heavy accumulation ofsnow or ice on the windshield, defrostthe windshield for about 10 minutes,or until the snow and/or ice isremoved before using the windshieldwipers to ensure proper operation.

WIPERS AND WASHERS

OKH043516N OKH043198N

KH CAN (ENG) 4:2015 3/26/2015 10:43 AM Page 129


4-130

Auto control (if equipped)

The rain sensor located on the upperend of the windshield glass sensesthe amount of rainfall and controls thewiping cycle for the proper interval.The more it rains, the faster the wiperoperates. When the rain stops, thewiper stops. To vary the speed setting, turn thespeed control knob (1). If the wiper switch is set in AUTOmode when the Engine Start/StopButton is ON, the wiper will operateonce to perform a self-check of thesystem. Set the wiper to OFF posi-tion when the wiper is not in use.

When washing the vehicle, setthe wiper switch to the OFF posi-tion so the auto wiper will notoperate.The wiper may operate and bedamaged if the switch is set inthe AUTO mode while washingthe vehicle. Do not remove the sensor coverlocated on the upper end of thepassenger side windshieldglass. Damage to system partscould occur and may not be cov-ered by your vehicle warranty.When starting the vehicle in win-ter, set the wiper switch in theOFF position. Otherwise, wipersmay operate and ice may dam-age the windshield wiper blades.Always remove all snow and iceand defrost the windshield prop-erly prior to operating the wind-shield wipers.

CAUTION

OKH043517N

RRaaiinn sseennssoorr

When the engine Start/Stop but-ton is ON and the windshieldwiper switch is placed in theAUTO mode, use caution in thefollowing situations to avoiddamaging the rain sensors onthe windshield:• Do not touch the upper end of

the windshield glass facingthe rain sensor.

• Do not wipe the upper end ofthe windshield glass with adamp or wet cloth.

• Do not put pressure on thewindshield glass.

CAUTION

KH CAN (ENG) 4:2015 3/26/2015 10:43 AM Page 130


4

4-131

Windshield washers

In the OFF position, pull the levergently toward you to spray washerfluid on the windshield and to run thewipers 1-3 cycles.Use this function when the wind-shield is dirty.The spray and wiper operation willcontinue until you release the lever.If the washer does not work, checkthe washer fluid level. If the fluid levelis not sufficient, you will need to addappropriate non-abrasive windshieldwasher fluid to the washer reservoir.

The reservoir filler neck is located inthe front of the engine compartmenton the passenger side.

OKH043199N

Washer PumpTo prevent possible damage tothe washer pump, do not oper-ate the washer when the fluidreservoir is empty.

CAUTIONWipers & Windshields

• To prevent possible damageto the wipers or windshield,do not operate the wiperswhen the windshield is dry.

• To prevent damage to thewiper blades, do not usegasoline, kerosene, paint thin-ner, or other solvents on ornear them.

• To prevent damage to thewiper arms and other compo-nents, do not attempt to movethe wipers manually.

• To prevent possible damageto the wipers and washer sys-tem, use anti-freezing washerfluids in the winter season orcold weather.

CAUTION

Obscured VisibilityDo not use the washer in freez-ing temperatures without firstwarming the windshield withthe defrosters; the washer solu-tion could freeze on contactwith the windshield andobscure your vision.

WARNING

KH CAN (ENG) 4:2015 3/26/2015 10:44 AM Page 131


4-132

Do not use the interior lights forextended periods when the engine isnot running.It may cause battery discharge.

Automatic turn off function(if equipped)The interior lights automatically turnoff approximately 20 minutes afterthe engine is turned off.If your vehicle is equipped with thetheft alarm system, the interior lightsautomatically turns off several sec-onds after the system is armed.

Front lamp switch

• :Press the button to turn thelamp on. This light producesa spot beam for convenientuse as a map lamp at nightor as a personal lamp for thedriver and the front passen-ger. To turn the lamp off,press the button again.

• ROOM : Press the button to turnthe front and rear lamp on.To turn the lamp off, pressthe button again.

INTERIOR LIGHT

OKH043200N

Interior LightsDo not use the interior lightswhen driving in the dark.Accidents could happenbecause the view may beobscured by interior lights.

WARNING

KH CAN (ENG) 4:2015 3/26/2015 10:44 AM Page 132


4

4-133

• REAR ROOM : Press the button toturn the rear lampon. To turn thelamp off, press thebutton again.

• DOOR :Press the button to operate the doormode. The indicator on the button willilluminate and lamps will turn on or offas follows:

- The front and rear lamp comeson when a door is opened. If thedoor is closed, the lamps will goout in 30 seconds.

- The front and rear lamp comeson for approximately 30 secondswhen doors are unlocked with thesmart key as long as the doorsare not opened.

- The front and rear lamp will stayon for approximately 20 minutesif a door is opened with theengine start/stop button in theACC or OFF position.

- The front and rear lamp will stayon continuously if the door isopened with the engine start/stopbutton in the ON position.

- The front and rear lamp will goout immediately if the enginestart/stop button is changed tothe ON position or all doors arelocked.

To turn off the door mode, press thebutton again. The indicator on thebutton will turn off.

• PRIVACY :Press the button to operate the pri-vacy mode. The indicator on the but-ton will illuminate and lamps will turnon or off as follows:

- If you open any door, the lamp forthe open door will illuminate.

To turn off the privacy mode, pressthe button again. The indicator on thebutton will turn off.

Rear lamp switchType A

• : Press the button to turn thelamp on. This light pro-duces a spot beam for con-venient use as a map lampat night or as a personallamp for the driver and thefront passenger. To turn thelamp off, press the buttonagain.

• ROOM : Press the button to turnthe rear lamp on. To turnthe lamp off, press thebutton again.

OKH043201N

KH CAN (ENG) 4:2015 3/26/2015 10:44 AM Page 133


4-134

Type B

Press the button to turn the rearlamp on. To turn the lamp off, pressthe button again.

Trunk room lamp

The trunk room lamp comes onwhen the trunk is opened.To prevent unnecessary chargingsystem drain, close the trunk lidsecurely after using the trunk room.

Door courtesy lamp

The door courtesy lamp comes ONwhen the door is opened to assistentering or exiting the vehicle. It alsoserves as a warning to passing vehi-cles that the vehicle door is open.

OKH043307N OKH043203NOKH045202N

KH CAN (ENG) 4:2015 3/26/2015 10:44 AM Page 134


4

4-135

Glove box lamp

The glove box lamp comes on whenthe glove box is opened.To prevent unnecessary chargingsystem drain, close the glove boxsecurely after using the glove box.

Vanity mirror lamp

Opening the lid of the vanity mirrorwill automatically turn on the mirrorlight.

Vanity mirror lamp(if equipped)

Always have the switch in theoff position when the vanitymirror lamp is not in use. If thesunvisor is closed without thelamp off, it may discharge thebattery or damage the sunvisor.

CAUTION

OKH043204N OKH043205N

KH CAN (ENG) 4:2015 3/26/2015 10:44 AM Page 135


4-136

✽ NOTICEIf you want to defrost and defog thefront windshield, refer to“Windshield Defrosting andDefogging” in this section.

Rear window defroster

The defroster heats the window toremove frost, fog and thin ice fromthe rear window, while the engine isrunning.To activate the rear windowdefroster, press the rear windowdefroster button located in the centerfacia switch panel. The indicator on the rear windowdefroster button illuminates when thedefroster is ON.To turn off the defroster, press therear window defroster button again.

If there is heavy accumulation ofsnow on the rear window, brush it offbefore operating the rear defroster.The rear window defroster automati-cally turns off after approximately 20minutes or when the EngineStart/Stop Button is turned off. Toturn off the defroster, press the rearwindow defroster button again.

Outside rearview mirror defroster (if equipped)If your vehicle is equipped with theoutside rearview mirror defrosters,they will operate at the same time youturn on the rear window defroster.

Wiper deicer (if equipped)If your vehicle is equipped with thewiper deicer, it will be operating at thesame time you turn on the rear win-dow defroster.

DEFROSTER

OKH045207N

ConductorsTo prevent damage to the con-ductors bonded to the insidesurface of the rear window,never use sharp instruments orwindow cleaners containingabrasives to clean the window.

CAUTION

KH CAN (ENG) 4:2015 3/26/2015 10:44 AM Page 136


4

4-137

AUTOMATIC CLIMATE CONTROL SYSTEM

1. Driver’s temperature control button2. AUTO (automatic control) button3. Front windshield defrost button4. Fan speed control button5. Mode selection button6. Air intake control button7. Passenger’s temperature control button8. OFF button9. Rear window defrost button10. Air conditioning button11. Synchronize temperature control button12. Climate information screen selection button13. Fan speed control button (Rear)14. OFF button (Rear)15. LCD display16. Rear side temperature control knob17. AUTO (automatic control) button

OKH045208N/OKH043209N

■ Front

■ Rear

KH CAN (ENG) 4:2015 3/26/2015 10:44 AM Page 137


4-138

Automatic heating and air con-ditioning

1. Press the AUTO button.The modes, fan speeds, air intakeand air-conditioning will be controlledautomatically according to the tem-perature setting.

2.Press the temperature control but-ton to set the desired temperature.

✽ NOTICE• To turn the automatic operation off,

select any of the following buttons:- Mode selection button- Air conditioning button- Front windshield defroster button

(Press the button one more timeto deselect the front windshielddefroster function. The ‘AUTO’sign will illuminate on the infor-mation display once again.)

- Air intake control button- Fan speed control buttonThe selected function will be con-trolled manually while other func-tions operate automatically.

• For your convenience and toimprove the effectiveness of theclimate control, use the AUTObutton and set the temperature to23°C (73°F).

OKH045210N

■ Front ■ Rear

OKH045286N

■ Front

KH CAN (ENG) 4:2015 3/26/2015 10:45 AM Page 138


4

4-139

✽ NOTICENever place anything over the sen-sor located on the instrument panelto ensure better control of the heat-ing and cooling system.

Manual heating and air condi-tioningThe heating and cooling system canbe controlled manually by pushingbuttons other than the AUTO button.In this case, the system workssequentially according to the order ofbuttons selected. When pressing anybutton except the AUTO button whileusing automatic operation, the func-tions not selected will be controlledautomatically.1.Start the engine.2.Set the mode to the desired posi-

tion.For improving the effectiveness ofheating and cooling;- Heating: - Cooling:

3.Set the temperature control to thedesired position.

4.Set the air intake control to the out-side (fresh) air position.

5.Set the fan speed control to thedesired speed.

6.If air conditioning is desired, turnthe air conditioning system on.

Press the AUTO button in order toconvert to full automatic control ofthe system.OKH043211N

KH CAN (ENG) 4:2015 3/26/2015 10:45 AM Page 139


4-140

❈ Rear outlet vents (F)• The air flow of the Rear outlet

vents is controlled by the front cli-mate control system and deliveredthrough the inside air duct of thefront doors. If the door is open ornot closed completely, the air flowof the Rear outlet vent is not deliv-ered properly. Make sure the frontdoors are closed completely.

• The air flow of the Rear outletvents may be weaker than theinstrument panel vents for the longair duct in the front doors.

OKH045213N

KH CAN (ENG) 4:2015 3/26/2015 10:45 AM Page 140


4

4-141

Mode selection

The mode selection button controlsthe direction of the air flow throughthe ventilation system. The air flow outlet port is convertedas follows:

Face-Level (B, C, D, E, F, G)

Air flow is directed toward the upperbody and face. Additionally, eachoutlet can be controlled to direct theair discharged from the outlet.

Bi-Level (B, C, D, E, F, G)

Air flow is directed towards the faceand the floor.

Floor & Defrost (A, C, D, E, F, G)

Most of the air flow is directed to thefloor and the windshield with a smallamount directed to the side windowdefrosters.

Floor-Level (A, C, D, E, F, G)

Most of the air flow is directed to thefloor, with a small amount of the airbeing directed to the windshield andside window defrosters.

OKH045212N

KH CAN (ENG) 4:2015 3/26/2015 10:45 AM Page 141


4-142

Defrost-Level (A)

Most of the air flow is directed to thewindshield with a small amount of airdirected to the side window defrosters.

Instrument panel vents

The outlet vents can be opened orclosed separately using the horizon-tal thumbwheel. To close the vent,rotate it left to the maximum position.To open the vent, rotate it right to thedesired position.Also, you can adjust the direction ofair delivery from these vents usingthe vent control lever as shown.

Temperature control

The temperature will increase to themaximum (HI) by pushing the up ( )button (for front) or turn the knob to theright (for rear).

OKH045214N OKH045215N OKH045216N

OKH043217N

■ Front

■ Rear

KH CAN (ENG) 4:2015 3/26/2015 10:45 AM Page 142


4

4-143

The temperature will decrease to theminimum (Lo) by pushing the down( ) button (for front) or turn the knobto the left (for rear).When pushing the button (for front) orturning the knob (for rear), the tem-perature will increase or decrease by0.5°C/1°F. When set to the lowesttemperature setting, the air condition-ing will operate continuously.

Adjusting the driver, passenger andrear side temperature equally

1. Press the SYNC button to activateSYNC mode. The passenger andrear side temperature will be set tothe same temperature as the driv-er side temperature.

2. Press the driver side temperaturecontrol button. The driver, passen-ger and rear side temperature willbe adjusted equally.

Adjusting the driver, passenger andrear side temperature individually

• Press the SYNC button again tooperate the driver, passenger andrear side temperature individually.

• Pressing the passenger side tem-perature control button will auto-matically cancel the SYNC mode.At this time, rear side temperaturewill be set to the same temperatureas the driver side.

• Turning the rear temperature con-trol knob will automatically cancelthe SYNC mode. At this time, pas-senger side temperature will be setto the same temperature as thedriver side.

OKH045300N

KH CAN (ENG) 4:2015 3/26/2015 10:45 AM Page 143


4-144

Temperature conversion

You can switch the temperature modefrom Centigrade and Fahrenheit as fol-lows:While pressing the OFF button,press the AUTO button for 3 secondsor more. The display will change fromCentigrade to Fahrenheit, or fromFahrenheit to Centigrade.If the battery has been discharged ordisconnected, the temperature modedisplay will reset to Fahrenheit.

Air intake control

This is used to select the outside(fresh) air position or recirculated airposition.To change the air intake control posi-tion, push the control button.

Recirculated air position

With the recirculated airposition selected, air fromthe passenger compart-ment will be drawn throughthe heating system andheated or cooled accordingto the function selected.When driving at highspeed, the outside air maycome in to circulate the airinside the vehicle. To block the air from enter-ing, press the air intakecontrol button for about 2seconds. The outside airwill be blocked from comingin for 3 minutes.

Outside (fresh) air position

With the outside (fresh) airposition selected, airenters the vehicle from out-side and is heated orcooled according to thefunction selected.

OKH045219N

KH CAN (ENG) 4:2015 3/26/2015 10:45 AM Page 144


4

4-145

✽ NOTICEProlonged operation of the heater inthe recirculated air position (with-out air conditioning selected) maycause fogging of the windshield andside windows and the air within thepassenger compartment maybecome stale.In addition, prolonged use of the airconditioning with the recirculatedair position selected will result inexcessively dry air in the passengercompartment.

Sunroof Inside Air Recirculation(if equipped)When the heater or air conditioningsystem is on with the sunroofopened, the outside (fresh) air posi-tion will be automatically selected. Atthis time, if you press the recirculatedair position button, the recirculatedair position will be selected but willchange back to the outside (fresh) airposition after 3 minutes. When the sunroof is closed, the airintake position will return to the orig-inal position that was selected.

Reduced visibilityContinued use of the climatecontrol system in the recirculat-ed air position may allowhumidity to increase inside thevehicle which may fog the glassand obscure visibility.

WARNING

Sleeping with AC onDo not sleep in a vehicle withthe air conditioning or heatingsystem on as this may causeserious harm or death due to adrop in the oxygen level and/orbody temperature.

WARNING

Recirculated airContinued use of the climatecontrol system in the recirculat-ed air position can causedrowsiness or sleepiness, andloss of vehicle control. Set theair intake control to the outside(fresh) air position as much aspossible while driving.

WARNING

KH CAN (ENG) 4:2015 3/26/2015 10:45 AM Page 145


4-146

Fan speed control

The fan speed can be set to thedesired speed by pressing the fanspeed control button(for front) orturning the fan speed control knob(for rear).To change the fan speed, press the( ) part of the button for higherspeed or press the ( ) part of thebutton for lower speed. (for front) To change the fan speed, turn theknob to the right for higher speed, orleft for lower speed. (for rear) To turn the fan speed control off,press the OFF button.

Air conditioning

Press the A/C button to turn the airconditioning system on (indicatorlight will illuminate). Press the button again to turn the airconditioning system off.

OFF mode

• Press the front OFF button to turnoff the air climate control system.However, you can still operate themode and air intake buttons aslong as the Engine Start/StopButton is in the ON position.

• Press the rear OFF button to turnoff the air coming out of the rearconsole vent.


■ Front ■ Rear

OKH045223N

■ Front ■ Rear

KH CAN (ENG) 4:2015 3/26/2015 10:46 AM Page 146


4

4-147

Climate information screen selec-tion (if equipped)

Press the climate information screenselection button to display climateinformation on the screen.

Rear control lock

You can activate or deactivate therear seat control, rear audio controland climate control by using theREAR LOCK button on the rear arm-rest or “System Settings” in the AVN(Audio, Video, and Navigation).Detailed information for the “SystemSettings” is described in a separatelysupplied manual.If the rear control button has deacti-vated through AVN, you can reacti-vate the rear control button onlythrough AVN.

System operationVentilation1.Set the mode to the position.2.Set the air intake control to the out-

side (fresh) air position.3.Set the temperature control to the

desired position.4.Set the fan speed control to the

desired speed.

Heating1.Set the mode to the position.2.Set the air intake control to the out-

side (fresh) air position.3.Set the temperature control to the

desired position.4.Set the fan speed control to the

desired speed.5.If dehumidified heating is desired,

turn the air conditioning system (ifequipped) on.

• If the windshield fogs up, set themode to the or position.

OKH033040N

OKH045224N

KH CAN (ENG) 4:2015 3/26/2015 10:46 AM Page 147


4-148

Operation Tips

• To keep dust or unpleasant fumesfrom entering the vehicle throughthe ventilation system, temporarilyset the air intake control to therecirculated air position. Be sure toreturn the control to the fresh airposition when the irritation haspassed to keep fresh air in thevehicle. This will help keep the driv-er alert and comfortable.

• Air for the heating/cooling systemis drawn in through the grilles justahead of the windshield. Careshould be taken that these are notblocked by leaves, snow, ice orother obstructions.

• To prevent interior fog on the wind-shield, set the air intake control tothe fresh air position and fan speedto the desired position, turn on theair conditioning system, and adjustthe temperature control to desiredtemperature.

Air conditioning (if equipped) All Kia Air Conditioning Systems arefilled with R-134a refrigerant.1.Start the engine. Press the air con-

ditioning button.2.Set the mode to the position.3.Set the air intake control to the out-

side air or recirculated air position.4.Adjust the fan speed control and

temperature control to maintainmaximum comfort.

Excessive A/CWhen using the air conditioningsystem, monitor the enginecoolant closely while driving uphills or in heavy traffic when out-side temperatures are high. Airconditioning system operationmay cause engine overheatingand potential engine damage.Continue to use the blower fanbut turn the air conditioning sys-tem off if the engine coolant tem-perature gauge indicates engineoverheating.

CAUTION

KH CAN (ENG) 4:2015 3/26/2015 10:52 AM Page 148


4

4-149

Air conditioning system operation tips

• If the vehicle has been parked indirect sunlight during hot weather,open the windows for a short timeto let the hot air inside the vehicleescape.

• To help reduce moisture inside ofthe windows on rainy or humiddays, decrease the humidity insidethe vehicle by operating the airconditioning system.

• During air conditioning systemoperation, you may occasionallynotice a slight change in enginespeed as the air conditioning com-pressor cycles. This is a normalsystem operation characteristic.

• Use the air conditioning systemevery month only for a few minutesto ensure maximum system per-formance.

• When using the air conditioningsystem, you may notice clear waterdripping (or even puddling) on theground under the passenger sideof the vehicle. This is a normal sys-tem operation characteristic.

• Operating the air conditioning sys-tem in the recirculated air positionprovides maximum cooling, how-ever, continual operation in thismode may cause the air inside thevehicle to become stale.

• During cooling operation, you mayoccasionally notice a misty air flowbecause of rapid cooling andhumid air intake. This is a normalsystem operation characteristic.

Climate control air filter (if equipped)

The climate control air filter installedbehind the glove box filters the dust orother pollutants that come into thevehicle from the outside through theheating and air conditioning system. Ifdust or other pollutants accumulate inthe filter over a period of time, the airflow from the air vents may decrease,resulting in moisture accumulation onthe inside of the windshield evenwhen the outside (fresh) air position isselected. If this happens, have the cli-mate control air filter replaced by anauthorized Kia Premium dealer.

1LDA5047

Outside air

Recirculatedair

Climate controlair filter

Blower

Evaporatorcore

Heater core

KH CAN (ENG) 4:2015 3/26/2015 10:46 AM Page 149


4-150

✽ NOTICE• Replace the filter according to the

Maintenance Schedule.If the vehicle is being driven insevere conditions such as dusty orrough roads, more frequent airconditioner filter inspections andchanges are required.

• When the air flow rate suddenlydecreases, the system should bechecked at an authorized KiaPremium dealer.

Checking the amount of airconditioner refrigerant andcompressor lubricantWhen the amount of refrigerant islow, the performance of the air con-ditioning is reduced. Overfilling alsohas a negative impact on the air con-ditioning system.Therefore, if abnormal operation isfound, have the system inspected byan authorized Kia Premium dealer.

The oil and refriger-ant in your vehicle'sair conditioning sys-tem is under veryhigh pressure. If

proper service procedures arenot followed an explosion mayresult. To reduce the risk of seri-ous injury or death, the air con-ditioning system in your vehicleshould only be serviced bytrained and certified techni-cians.

WARNING

KH CAN (ENG) 4:2015 3/26/2015 10:46 AM Page 150


4

4-151

• For maximum defrosting, set thetemperature control to the extremeright/hot position and the fan speedcontrol to the highest speed.

• If warm air to the floor is desiredwhile defrosting or defogging, setthe mode to the floor-defrost posi-tion.

• Before driving, clear all snow andice from the windshield, rear win-dow, outside rear view mirrors, andall side windows.

• Clear all snow and ice from thehood and air inlet in the cowl grill toimprove heater and defroster effi-ciency and to reduce the probabili-ty of fogging up the inside of thewindshield.

To defog inside windshield

1.Set the fan speed to the desiredposition.

2.Select desired temperature.3.Press the defrost button ( ).4.The air conditioning will be turned

on according to the detected ambi-ent temperature and outside (fresh)air position will be selected auto-matically.

WINDSHIELD DEFROSTING AND DEFOGGING

Windshield heating Do not use the or posi-tion during cooling operation inextremely humid weather. Thedifference between the temper-ature of the outside air and thatof the windshield could causethe outer surface of the wind-shield to fog up, causing loss ofvisibility. In this case, set themode selection knob or buttonto the position and fanspeed control knob or button tothe lower speed.

WARNING

OKH045225N

KH CAN (ENG) 4:2015 3/26/2015 10:46 AM Page 151


4-152

If the air conditioning and outside(fresh) air position are not selectedautomatically, adjust the correspon-ding button manually. If the posi-tion is selected, lower fan speed isadjusted to a higher fan speed.

To defrost outside windshield

1.Set the fan speed to the highestposition.

2.Set the temperature to the extremehot (HI) position.

3.Press the defrost button ( ).4.The air conditioning will be turned

on according to the detected ambi-ent temperature and outside(fresh) air position will be selectedautomatically.

If the position is selected, lowerfan speed is adjusted to a higher fanspeed.

Defogging logicTo reduce the probability of foggingup the inside of the windshield, theair intake or air conditioning are con-trolled automatically according tocertain conditions such as or position. To cancel or return thedefogging logic, do the following.

OKH045226N

KH CAN (ENG) 4:2015 3/26/2015 10:46 AM Page 152


4

4-153

1.Turn the Engine Start/Stop Buttonto the ON position.

2.Press the defroster button ( ).3.While pressing the air conditioning

button (A/C), press the air intakecontrol button at least 5 times with-in 3 seconds.

The indicator on the air intake buttonblinks 3 times with 0.5 seconds ofinterval. It indicates that the defog-ging logic is canceled or returned tothe programmed status.

If the battery has been discharged ordisconnected, it resets to the defoglogic status.

Auto Defogging System

Auto Defogging reduces the proba-bility of fogging up the inside of thewindshield by automatically sensingthe moisture of inside the windshield. The Auto Defogging System oper-ates when the heater or air condi-tioning is on.

This indicator illuminateswhen the Auto DefoggingSystem senses moistureinside the windshield andthe Auto DefoggingSystem starts to operate.

If more moisture is in the vehicle, thehigher steps operate as follow. Forexample if auto defogging does notdefog inside the windshield at step 2Outside air position, it tries to defogagain at step 1 Blowing air towardthe windshield.

Step 1 :Operating the air conditioningStep 2 :Outside air positionStep 3 : Blowing air toward the wind-

shieldStep 4 : Increasing air flow toward

the windshield

OKH043228N

OKH045227N

KH CAN (ENG) 4:2015 3/26/2015 10:46 AM Page 153


4-154

To cancel or reset the Auto DefoggingSystem

Press the front windshield defrosterbutton for 3 seconds when theEngine Start/Stop button is in the ONposition. When the Auto DefoggingSystem is canceled, Front defrosterbutton will blink 6 times.When the Auto Defogging System isreset, Front defroster button will blink3 times without a signal.

✽ NOTICEIf the A/C off or recirculated airposition is manually selected whilethe auto defogging system is on, theauto defogging indicator will blink 3times to give notice that manualoperation is canceled.

Do not remove the sensor coverlocated on the upper end of thedriver side windshield glass.Damage to the system partscould occur and may not be cov-ered by your vehicle warranty.

CAUTION

KH CAN (ENG) 4:2015 3/26/2015 10:46 AM Page 154

Auto defogging systemON/OFF

If your vehicle is equipped with theauto defogging system, it is automat-ically activated when the conditionsare met.However, if you would like to cancelthe auto defogging system, turn offthe Auto defogging function in theAVN climate monitor.If the battery has been disconnectedor discharged, it resets to the autodefogging status.

✽ NOTICEWhen the air conditioning is turnedon and the outside air position isselected by the auto defogging sys-tem, if you try to turn off the air con-ditioning and select the recirculatedair position, the indicator will blink3 times and the air conditioning willnot be turned off and recirculatedair position will not be selected.


4

4-155

OKH045578C Do not remove the sensor coverlocated on the upper end of thedriver side windshield glass.Damage to the system partscould occur and may not be cov-ered by your vehicle warranty.

CAUTION

KH CAN (ENG) 4:2015 3/26/2015 10:46 AM Page 155


4-156

Cluster ionizerWhen the Engine Start/Stop buttonis in the ON position, the clean airfunction turns on automatically.Also, the clean air function turns offautomatically, when the EngineStart/Stop button is in the OFF posi-tion.

Smart ventilationWhen driving and the heater and airconditioning system is off, the smartventilation system maintains pleas-ant indoor aerial environment bycontrolling the temperature, humidityand CO2 of interior.“SMART VENTILATION ON” mes-sage is displayed on the AVN climatemonitor for 5 seconds when thesmart ventilation system operates.

Smart ventilation system ON/OFF

If you would like to cancel the smartventilation system, turn off the Smartventilation in the AVN climate moni-tor.

Rear climate system ON/OFF

If you would like to cancel the rearclimate system, turn off the rear cli-mate in the AVN climate monitor.

CLIMATE CONTROL ADDITIONAL FEATURES (IF EQUIPPED)

OKH045579C OKH045580C

KH CAN (ENG) 4:2015 3/26/2015 10:46 AM Page 156


4

4-157

These compartments can be used tostore small items required by thedriver or passengers.

✽ NOTICE• To avoid possible theft, do not

leave valuables in the storage com-partments.

• Always keep the storage compart-ment covers closed while driving.Do not attempt to place so manyitems in the storage compartmentthat the storage compartmentcover cannot close securely.

Center console storage ■ Type ATo open the center console storage,pull up the lever.

■ Type B(if equipped)To open the center console storage,press the button.

STORAGE COMPARTMENTS

Flammable materialsDo not store cigarette lighters,propane cylinders, or otherflammable/explosive materialsin the vehicle. These items maycatch fire and/or explode if thevehicle is exposed to hot tem-peratures for extended periods.

WARNING

OKH043231N

OKH045600N

■ Type A

■ Type B

KH CAN (ENG) 4:2015 3/26/2015 10:47 AM Page 157

Rear seat storage

To open the rear seat storage, pull upthe lever.

Glove box

The glove box can be locked andunlocked with the mechanical key ofthe smartkey (1).To open the glove box, push the but-ton (2) and the glove box will auto-matically open. Close the glove boxafter use.

OKH043232N

Glove Box DoorTo help reduce the risk of injuryin an accident or sudden stop,always keep the glove box doorclosed while driving.

WARNING


4-158

OKH043275N

KH CAN (ENG) 4:2015 3/26/2015 10:47 AM Page 158


4

4-159

Sunglass holder

To open the sunglass holder, pressthe cover and the holder will slowlyopen. Place your sunglasses with thelenses facing out.To close the sunglass holder push itup.

Seatback pocket

The seatback pocket is provided onthe back of the front passenger’s anddriver’s seatbacks.

OKH043233N

Sunglass holder• Do not keep objects except

sunglasses inside the sun-glass holder. Heavier objectscan be thrown from the holderin the event of a sudden stopor an accident, possibly injur-ing the passengers.

• Do not open the sunglassholder while the vehicle ismoving. The rear view mirrorof the vehicle can be blockedby an open sunglass holder.

• Do not put the glassesforcibly into a sunglass holderto prevent breakage or defor-mation of glasses. It maycause personal injury if youtry to open it forcibly when theglasses are jammed in holder.

WARNING

OKH033016N

KH CAN (ENG) 4:2015 3/26/2015 10:47 AM Page 159


4-160

Map pocket

The map pocket is provided on thedoors.

Seatback pocketDo not put heavy or sharpobjects in the seatback pocket.An occupant could contact suchobjects in a crash. Heavy objectsin the front passenger seatbackcould also interfere with the airbag sensing system.

WARNING

Be careful not to nip fingerswhen using the pocket.

CAUTIONOKH043292N

Be careful not to nip fingerswhen using the pocket.

CAUTION

KH CAN (ENG) 4:2015 3/26/2015 10:47 AM Page 160


4

4-161

Cup holder ✽ NOTICE• When cleaning spilled liquids, do

not dry the cup holder at hightemperature. This may damagethe cup holder.

• Keep your drinks sealed whiledriving to prevent spilling yourdrink. If liquid spills, it may getinto the vehicle’s electrical/elec-tronic system and damage electri-cal/ electronic parts.

Cups or small beverage cans may beplaced in the cup holders.

INTERIOR FEATURES

OKH043236N

OKH043237N

■ Type A

■ Type B

Hot liquidsDo not place uncovered cups ofhot liquid in the cup holderwhile the vehicle is in motion. Ifthe hot liquid spills, you couldbe burned. Such a burn to thedriver could lead to loss of con-trol of the vehicle.

WARNING

Keep cans or bottles out ofdirect sun light and do not putthem in a vehicle that is heatedup. It may explode.

WARNING

KH CAN (ENG) 4:2015 3/26/2015 10:47 AM Page 161


4-162

Sunvisor

Use the sunvisor to shield direct lightthrough the front or side windows.To use the sunvisor, pull it downward.To use the sunvisor for the side win-dow, pull it downward, unsnap it fromthe bracket (1) and swing it to theside (2).To use the vanity mirror, pull down thevisor and slide the mirror cover (3).Adjust the sunvisor extension for-ward or backward (4).The ticket holder (5) is provided forholding a tollgate ticket.

For your safety, do not obstruct yourvision when using the sunvisor.

Power outlet

OKH043301N

OKH043239N

■ Center

■ Rear

■ Front

OKH043240N

Vanity mirror lampIf you use the vanity mirrorlamp, turn off the lamp beforereturning the sunvisor to itsoriginal position. It could resultin battery discharge and possi-ble sunvisor damage.

CAUTION

OKH043238N

KH CAN (ENG) 4:2015 3/26/2015 10:47 AM Page 162

The power outlets provide power formobile telephones or other devicesdesigned to operate with the vehi-cle's electrical systems. Thesedevices should draw less than 10amps while the engine is running.• Use the power outlet only when the

engine is running and remove theaccessory plug after use. Using theaccessory plug for prolonged peri-ods of time with the engine offcould cause the battery to dis-charge.

• Only use 12V electric accessorieswhich are less than 10A in electriccapacity.

• Adjust the air-conditioner or heaterto the lowest operating level whenusing the power outlet.

• Close the cover when not in use.

• Some electronic devices cancause electronic interference whenplugged into a vehicle’s power out-let. These devices may causeexcessive audio static and mal-functions in other electronic sys-tems or devices used in your vehi-cle.

Seat warmer


4

4-163

Electric ShockDo not put a finger or a foreignelement (pin, etc.) into a poweroutlet and do not touch with awet hand. You may get an elec-tric shock.

WARNING

OKH033013N

OKH033034N

■ Rear seat (Type A)

■ Rear seat (Type B)

■ Front seat

OKH033042N

KH CAN (ENG) 4:2015 3/26/2015 10:47 AM Page 163

The seat warmer is provided to warmthe seats during cold weather. Withthe engine start/stop button in theON position, push the switch to warmthe seat.During mild weather or under condi-tions where the operation of the seatwarmer is not needed, keep theswitches in the OFF position.With the seat warmer switch in theON position, the heating system inthe seat turns off or on automaticallydepending on the seat temperature.• Each time you push the button, the

temperature setting of the seat ischanged as follows :

• When pressing the switch for morethan 1.5 seconds with the seatwarmer operating, the seat warmerwill turn OFF.

• The seat warmer defaults to theOFF position whenever the enginestart/stop button is turned on.

• You can activate or deactivate therear seat warmer button by usingthe REAR LOCK button on the reararmrest or “System Settings” inAVN (Audio, Video, and Navigation).Detailed information for “SystemSettings” is described in a separate-ly supplied manual. If the REARLOCK button activated (LED “ON”),you can not activate the rear seatwarmer button.After deactivating (LED “OFF”) theREAR LOCK button, you can acti-vate the rear seat warmer button. If the REAR LOCK button has acti-vated through AVN, you can deac-tivate the REAR LOCK button onlythrough AVN.


4-164

OFF→HIGH( )→MIDDLE( )→LOW( )

→

Seat damage• When cleaning the seats, do

not use an organic solventsuch as paint thinner, ben-zene, alcohol and gasoline.Doing so may damage thesurface of the heater or seats.

• To prevent overheating theseat warmer, do not place any-thing on the seats that insu-lates against heat, such asblankets, cushions or seatcovers on the seats while theseat warmer is in operation.

• Do not place heavy or sharpobjects on the seat. Thosethings may damage the seatwarmer system.

CAUTION

KH CAN (ENG) 4:2015 3/26/2015 10:47 AM Page 164


4

4-165

Air ventilation seat (if equipped)

The air ventilation is provided to coolthe seats during hot weather byblowing air through small vent holeson the surface of the seats and seat-backs. While the engine is running,press the switch to cool the seat.

When the operation of the air ventila-tion is not needed, keep the switchesin the OFF position.• Each time you press the switch,

the airflow will change as follows:

• When pressing the switch for morethan 1.5 seconds with the seatcooler operating, the seat coolerwill turn OFF.

• When the air ventilation seat isturned on, the seat may get coolerafter about 5 minutes.

• Because the air ventilation usesthe air in the vehicle, cooling effi-ciency depends on the tempera-ture of the air. In order to improvecooling efficiency, use the air con-ditioning system together.

• The air ventilation seat defaults tothe OFF position whenever theEngine Start/Stop Button is turnedto the ON position.

Seat warmer burnsThe seat warmer may causeburns, even at low tempera-tures, if used over a long periodof time. Never allow passen-gers who may not be able totake care of themselves to beexposed to the risk of seatheater burns. These include:1.Infants, children, elderly or

disabled persons, or hospitaloutpatients

2.Persons with sensitive skin orthose that burn easily

3.Fatigued individuals4.Intoxicated individuals5.Individuals taking medication

that can cause drowsiness orsleepiness (sleeping pills,cold tablets, etc.)

WARNING

OKH033014N

OKH033043N

■ Front seat

■ Rear seat

OFF→HIGH( )→MIDDLE( )→LOW( )

→

KH CAN (ENG) 4:2015 3/26/2015 10:47 AM Page 165


4-166

• You can activate or deactivate therear air ventilation button by usingthe REAR LOCK button on the reararmrest or “System Settings” inAVN (Audio, Video, andNavigation). Detailed informationfor “System Settings” is describedin a separately supplied manual. Ifthe REAR LOCK button activated(LED “ON”), you can not activatethe rear air ventilation button.After deactivating (LED “OFF”) theREAR LOCK button, you can acti-vate the rear air ventilation button. If the REAR LOCK button has acti-vated through AVN, you can deacti-vate the REAR LOCK button onlythrough AVN.

• The air ventilation seat is a supple-mentary cooling/heating system.Use the air ventilation seat whenthe climate control system is on.Using the air ventilation seat forprolonged periods of time with theclimate control system off couldcause the air ventilation seat per-formance to impair.

• Do not place materials such asplastic bags or newspapers underthe seats. The air vent may notwork properly as the air intake canbe blocked.

✽ NOTICE - Air intake

There is an air intake for the rear airventilation at the lower part of therear center seatback. If the airintake is blocked, efficiency of therear air ventilation will be lower. Becareful not to block the air intake.

• When cleaning the seats, donot use an organic solventsuch as paint thinner, ben-zene, alcohol and gasoline.Doing so may damage thesurface of the seats.

• Do not spill liquid such aswater or beverages on thesurface of the front seats andseatbacks, or the air ventholes may be blocked andprevented from working prop-erly.

• When the air vent does notoperate, restart the vehicle. Ifthere is no change, have yourvehicle inspected by an author-ized Kia Premium dealer.

CAUTION

KH CAN (ENG) 4:2015 3/26/2015 10:47 AM Page 166


4

4-167

ClockWhenever the battery terminals orrelated fuses are disconnected, youmust reset the time.

You can set the clock by using theAVN (Audio or Navigation)For the details, refer to the AVN man-ual.

Clothes hanger (if equipped)

To use the hanger, pull down theupper portion of hanger.

OKH045241N

Clock Setting DistractionDo not adjust the clock whiledriving. Such adjustments maydistract you for too long fromthe roadway and lead to a colli-sion.

WARNING

OKH043511N

Hanging colothingDo not hang heavy clothes, sincethose may damage the hook.

CAUTION

KH CAN (ENG) 4:2015 3/26/2015 10:48 AM Page 167


4-168

Floor mat anchor(s)

When using a floor mat on the floorcarpet, make sure it attaches to thefloor mat anchor(s) in your vehicle.This keeps the floor mat from slidingforward.

The following must be observedwhen installing ANY floor mat in thevehicle.• Ensure that the floor mats are

securely attached to the vehicle'sfloor mat anchor(s) before drivingthe vehicle.

• Do not use ANY floor mat that can-not be firmly attached to the vehi-cle's floor mat anchors.

• Do not stack floor mats on top ofone another (e.g. ,all-weather rub-ber mat on top of a carpeted floormat). Only a single floor mat shouldbe installed in each position.

IMPORTANT - Your vehicle wasmanufactured with driver's side floormat anchors that are designed tosecurely hold the floor mat in place.To avoid any interference with pedaloperation, Kia recommends that onlythe Kia floor mat designed for use inyour vehicle be installed.

OKH043510N

Secured Floor MatsThe floor mat must be properlyanchored so that it will notinterfere with the operation ofthe accelerator pedal. Any inter-ference with the acceleratorpedal could cause the accelera-tor pedal to be unable to returnto the idle position. A pedal thatcannot return to the idle posi-tion could lead to an accidentwhich may result in severe per-sonal injury or death.

WARNING

KH CAN (ENG) 4:2015 3/26/2015 10:48 AM Page 168


4

4-169

Rear vanity mirror (if equipped)

To use the rear vanity mirror, pressthe cover and it will slowly open andthe mirror lamp will turn on.

Bag hanger (if equipped)

Pull the strap (1) to hang a bag onthe hook (2).When you are not using the hook,fold the hook.

Luggage net (holder)

To keep items from shifting in thecargo area, you can use the holderslocated in the cargo area to attachthe luggage net.

OKH043289N

Close the mirror cover securely.If the mirror cover is not closed,the lamp will stay on and couldresult in battery discharge andpossible mirror damage.

CAUTION

Do not hang heavy things, sincethose may damage the hook.

CAUTION

OKH045242N OKH043269N

KH CAN (ENG) 4:2015 3/26/2015 10:48 AM Page 169


4-170

Rear curtain (if equipped) To raise the rear curtain, depress thebutton. To lower the rear curtain,depress the button again.The rear curtain will be lowered auto-matically when you shift the shiftlever into R (Reverse) and raisedautomatically when you shift the shiftlever from R (Reverse) into P (Park). After the rear curtain is lowered byshifting the shift lever into R(Reverse), if you drive more than20km/h (12mph) with the shift leverin D (Drive), the rear curtain will beraised automatically.You can activate or deactivate therear curtain button on the rear arm-rest by using the REAR LOCK buttonon the rear armrest or “SystemSettings” in AVN (Audio, Video, andNavigation).

OKH043243N

OKH043244N

OKH043267N

■ Rear

■ Front

To prevent damage to the vehi-cle, care should be taken whencarrying fragile or bulky objectsin the luggage compartment.

CAUTION

To avoid eye injury, DO NOToverstretch the luggage net.ALWAYS keep your face andbody out of the luggage net’srecoil path. DO NOT use the lug-gage net when the strap has vis-ible signs of wear or damage.

WARNING

KH CAN (ENG) 4:2015 3/26/2015 10:48 AM Page 170


4

4-171

Detailed information for “SystemSettings” is described in a separatelysupplied manual.If the REAR LOCK button activated(LED “ON”), you can not activate therear curtain button.After deactivating (LED “OFF”) theREAR LOCK button, you can acti-vate the rear curtain button. If the REAR LOCK button has acti-vated through AVN, you can deacti-vate the REAR LOCK button onlythrough AVN.

Side curtain (if equipped)

To use the side curtain:1.Lift the curtain by the hook (1).2.Hang the curtain on both sides of

the hook. 3.Pull the curtain backward by the

hook (2).4.Hang the curtain on the hook.

OKH043268N

Do not lower or raise the rearcurtain by hand. It could causemotor failure.

CAUTION

KH CAN (ENG) 4:2015 3/26/2015 10:48 AM Page 171


4-172

Aux, USB and iPod® port

If your vehicle has an aux and/orUSB(universal serial bus) port oriPod® port, you can use an aux portto connect audio devices and a USBport to plug in a USB, and an iPod®

port to plug in an iPod®.

✽ NOTICEWhen using a portable audio deviceconnected to the power outlet, noisemay occur during playback. If thishappens, use the power source of theportable audio device.

* iPod® is a Registered trademark ofApple Inc.

USB charger

The USB charger is designed torecharge batteries of small size elec-trical devices using a USB cable. Theelectrical devices can be rechargedwhen the Engine Start/Stop button isin ACC/ON/START position.The battery charging state may bemonitored on the electrical device.Disconnect the USB cable from theUSB port after use.

MULTIMEDIA SYSTEM

OKH045545N

OKH045248N

OKH045276N

■ Type A

■ Type BDistracted driving

Driving while distracted canresult in a loss of vehicle controlthat may lead to an accident,severe personal injury, anddeath. The driver’s primaryresponsibility is in the safe andlegal operation of a vehicle, anduse of any handheld devices,other equipment, or vehicle sys-tems which take the driver’seyes, attention and focus awayfrom the safe operation of avehicle or which are not permis-sible by law should never beused during operation of thevehicle.

WARNING

KH CAN (ENG) 4:2015 3/26/2015 10:48 AM Page 172


4

4-173

• Some devices are not supportedfor fast charging but will becharged with normal speed.

• Use the USB charger when theengine is running to prevent bat-tery discharge.

• Only devices that fits the USB portcan be used.

• The USB charger can be used onlyfor battery charging purposes.

• Battery chargers cannot becharged.

Audio / Video / Navigation sys-tem (AVN)

Detailed information for the AVN sys-tem is described in a separately sup-plied manual.

Driver Information System(DIS)

Detailed information for the DIS sys-tem is described in a separately sup-plied manual.

OKH045271COKH045270N

KH CAN (ENG) 4:2015 3/26/2015 10:48 AM Page 173


4-174

Bluetooth® WirelessTechnology hands-free

You can use the phone wirelessly byusing the Bluetooth® WirelessTechnology.

1. Call / Answer lever2. Call end lever3. Microphone

Detailed information for theBluetooth® Wireless Technologyhands-free is described in the manu-al supplied separately.The Bluetooth® word mark and logosare registered trademarks owned byBluetooth SIG, Inc. and any use ofsuch marks by Kia is under license.Other trademarks and trade namesare those of their respective owners.A compatible Bluetooth® enabled cellphone is required to use Bluetooth®

Wireless Technology.

Antenna

Shark fin antenna (1)The shark fin antenna will receive thetransmit data.

Glass antenna (2)Your vehicle uses a glass antenna toreceive both AM and FM signals.

OKH043249N

OKH043303N

OKH043290N

KH CAN (ENG) 4:2015 3/26/2015 10:48 AM Page 174


4

4-175

Steering wheel audio control

The steering wheel audio control but-ton is installed to promote safe driving.

VOLUME (VOL + / VOL -) (1)• Press the up button (VOL+) to

increase volume.• Press the down button (VOL-) to

decrease volume.

SEEK/PRESET ( / ) (2)The SEEK/PRESET button has dif-ferent functions based on the systemmode. For the following functions thebutton should be pressed for 0.8 sec-onds or more.

• Do not clean the inside of therear window glass with a clean-er or use a scraper to removeforeign deposits as this maycause damage to the antennaelements.

• Avoid adding metallic coatingssuch as Ni, Cd, and so on. Thesecan disturb receiving AM andFM broadcast signals.

• To prevent damage to the rearglass antenna, never use sharpinstruments or window cleanerscontaining abrasives to cleanthe window. Clean the insidesurface of the rear glass windowwith a piece of soft cloth.

• When putting a sticker on theinside surface of the rear win-dow, be careful not to damage tothe rear glass antenna.

• Do not put sharp instrumentsnearby the rear glass antenna.

• Tinted rear window may affectthe proper functioning of theantenna.

CAUTION

Do not operate audio remotecontrol buttons simultaneously.

CAUTION

OKH045246N

KH CAN (ENG) 4:2015 3/26/2015 10:49 AM Page 175


4-176

RADIO mode

It will function as the AUTO SEEKselect button.

CD/USB/iPod® mode

It will function as the FF/REW button.

If the SEEK/PRESET button ispressed for less than 0.8 seconds, itwill work as follows in each mode.

RADIO mode

It will function as the PRESET STA-TION buttons.

CD/USB/iPod® mode

It will function as TRACK UP/DOWNbutton.

MODE (3)Press the MODE button to selectRadio, DISC, USB or AUX.When the AV is OFF and the MODEbutton is pressed for less than 0.8second, the AV will turn on. When the AV is ON and the MODEbutton is press for more than 0.8 sec-ond, the AV will turn off.

MUTE (4) • Move the MUTE lever up to cancel

the sound.• Move the MUTE lever up again to

activate the sound.

Detailed information is described in aseparately supplied manual.

KH CAN (ENG) 4:2015 3/26/2015 10:49 AM Page 176


5


5


Before driving......................................................5-4• Before entering vehicle............................................5-4• Necessary inspections ..........................................5-4• Before starting.........................................................5-4

Engine START/STOP button...............................5-6• Illuminated ENGINE START/STOP button ..............5-6• ENGINE START/STOP button position ...................5-6

Starting the engine .............................................5-9• Starting the engine with a smart key ......................5-9Automatic transmission (shift by cable) ...................5-11• Automatic transmission operation .........................5-11• Good driving practices ..........................................5-15

Automatic transmission (shift by wire) ..............5-16• Automatic transmission operation .........................5-16• Good driving practices ..........................................5-26

Brake system ....................................................5-27• Power brakes ......................................................5-28• Electric parking brake (EPB).................................5-31• AUTO HOLD..........................................................5-37• Anti-lock brake system (ABS) ...............................5-41• Electronic stability control (ESC)...........................5-43• Hill-start assist control (HAC)................................5-47• Good braking practices .........................................5-47

Automous emergency Braking(AEB) ..................5-49• AEB operation ..........................................................5-49• To cancel the AEB....................................................5-51

• Warning light and message .....................................5-52Drive mode integrated control system ..............5-54

• DRIVE mode / SNOW mode.................................5-54• ECO MODE Driving ..............................................5-55• Conditions that limit Active ECO MODE ...............5-55• DRIVE MODE Indicator Screen ............................5-58

Cruise control system .......................................5-62• Cruise control switch .............................................5-63• To set cruise control speed ...................................5-63• To increase cruise control set speed ....................5-64• To decrease the cruising speed ............................5-64• To temporarily accelerate with

the cruise control on ...........................................5-64• To cancel cruise control ........................................5-65• To resume cruising speed at more than

approximately 30 km/h (20 mph) ........................5-65• To turn cruise control off .........................................5-66

Advanced Smart Cruise Control System..........5-67• Speed setting (ASCC)...........................................5-68• Vehicle to vehicle distance setting (ASCC)...........5-72• To convert to cruise control mode.........................5-76• Limitations of the system ......................................5-76

Lane Departure Warning System (LDWS)........5-82• Warning indicator .................................................5-84• The LDWS does not operate when.......................5-84

5

KH CAN (ENG) 5:2015 3/25/2015 10:49 AM Page 1

Blind Spot Detection System (BSD) .................5-86• BSD (Blind Spot Detection) /

LCA (Lane Change Assist) .................................5-87• RCTA (Rear cross traffic alert) ..............................5-90• Non-operating condition ........................................5-92

Economical operation .......................................5-94Special driving conditions .................................5-96

• Hazardous driving conditions................................5-96• Rocking the vehicle ...............................................5-96• Smooth cornering..................................................5-97• Driving at night ......................................................5-97• Driving in the rain ..................................................5-98• Driving in flooded areas ........................................5-98• Driving off-road......................................................5-99• Highway driving .....................................................5-99

Winter driving..................................................5-100• Snowy or Icy conditions ......................................5-100• Use high quality ethylene glycol coolant .............5-101• Check battery and cables ...................................5-101• Change to "winter weight" oil if necessary..........5-101• Check spark plugs and ignition system ..............5-101• To keep locks from freezing ................................5-101• Use approved window washer anti-freeze in

system.......................................................................5-101• Don't let your parking brake freeze .....................5-102• Don't let ice and snow accumulate underneath ..5-102• Carry emergency equipment...............................5-102

Trailer Towing ..................................................5-102Vehicle load limit .............................................5-103

• Tire and loading information label.......................5-103• Certification label.................................................5-106

Vehicle weight .................................................5-108

5

KH CAN (ENG) 5:2015 3/25/2015 10:49 AM Page 2


5

5-3

Be sure the exhaust systemdoes not leak.The exhaust system should bechecked whenever the vehicle israised to change the oil or for anyother purpose. If you hear a changein the sound of the exhaust or if youdrive over something that strikes theunderneath side of the vehicle, havethe exhaust system checked as soonas possible by an authorized KiaPremium dealer.

Engine exhaustDo not inhale exhaust fumes orleave your engine running in anenclosed area for a prolongedtime.Exhaust fumes contain carbonmonoxide, a colorless, odorlessgas that can cause unconscious-ness and death by asphyxiation.

WARNING

Open trunkDo not drive with the trunkopen.Poisonous exhaust gases canenter the passenger compart-ment. If you must drive with thetrunk open proceed as follows:1.Close all windows.2.Open side vents.3.Set the air intake control at

"Fresh", the air flow control at"Floor" or "Face" and the fanat the highest speed.

WARNING

KH CAN (ENG) 5:2015 3/25/2015 10:49 AM Page 3

5-4


Before entering vehicle• Be sure that all windows, outside

mirror(s), and outside lights areclean.

• Check the condition of the tires.• Check under the vehicle for any

sign of leaks.• Be sure there are no obstacles

behind you if you intend to back up.

Necessary inspections Fluid levels, such as engine oil,engine coolant, brake fluid, andwasher fluid should be checked on aregular basis, with the exact intervaldepending on the fluid. Furtherdetails are provided in Section 7,“Maintenance”.

Before starting • Close and lock all doors.• Position the seat so that all con-

trols are easily reached.• Buckle your seat belt.• Adjust the inside and outside

rearview mirrors.• Be sure that all lights work.• Check all gauges.• Check the operation of warning

lights when the Engine Start/Stopbutton is turned to the ON position.

• Release the parking brake andmake sure the brake warning lightgoes off.

For safe operation, be sure you arefamiliar with your vehicle and itsequipment.

BEFORE DRIVING

Distracted drivingFocus on the road while driving. The driver's primary responsi-bility is in the safe and legaloperation of the vehicle. Use ofany hand held devices, otherequipment or vehicle systemsthat distract the driver shouldnot be used during vehicleoperation.

WARNING

KH CAN (ENG) 5:2015 3/25/2015 10:50 AM Page 4


5

5-5

Check surroundingAlways check the surroundingareas near your vehicle for peo-ple, especially children, beforeputting a vehicle into D (Drive)or R (Reverse).

WARNING

Driving while intoxicatedDo not drive while intoxicated.Drinking and driving is danger-ous. Even a small amount ofalcohol will affect your reflexes,perceptions and judgment.Driving while under the influ-ence of drugs is as dangerousas or more dangerous than driv-ing drunk.

WARNING

Loose objectSecurely store items in yourvehicle. When you make a sud-den stop or turn the steeringwheel rapidly, loose objectsmay drop on the floor and itcould interfere with the opera-tion of the foot pedals, possiblycausing an accident.

WARNING

Fire riskWhen you intend to park or stopthe vehicle with the engine on,be careful not to depress theaccelerator pedal for a longperiod of time. It may overheatthe engine or exhaust systemand cause a fire.

WARNING

KH CAN (ENG) 5:2015 3/25/2015 10:50 AM Page 5

5-6


Illuminated ENGINESTART/STOP button

Whenever the front door is opened,the ENGINE START/STOP buttonwill illuminate for your convenience.The light will go off after about 30seconds after the door is closed.

ENGINE START/STOP buttonpositionOFF

To turn off the engine (START/STOPposition) or vehicle power (ON posi-tion), press the ENGINE START/STOPbutton with the shift lever in the P(Park) position. When you press theENGINE START/STOP button withoutthe shift lever in the P (Park) position,the ENGINE START/STOP button willnot change to the OFF position but tothe ACC position.

In an emergency situation while thevehicle is in motion, you are able toturn the engine off and to the ACCposition by pressing the ENGINESTART/STOP button for more than 2seconds or 3 times successively within3 seconds. If the vehicle is still moving,you can restart the engine withoutdepressing the brake pedal by press-ing the ENGINE START/STOP buttonwith the shift lever in the N (Neutral)position.

ENGINE START/STOP BUTTON

OKH055001N

White

KH CAN (ENG) 5:2015 3/25/2015 10:50 AM Page 6


5

5-7

ACC(Accessory)

Press the ENGINE START/STOPbutton while it is in the OFF positionwithout depressing the brake pedal.The steering wheel unlocks andelectrical accessories are opera-tional. If the ENGINE START/STOP buttonis in the ACC position for more than1 hour, the button is turned off auto-matically to prevent battery dis-charge.

ON

Press the ENGINE START/STOPbutton while it is in the ACC positionwithout depressing the brake pedal. The warning lights can be checkedbefore the engine is started. Do notleave the ENGINE START/STOPbutton in the ON position for a longtime. The battery may discharge,because the engine is not running.

START/RUN

To start the engine, depress thebrake pedal and press the ENGINESTART/STOP button with the shiftlever in the P (Park) or the N(Neutral) position. For your safety,start the engine with the shift lever inthe P (Park) position.If you press the ENGINE START/STOP button without depressing thebrake pedal, the engine will not startand the button will change as follows:OFF ➔ ACC ➔ ON ➔ OFF

Orange Red Not illuminated

KH CAN (ENG) 5:2015 3/25/2015 10:50 AM Page 7

5-8


If you leave the ENGINE START/STOP button in the ACC or ON posi-tion for a long time, the battery willdischarge.

Starting vehicleNever press the ENGINESTART/STOP button while thevehicle is in motion except in anemergency. This would result inloss of directional control andbraking function, which couldcause an accident.

WARNING

Before leaving the driver's seat,always make sure the shift leveris engaged in P (Park), set theparking brake fully and shut theengine off. Unexpected andsudden vehicle movement mayoccur if these precautions arenot taken.

WARNING

KH CAN (ENG) 5:2015 3/25/2015 10:50 AM Page 8


5

5-9

Starting the engine with asmart key1.Carry the smart key or leave it

inside the vehicle. 2.Make sure the parking brake is

firmly applied3.Place the transaxle shift lever in P

(Park). 4.Press the ENGINE START/STOP

button while depressing the brakepedal.

It should be started without depress-ing the accelerator. 5.Do not wait for the engine to warm

up while the vehicle remains sta-tionary.Start driving at moderate enginespeeds. (Steep accelerating anddecelerating should be avoided.)

• Even if the smart key is in the vehi-cle, but is far away from you, theengine may not start.

• When the ENGINE START/STOPbutton is in the ACC position orabove, if any door is opened, thesystem checks for the smart key. Ifthe smart key is not in the vehi-cle,the “ ” indicator will blink orthe warning "Key not in vehicle" willilluminate on the LCD display. Andif all doors are closed, the chimewill sound for 5 seconds. The indi-cator or warning will turn off whilethe vehicle is moving. Always havethe smart key with you.

The engine will start only when thesmart key is in the vehicle.

STARTING THE ENGINE

Proper footwearAlways wear appropriate shoeswhen operating your vehicle.Unsuitable shoes (high heels, skiboots, sandals, etc.) may inter-fere with your ability to use thebrake and accelerator pedals.

WARNING

KH CAN (ENG) 5:2015 3/25/2015 10:50 AM Page 9

5-10


• If the battery is weak or the smartkey does not work correctly, youcan start the engine by pressingthe engine start/stop button withthe smart key.The side with the lock buttonshould contact the enginestart/stop button directly.When you press the enginestart/stop button directly with thesmart key, the smart key shouldcontact the button at a right angle.

• When the stop lamp fuse is blown,you can't start the engine normally.Replace the fuse with a new one. Ifit is not possible, you can start theengine by pressing the ENGINESTART/STOP button for 10 sec-onds while it is in the ACC position.The engine can start withoutdepressing the brake pedal. But foryour safety always depress thebrake pedal before starting theengine.

Do not press the ENGINE START/STOP button for more than 10 sec-onds except when the stop lamp fuseis blown.

OKH055003N

Unintended vehicle move-ment

Never leave the smart key in thevehicle with children or vehicleoccupants who are unfamiliarwith the vehicle operation.Pushing the ENGINE START/STOP button while the smartkey is in the vehicle may resultin unintended engine activationand/or unintended vehiclemovement.

WARNING

KH CAN (ENG) 5:2015 3/25/2015 10:50 AM Page 10


5

5-11

Automatic transmission opera-tionThe automatic transmission has 8forward speeds and one reversespeed. The individual speeds areselected automatically, depending onthe position of the shift lever.

✽ NOTICEThe first few shifts on a new vehicleor if the battery has been discon-nected, may be somewhat abrupt.This is a normal condition, and theshifting sequence will adjust aftershifts are cycled a few times by theTCM (Transaxle Control Module) orPCM (Powertrain Control Module).

AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION (SHIFT BY CABLE)

OKH053007N

++ ((UUPP))

-- ((DDOOWWNN))

Lock releasebutton

To shift, depress the brake pedal and press the button.

The shift lever can be shifted freely.

Press the button when shifting.

KH CAN (ENG) 5:2015 3/25/2015 10:50 AM Page 11

5-12


For smooth operation, depress thebrake pedal when shifting from N(Neutral) to a forward or reversegear.

When stopped on an incline, do nothold the vehicle with engine power.Use the service brake or the parkingbrake.

Transmission rangesThe indicator in the instrument clus-ter displays the shift lever positionwhen the Engine Start/Stop Button isin the ON position.

P (Park)

Always come to a complete stopbefore shifting into P (Park). Thisposition locks the transmission andprevents the drive wheels from rotat-ing.

Shifting into P (Park) while the vehi-cle is in motion will cause the drivewheels to lock which will cause youto lose control of the vehicle.

TransmissionTo avoid damage to your trans-mission, do not accelerate theengine in R (Reverse) or any for-ward gear position with thebrakes on. The transmissionmay be damaged if you shiftinto P (Park) while the vehicle isin motion.

CAUTION

Leaving the vehicleBefore leaving the driver’s seat,always make sure the shift leveris in the P (Park) position; thenset the parking brake fully andshut the engine off. Do not usethe P position in place of theparking brake. Always makesure the shift lever is latched inthe P position and set the park-ing brake fully. Unexpected andsudden vehicle movement canoccur if these precautions arenot followed.

WARNING

KH CAN (ENG) 5:2015 3/25/2015 10:50 AM Page 12


5

5-13

R (Reverse)

Use this position to drive the vehiclebackward.

N (Neutral)

The wheels and transmission are notengaged. The vehicle will roll freelyeven on the slightest incline unlessthe parking brake or service brakesare applied.

D (Drive)

This is the normal forward drivingposition. The transmission will auto-matically shift through a 8-gearsequence, providing the best fueleconomy and power.

For extra power when passing anoth-er vehicle or climbing grades,depress the accelerator fully, atwhich time the transmission willautomatically downshift to the nextlower gear. Manual mode

Whether the vehicle is stationary orin motion, sports mode is selected bypushing the shift lever from the D(Drive) position into the manual gate.To return to D (Drive) range opera-tion, push the shift lever back into themain gate.

In manual mode, moving the shiftlever backwards and forwards willallow you to make gearshifts rapidly. Up (+) : Push the lever forward once

to shift up one gear.Down (-) : Pull the lever backwards

once to shift down onegear.

OKH053008N

+ (UP)

- (DOWN)Manual mode

ShiftingAlways come to a complete stopbefore shifting into or out of R(Reverse); you may damage thetransmission if you shift into R(Reverse) while the vehicle is inmotion, except as explained in“Rocking the vehicle” in thissection.

CAUTION

KH CAN (ENG) 5:2015 3/25/2015 10:50 AM Page 13

5-14


• In manual mode, the driver mustexecute upshifts in accordancewith road conditions, taking care tokeep the engine speed below thered zone.

• In manual mode, only the 8 forwardgears can be selected. To reverseor park the vehicle, move the shiftlever to the R (Reverse) or P (Park)position as required.

• In manual mode, downshifts aremade automatically when the vehi-cle slows down. When the vehiclestops, 1st gear is automaticallyselected.

• In manual mode, when the enginerpm approaches the red zone shiftpoints are varied to upshift auto-matically.

• To maintain the required levels ofvehicle performance and safety,the system may not execute cer-tain gearshifts when the shift leveris operated.

• When driving on a slippery road,push the shift lever forward into the+(up) position. This causes thetransmission to shift into the 2ndgear which is better for smoothdriving on a slippery road. Pushthe shift lever to the -(down) side toshift back to the 1st gear.

Shift lock system For your safety, the automatic trans-mission has a shift lock systemwhich prevents shifting the transmis-sion from P (Park) into R (Reverse)unless the brake pedal is depressed.To shift the transmission from P(Park) into R (Reverse):1.Depress and hold the brake pedal.2.Start the engine or set the Engine

Start/Stop Button to the ON posi-tion.

3.Move the shift lever.If the brake pedal is repeatedlydepressed and released with theshift lever in the P (Park) position, achattering noise near the shift levermay be heard. This is a normal con-dition.

Shifting from parkAlways fully depress the brakepedal before and while shiftingout of the P (Park) position intoanother position to help avoidinadvertent motion of the vehicle.

WARNING

KH CAN (ENG) 5:2015 3/25/2015 10:50 AM Page 14


5

5-15

Shift-lock override

If the shift lever cannot be movedfrom the P (Park) or N (Neutral) posi-tion into the R (Reverse) positionwith the brake pedal depressed, con-tinue depressing the brake, then dothe following:1.Carefully remove the cap (1) cov-

ering the shift-lock access hole. 2.Insert a screwdriver into the

access hole and press down onthe screwdriver.

3.Move the shift lever.4.Have your vehicle inspected by an

authorized Kia Premium dealerimmediately.

Good driving practices• Never move the shift lever from P

(Park) or N (Neutral) to any otherposition with the accelerator pedaldepressed.

• Never move the shift lever into P(Park) when the vehicle is inmotion.

• Slow down before shifting to alower gear. Otherwise, the lowergear may not be engaged.

• Always use the parking brake. Donot depend on placing thetransaxle in P (Park) to keep thevehicle from moving.

• Optimum vehicle performance andeconomy is obtained by smoothlydepressing and releasing theaccelerator pedal.

Moving up a steep grade from astanding startTo move up a steep grade from astanding start, depress the brakepedal, shift the shift lever to D(Drive). Select the appropriate geardepending on load weight and steep-ness of the grade, and release theparking brake. Depress the accelera-tor gradually while releasing theservice brakes.

OKH053009N

KH CAN (ENG) 5:2015 3/25/2015 10:50 AM Page 15

5-16


Automatic transmission opera-tionThe automatic transmission has 8forward speeds and one reversespeed. The individual speeds areselected automatically, depending onthe position of the shift lever.

✽ NOTICEThe first few shifts on a new vehicle,if the battery has been disconnected,may be somewhat abrupt. This is anormal condition, and the shiftingsequence will adjust after shifts arecycled a few times by the TCM(Transmission Control Module) orPCM (Powertrain Control Module).

AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION (SHIFT BY WIRE)

OKH053010N

UNLOCK button

❈ When you shift the transmission, depress the brake pedal with pressing [UNLOCK] button.

KH CAN (ENG) 5:2015 3/25/2015 10:50 AM Page 16


5

5-17

For smooth operation, depress thebrake pedal when shifting from N(Neutral) to a forward or reversegear.

When stopped on an incline, do nothold the vehicle with engine power.Use the service brake or the parkingbrake.

Transmission rangesThe indicator in the instrument clus-ter and shift lever displays the shiftlever position when the EngineStart/Stop Button is in the OFF/ACC/ON position.

TransmissionTo avoid damage to your trans-mission, do not accelerate theengine in R (Reverse) or any for-ward gear position with thebrakes on. The transmissionmay be damaged if you shiftinto P (Park) while the vehicle isin motion.

CAUTION

KH CAN (ENG) 5:2015 3/25/2015 10:50 AM Page 17

5-18


P (Park)

Always come to a complete stopbefore shifting into P (Park). Thisposition locks the transmission andprevents the drive wheels from rotat-ing. To shift the gear from [R], [N], [D] or[M] to [P], press the [P] button on theshift lever. If you turn off the engine in [D], [R] or[M], the shifting automaticallychanges to [P].

If you press the [P] button when theshifting is on [M] or if you turn theengine off when the shifting is on [M],the shift lever is automatically movedto right side and the shifting ischanged to [P].When the shift lever is automaticallymoved to right side, if you hold theshift lever by force, the warning mes-sage will be illuminated in cluster.Move the shift lever to right sidemanually.When you park the vehicle, press the[P] button of shift lever with applyingbrake pedal and apply the parkingbrake.Shifting into P (Park) while the vehi-cle is in motion will cause the drivewheels to lock which will cause youto lose control of the vehicle.

R (Reverse)

Use this position to drive the vehiclebackward.To shift the gear to [R] press the[UNLOCK] button of shift lever withdepressing brake pedal and movethe shift lever forward.

OKH053011N

OKH053013N

OKH053014N

KH CAN (ENG) 5:2015 3/25/2015 10:50 AM Page 18


5

5-19

N (Neutral)

The wheels and transmission are notengaged. The vehicle will roll freelyeven on the slightest incline unlessthe parking brake or service brakesare applied.In neutral range if you turn off theengine, the range will be on [N] andthe engine start/stop button positionwill be on ACC.

To turn off engine : 1.Press the engine start/stop button

again to the ON position.2.Press the [P] button on the shift

lever. 3.Press the engine start/stop button

again, the engine start/stop buttonwill change to the OFF position.

However, when you open the doorwith the shift lever in N (Neutral) andthe engine start/stop button in theACC position, the shift lever will auto-matically move to P (Park) and theengine start/stop button will changeto the OFF position.

OKH053015N

ShiftingAlways come to a completestop before shifting into or outof R (Reverse); you may dam-age the transmission if you shiftinto R (Reverse) while the vehi-cle is in motion, except asexplained in “Rocking the vehi-cle” in this section.

CAUTION

KH CAN (ENG) 5:2015 3/25/2015 10:50 AM Page 19

5-20


D (Drive)

This is the normal forward drivingposition. The transmission will auto-matically shift through a 8-gearsequence, providing the best fueleconomy and power.

For extra power when passing anoth-er vehicle or climbing grades,depress the accelerator fully, atwhich time the transmission willautomatically downshift to the nextlower gear.To shift into [D], depress the brakepedal and press the [UNLOCK] but-ton of shift lever. And then move theshift lever to backward.To shift into [D], from [N] you mustdepress the brake pedal.

✽ NOTICEAlways come to a complete stopbefore shifting into D (Drive).

Manual mode

Whether the vehicle is stationary orin motion, manual mode is selectedby pushing the shift lever from the D(Drive) position into the manual gate.To return to D (Drive) range opera-tion, push the shift lever back into themain gate.

In manual mode, moving the shiftlever backwards and forwards willallow you to make gearshifts rapidly. Up (+) : Push the lever forward

once to shift up one gear.Down (-) :Pull the lever backwards

once to shift down onegear.

OKH053018N

+ (UP)

- (DOWN)

Manual mode

KH CAN (ENG) 5:2015 3/25/2015 10:50 AM Page 20


5

5-21

• In manual mode, the driver mustexecute upshifts in accordancewith road conditions, taking care tokeep the engine speed below thered zone.

• In manual mode, only the 8 forwardgears can be selected. To reverseor park the vehicle, move the shiftlever to the R (Reverse) or P (Park)position as required.

• In manual mode, downshifts aremade automatically when the vehi-cle slows down. When the vehiclestops, 1st gear is automaticallyselected.

• In manual mode, when the enginerpm approaches the red zone shiftpoints are varied to upshift auto-matically.

• To maintain the required levels ofvehicle performance and safety,the system may not execute cer-tain gearshifts when the shift leveris operated.

• When driving on a slippery road,push the shift lever forward into the+(up) position. This causes thetransmission to shift into the 2ndgear which is better for smoothdriving on a slippery road. Pushthe shift lever to the -(down) side toshift back to the 1st gear.

Paddle shifter(if equipped)

The paddle shifter is available whenthe shift lever is in the D (Drive) posi-tion or the sports mode.

OKH055214N

KH CAN (ENG) 5:2015 3/25/2015 10:50 AM Page 21

With the shift lever in the D position

The paddle shifter will operate whenthe vehicle speed is more than 10km/h(6 mph).Pull the [+] or [-] paddle shifter onceto shift up or down one gear and thesystem changes from automaticmode to manual mode.When the vehicle speed is lowerthan 10 km/h(6 mph), if you depressthe accelerator pedal for more than 5seconds or if you move the shift leverfrom D (Drive) to Sports Mode andmove it from Sports Mode to D(Drive) again, the system changesfrom manual mode to automaticmode.

With the shift lever in the sports mode

Pull the [+] or [-] paddle shifter onceto shift up or down one gear.

✽ NOTICEIf the [+] and [-] paddle shifters arepulled at the same time, gear changemay not occur.

Shift lock system (if equipped)For your safety, the automatic trans-mission has a shift lock systemwhich prevents shifting the transmis-sion from P (Park) into R (Reverse)unless the brake pedal is depressed.To shift the transmission from P(Park) into R (Reverse) or D (Drive) :1.Depress and hold the brake pedal.2.Start the engine or turn the Engine

Start / Stop Button to the ON posi-tion.

3.Move the shift lever to R (Reverse) orD (Drive) with pressing [UNLOCK]button.

If the brake pedal is repeatedlydepressed and released with theshift lever in the P (Park) position, achattering noise near the shift levermay be heard. This is a normal con-dition.

5-22


KH CAN (ENG) 5:2015 3/25/2015 10:50 AM Page 22


5

5-23

■ When the battery is dis-charged:

When the battery is discharged, theautomatic transmission (shift by wire)is not shifted.In emergency, if you want to shift into[N], follow actions

You can shift into [N] by using thedriver if the jump starting is impossi-ble to do.1) Open the storage cover.2) Remove the rubber on bottom of

storage box.3) Insert the driver (-) to service hole

as direction of clockwise 10 times.The shifting is changed to [N]from [P] position. If you want toshift to [P] position, turn the drivercounter-clockwise.

OKH053045N

Shifting from parkAlways fully depress the brakepedal before and while shiftingout of the P (Park) position intoanother position to help avoidinadvertent motion of the vehicle.

WARNING

KH CAN (ENG) 5:2015 3/25/2015 10:50 AM Page 23

5-24


1.If the transmission is not operatedas normal, the warning will be illu-minated. Have your vehicleinspected by an authorized KiaPremium dealer.

2.If the shift lever has some problemwith main system, the warning willbe illuminated. Have your vehicleinspected by an authorized KiaPremium dealer.

OKH053020N


If the electric parking brake willnot release, tow the vehicle on aflatbed to avoid damage to addi-tional vehicle components.

CAUTION

OKH055019N


KH CAN (ENG) 5:2015 3/25/2015 10:51 AM Page 24


5

5-25

3.If the shifting condition is notmatched by high engine RPM orhigh vehicle speed, the warningwill be illuminated. When youreduce the engine RPM or vehiclespeed, the shifting will be operat-ed.

4.When you shift the transmission, ifyou do not depress the brakepedal, the warning will be illuminat-ed.

5.When you shift into [P], if the vehi-cle speed is high, warning will beilluminated. Stop the vehicle atsafe area and shift into [P].

OKH053023N


OKH055022N


OKH055021N


KH CAN (ENG) 5:2015 3/25/2015 10:51 AM Page 25

5-26


6.When the transmission is fixed on[M], the warning will be illuminated.

7.While stopping in [D], [R] and [M],when you get off the vehicle, thewarning will be illuminated for yoursafety and the shifting is automati-cally changed to [P].

If you do not press [UNLOCK] but-ton, the warning will be illuminated.

OKH053102N


OKH053024N


OKH053025N


KH CAN (ENG) 5:2015 3/25/2015 10:51 AM Page 26


5

5-27

Good driving practices• Never move the shift lever from P

(Park) or N (Neutral) to any otherposition with the accelerator pedaldepressed.

• Never move the shift lever into P(Park) when the vehicle is inmotion.

• Be sure the car is completelystopped before you attempt to shiftinto R (Reverse) or D (Drive).

• Do not "ride" the brakes. This cancause them to overheat and mal-function. Instead, when you aredriving down a long hill, slow downand shift to a lower gear. When youdo this, engine braking will helpslow the car.

• Slow down before shifting to alower gear. Otherwise, the lowergear may not be engaged.

• Always use the parking brake. Donot depend on placing the trans-mission in P (Park) to keep the carfrom moving.

• Optimum vehicle performance andeconomy is obtained by smoothlydepressing and releasing theaccelerator pedal.

Moving up a steep grade from astanding startTo move up a steep grade from astanding start, depress the brakepedal, shift the shift lever to D (Drive)or [1st] gear of [M] mode. Select theappropriate gear depending on loadweight and steepness of the grade,and release the parking brake.Depress the accelerator graduallywhile releasing the service brakes.

KH CAN (ENG) 5:2015 3/25/2015 10:51 AM Page 27

5-28


Power brakes Your vehicle has power-assistedbrakes that adjust automaticallythrough normal usage.In the event that the power-assistedbrakes lose power because of astalled engine or some other reason,you can still stop your vehicle byapplying greater force to the brakepedal than you normally would. Thestopping distance, however, will belonger.When the engine is not running, thereserve brake power is partiallydepleted each time the brake pedalis applied. Do not pump the brakepedal when the power assist hasbeen interrupted. Pump the brake pedal only whennecessary to maintain steering con-trol on slippery surfaces.

Wet brakes may impair the vehicle’sability to safely slow down; the vehi-cle may also pull to one side whenthe brakes are applied. Applying thebrakes lightly will indicate whetherthey have been affected in this way. To dry the brakes, apply them lightlywhile maintaining a safe forwardspeed until brake performancereturns to normal.Always, confirm the position of thebrake and accelerator pedal beforedriving. If you don’t check the posi-tion of the accelerator and brakepedal before driving, you maydepress the accelerator instead ofthe brake pedal. It may cause a seri-ous accident.

BRAKE SYSTEM

Brake pedalDo not drive with your foot rest-ing on the brake pedal. This willcreate abnormally high braketemperatures which can causeexcessive brake lining and padwear.

CAUTION

Steep hill brakingAvoid continuous application ofthe brakes when descending along or steep hill by shifting to alower gear. Continuous brakeapplication will cause thebrakes to overheat and couldresult in a temporary loss ofbraking performance.

WARNING

KH CAN (ENG) 5:2015 3/25/2015 10:51 AM Page 28


5

5-29

In the event of brake failure If service brakes fail to operate whilethe vehicle is in motion, you canmake an emergency stop with theparking brake. The stopping dis-tance, however, will be much greaterthan normal.

Disc brakes wear indicator When your brake pads are worn andnew pads are required, you will heara high-pitched warning sound fromyour front brakes or rear brakes (ifequipped). You may hear this soundcome and go or it may occur when-ever you depress the brake pedal.Please remember that some drivingconditions or climates may cause abrake squeal when you first apply (orlightly apply) the brakes. This is nor-mal and does not indicate a problemwith your brakes. Always replace the front or rearbrake pads as pairs.

Parking brakeAvoid applying the parkingbrake to stop the vehicle while itis moving except in an emer-gency situation. Applying theparking brake while the vehicleis moving at normal speeds cancause a sudden loss of controlof the vehicle. If you must usethe parking brake to stop thevehicle, use great caution inapplying the brake.

WARNING

Replace brake padsDo not continue to drive withworn brake pads. Continuing todrive with worn brake pads candamage the braking system andresult in costly brake repairs.

CAUTION

Brake wearDo not ignore high pitched wearsounds from your brakes. If youignore this audible warning, youwill eventually lose braking per-formance, which could lead to aserious accident.

WARNING

Parking brakeDriving with the parking brakeapplied will cause excessivebrake pad (or lining) and brakerotor wear.

CAUTION

KH CAN (ENG) 5:2015 3/25/2015 10:51 AM Page 29

5-30


Check the brake warning light byEngine Start/Stop button to the ONposition (do not start the engine).This light will be illuminated when theparking brake is applied with theEngine Start/Stop button in theSTART or ON position.Before driving, be sure the parkingbrake is fully released and the brakewarning light is off.If the brake warning light remains onafter the parking brake is releasedwhile engine is running, there maybe a malfunction in the brake sys-tem. Immediate attention is neces-sary.

If at all possible, cease driving thevehicle immediately. If that is not pos-sible, use extreme caution whileoperating the vehicle and only con-tinue to drive the vehicle until youcan reach a safe location or repairshop.

WKH-002

Parking Brake Use• To prevent unintentional move-

ment when stopped and leav-ing the vehicle, do not use thegearshift lever in place of theparking brake. Set the parkingbrake AND make sure thegearshift lever is securely posi-tioned in P (Park) for automatictransmission equipped vehi-cles.

• Never allow a passenger totouch the parking brake. If theparking brake is releasedunintentionally, serious injurymay occur.

• All vehicles should alwayshave the parking brake fullyengaged when parking toavoid inadvertent movementof the vehicle which can injureoccupants or pedestrians.

WARNING

KH CAN (ENG) 5:2015 3/25/2015 10:51 AM Page 30


5

5-31

Electric parking brake (EPB)Applying the parking brake

To apply the EPB (electric parkingbrake):

1.Depress the brake pedal.2.Pull up the EPB switch.

Make sure the warning light comeson.

Also, the EPB is applied automatical-ly if the Auto Hold button is on whenthe Engine Start/Stop Button is OFFposition. (for shift by cable)

Also, the EPB is applied automatical-ly when the Engine Start/Stop Buttonis OFF position.(for shift by wire)

However, if you press the EPB switchafter the engine is turned off, theEPB will not be applied.

Releasing the parking brake

To release the EPB (electric parkingbrake), press the EPB switch in thefollowing condition:

• Set the Engine Start/Stop Button inthe ON position.

OKH053031N

OKH053032N

OKH053029N

OKH053030N

Do not operate the parkingbrake / EPB while the vehicle ismoving except in an emergencysituation. Driving with the EPBactivated can cause excessivebrake wear.

CAUTION

KH CAN (ENG) 5:2015 3/25/2015 10:51 AM Page 31

5-32


• Depress the brake pedal.Make sure the brake warning lightgoes off.

To release EPB (electric parking brake)automatically:

• Shift lever in P (Park)With the engine running depressthe brake pedal and shift out of P(Park) to R (Rear), N (Neutral) or D(Drive).

• Shift lever in N (Neutral)With the engine running depressthe brake pedal and shift out of N(Neutral) to R (Rear) or D (Drive).

• Automatic transaxle vehicle1. Start the engine.2. Fasten the driver's seat belt. 3. Close the driver's door, engine

hood and trunk.4. Depress the accelerator pedal

while the shift lever is in R(Rear), D (Drive) or M (Manual)mode.

Make sure the brake warning lightgoes off.

✽ NOTICE• For your safety, you can engage

the EPB even though the EngineStart/Stop Button is in the OFFposition, but you cannot release it.

• For your safety, depress the brakepedal and release the parkingbrake manually with the EPBswitch when you drive downhill orwhen backing up the vehicle.

• If the parking brake warning lightis still on even though the EPB hasbeen released, have the systemchecked by an authorized KiaPremium dealer.

KH CAN (ENG) 5:2015 3/25/2015 10:51 AM Page 32


5

5-33

EPB (electric parking brake) may beautomatically applied when:

• The EPB is overheated• Requested by other systems

System warning

• If you try to drive off depressing theaccelerator pedal with the EPBapplied, but doesn't release auto-matically, a warning will sound anda message will appear.

• If the driver's seat belt is not fas-tened and the engine hood in [D]gear or trunk in [R] gear is opened,a warning will sound and a mes-sage will appear.

• If there is a problem with the vehi-cle, a warning may sound and amessage may appear.

If the above situation occurs,depress the brake pedal and releaseEPB by pressing the EPB switch.

OKH053033N


• To prevent unintentionalmovement when stopped andleaving the vehicle, do not usethe shift lever in place of theparking brake. Set the parkingbrake and make sure the shiftlever is securely positioned inP (Park).

• Never allow a passenger totouch the parking brake. If theparking brake is releasedunintentionally, serious injurymay occur.

• All vehicles should alwayshave the parking brake fullyengaged when parking toavoid inadvertent movementof the car which can injureoccupants or pedestrians.

WARNING

KH CAN (ENG) 5:2015 3/25/2015 10:51 AM Page 33

5-34


✽ NOTICE• A click sound may be heard while

operating or releasing the EPB,but these conditions are normaland indicate that the EPB is func-tioning properly.

• When leaving your keys with aparking lot attendant or valet,make sure to inform him/her howto operate the EPB.

• The EPB may malfunction if youdrive with the EPB applied.

• When you automatically releaseEPB by depressing the acceleratorpedal, depress it slowly.

System warning

When the conversion from Auto Holdto EPB is not working properly awarning will sound and a messagewill appear.

✽ NOTICEDepress the brake pedal when theabove message appears for the AutoHold and EPB may not activate.

System warning

If the EPB is applied while Auto Hold isactivated because of ESC (ElectronicStability Control) signal, a warning willsound and a message will appear.

OKH053040N


OKH055042N


KH CAN (ENG) 5:2015 3/25/2015 10:51 AM Page 34


5

5-35

EPB malfunction indicator (if equipped)

This warning light illuminates if theengine start/stop button is changedto the ON position and goes off inapproximately 3 seconds if the sys-tem is operation normally.If the EPB malfunction indicatorremains on, comes on while driving,or does not come on when theengine start/stop button is changedto the ON position, this indicates thatthe EPB may have malfunctioned.

If this occurs, have your vehiclechecked by an authorized KiaPremium dealer as soon as possible. The EPB malfunction indicator mayilluminate when the ESC indicatorcomes on to indicate that the ESC isnot working properly, but it does notindicate a malfunction of the EPB.• The EPB warning light may illumi-

nate if the EPB switch operatesabnormally. Shut the engine off andturn it on again after a few minutes.The warning light will go off and theEPB switch will operate normally.However, if the EPB warning light isstill on, have the system checked byan authorized Kia Premium dealer.

• If the parking brake warning lightdoes not illuminate or blinks eventhough the EPB switch was pulledup, the EPB is not applied.

• If the parking brake warning lightblinks when the EPB warning lightis on, press the switch, then pull itup. Once more press it back to itsoriginal position and pull it back up.If the EPB warning does not go off,have the system checked by anauthorized Kia Premium dealer.

OKH053034N


KH CAN (ENG) 5:2015 3/25/2015 10:51 AM Page 35

5-36


Emergency brakingIf there is a problem with the brakepedal while driving, emergency brak-ing is possible by pulling up andholding the EPB switch. Braking ispossible only while you are holdingthe EPB switch.

✽ NOTICEDuring emergency braking by theEPB, the parking brake warninglight will illuminate to indicate thatthe system is operating.

If you notice a continuous noise orburning smell when the EPB is usedfor emergency braking, have yourvehicle checked by an authorized KiaPremium dealer.

When the EPB (electric parkingbrake) is not releasedIf the EPB does not release normal-ly, take your vehicle to an authorizedKia Premium dealer by loading thevehicle on a flatbed tow truck andhave the system checked.

Electric Parking BrakeDo not operate the electric park-ing brake while the vehicle ismoving except in an emergencysituation. Applying the electricparking brake while the vehicleis moving at normal speeds cancause a sudden loss of controlof the vehicle. If you must usethe electric parking brake tostop the vehicle, use great cau-tion in applying the brake.

WARNING

KH CAN (ENG) 5:2015 3/25/2015 10:51 AM Page 36


5

5-37

AUTO HOLD (if equipped)The Auto Hold maintains the vehiclein a standstill even though the brakepedal is not depressed after the driv-er brings the vehicle to a completestop by depressing the brake pedal.

Set up

1.Depress the brake pedal and thenpress the Auto Hold button. Thewhite AUTO HOLD indicator willcome on and the system will be inthe standby position.

The driver's door, engine hood andtrunk closed and the driver's seatbelt must be fastened before EPBwill work.

OKH053035N

OKH053036N

■ Type A

■ Type B

KH CAN (ENG) 5:2015 3/25/2015 10:51 AM Page 37

5-38


2.When you stop the vehicle com-pletely by depressing the brakepedal, the AUTO HOLD indicatorchanges from white to green.

3.The vehicle will remain stationaryeven if you release the brakepedal.

4.If EPB is applied, Auto Hold will bereleased.

Leaving

If you press the accelerator pedalwith the shift lever in R (Reverse), D(Drive) or M (Manual) mode, the AutoHold will be released automaticallyand the vehicle will start to move.The indicator changes from green towhite. When driving off from Auto Hold bydepressing the accelerator pedal,always check the surrounding areanear your vehicle.Slowly depress the accelerator pedalfor a smooth launch.

CancelTo cancel the Auto Hold operation,press the Auto Hold switch. TheAUTO HOLD indicator will go out.To cancel the Auto Hold operationwhen the vehicle is at a standstill,press the Auto Hold switch whiledepressing the brake pedal.

OKH053037N

KH CAN (ENG) 5:2015 3/25/2015 10:51 AM Page 38


5

5-39

✽ NOTICE• The Auto Hold does not operate

when:- The driver's seat belt is unfas-

tened and driver's door isopened

- The engine hood is opened- The trunk is opened- The shift lever is in P (Park)- The EPB is applied

• For your safety, the Auto Holdautomatically switches to EPB insuch cases:- The driver's seat belt is unfas-

tened and driver's door isopened

- The engine hood is opened- The trunk is opened- The vehicle is in a standstill for

more than 10 minutes- The vehicle is standing on a

steep slope- The vehicle moved several times

(Continued)

(Continued)In these cases, the brake warninglight comes on, the AUTO HOLDindicator changes from green towhite, and a warning sounds and amessage will appear to inform youthat EPB has been automaticallyengaged. Before driving off again,press foot brake pedal, check thesurrounding area near your vehi-cle and release parking brakemanually with the EPB switch.

• If the AUTO HOLD indicatorlights up yellow, the Auto Hold isnot working properly. Take yourvehicle to an authorized KiaPremium dealer and have the sys-tem checked.

• While operating Auto Hold, youmay hear mechanical noise.However, it is normal operatingnoise.

If there is a malfunction with the dri-ver’s door, engine hood or trunkopen detection system, the AutoHold may not work properly.Take your vehicle to an authorizedKia Premium dealer and have thesystem checked.

To reduce the risk of an acci-dent, do not activate Auto Holdwhile driving downhill, backingup or parking your vehicle.

WARNING

KH CAN (ENG) 5:2015 3/25/2015 10:51 AM Page 39

5-40


When the EPB is applied from AutoHold, the notice will illuminate on theLCD display. Also, warning chimesounds once.

If it is impossible to apply EPB fromAuto Hold, the notice will illuminateon the LCD display. Also, warningchime sounds once. In that time,apply the brake pedal.

✽ NOTICEIf the above message illuminates onthe LCD display, the Auto Hold andEPB may not operate. Apply thebrake pedal to stabilize the vehicle.

If you did not apply the brake pedalwhen you release the Auto Hold bypressing the [AUTO HOLD] switch,the notice will illuminate on the LCDdisplay. Also, warning chime soundsonce.

OKH053040N


OKH053041N


OKH055042N


KH CAN (ENG) 5:2015 3/25/2015 10:51 AM Page 40


5

5-41

When you press the [AUTO HOLD]switch, if the driver door, enginehood and trunk are not closed or thedriver seat belt is not fastened, thenotice will illuminate on the LCD dis-play. Also warning chime soundsonce. In that time, press the [AUTOHOLD] button after closing the driverdoor, engine hood and trunk and fas-tening the seat belt.

Anti-lock brake system (ABS)ABS (or ESC) will not prevent acci-dents due to improper or dangerousdriving maneuvers. Even thoughvehicle control is improved duringemergency braking, always maintaina safe distance between you andobjects ahead. Vehicle speedsshould always be reduced duringextreme road conditions.The vehicle should be driven atreduced speeds in the following cir-cumstances: • When driving on rough, gravel or

snow-covered roads• When driving on roads where the

road surface is pitted or has differ-ent surface heights.

Driving in these conditions increasesthe stopping distance for your vehi-cle.

The ABS continuously senses thespeed of the wheels. If the wheelsare going to lock, the ABS systemrepeatedly modulates the hydraulicbrake pressure to the wheels.When you apply your brakes underconditions which may lock thewheels, you may hear a “tik-tik’’sound from the brakes, or feel a cor-responding sensation in the brakepedal. This is normal and it meansyour ABS is active.In order to obtain the maximum ben-efit from your ABS in an emergencysituation, do not attempt to modulateyour brake pressure and do not try topump your brakes. Press your brakepedal as hard as possible or as hardas the situation allows the ABS tocontrol the force being delivered tothe brakes.

OKH053046N


KH CAN (ENG) 5:2015 3/25/2015 10:51 AM Page 41

5-42


✽ NOTICEA click sound may be heard in theengine compartment when the vehi-cle begins to move after the engine isstarted. These conditions are normaland indicate that the anti-lock brakesystem is functioning properly.

• Even with the anti-lock brake sys-tem, your vehicle still requires suf-ficient stopping distance. Alwaysmaintain a safe distance from thevehicle in front of you.

• Always slow down when cornering.The anti-lock brake system cannotprevent accidents resulting fromexcessive speeds.

• On loose or uneven road surfaces,operation of the anti-lock brakesystem may result in a longer stop-ping distance than for vehiclesequipped with a conventionalbrake system.

The ABS warning light will stay on forapproximately 3 seconds after theEngine Start/Stop button is ON.During that time, the ABS will gothrough self-diagnosis and the lightwill go off if everything is normal. Ifthe light stays on, you may have aproblem with your ABS but your reg-ular brakes will work normally.Contact an authorized Kia Premiumdealer as soon as possible.

• When you drive on a road withpoor traction, such as an icy road,and operated your brakes continu-ously, the ABS will be active con-tinuously and the ABS warninglight may illuminate. Pull your vehi-cle over to a safe place and stopthe engine.

• Restart the engine. If the ABSwarning light is off, then your ABSis normal. Otherwise, you mayhave a problem with the ABS.Contact an authorized KiaPremium dealer as soon as possi-ble.

WKH-014

KH CAN (ENG) 5:2015 3/25/2015 10:51 AM Page 42


5

5-43

✽ NOTICEWhen you jump start your vehiclebecause of a drained battery, theengine may not run as smoothly andthe ABS warning light may turn onat the same time. This happensbecause of the low battery voltage. Itdoes not mean your ABS has mal-functioned.• Do not pump your brakes!• Have the battery recharged before

driving the vehicle.

Electronic stability control(ESC)

The Electronic Stability control(ESC) system is designed to stabi-lize the vehicle during corneringmaneuvers. ESC checks where youare steering and where the vehicle isactually going. ESC applies thebrakes on individual wheels andintervenes with the engine manage-ment system to stabilize the vehicle.

Electronic stability control (ESC) willnot prevent accidents. Excessivespeed in turns, abrupt maneuversand hydroplaning on wet surfacescan still result in serious accidents.Only a safe and attentive driver canprevent accidents by avoidingmaneuvers that cause the vehicle tolose traction. Even with ESCinstalled, always follow all the normalprecautions for driving - includingdriving at safe speeds for the condi-tions.The Electronic Stability Control(ESC) system is an electronic sys-tem designed to help the driver main-tain vehicle control under adverseconditions. It is not a substitute forsafe driving practices. Factors includ-ing speed, road conditions and driv-er steering input can all affectwhether ESC will be effective in pre-venting a loss of control. It is still yourresponsibility to drive and corner atreasonable speeds and to leave asufficient margin of safety.

OKH053043N

KH CAN (ENG) 5:2015 3/25/2015 10:51 AM Page 43

5-44


When you apply your brakes underconditions which may lock thewheels, you may hear a “tik-tik’’sound from the brakes, or feel a cor-responding sensation in the brakepedal. This is normal and it meansyour ESC is active.

ESC operationESC ON condition

• When the EngineStart/Stop button is inthe ON position, ESCand ESC OFF indicatorlights illuminate forapproximately 3 sec-onds, then ESC isturned on.

• Press the ESC OFF but-ton for at least half asecond after placing theEngine Start/Stop buttonto the ON position toturn ESC off. (ESC OFFindicator will illuminate).To turn the ESC on,press the ESC OFF but-ton (ESC OFF indicatorlight will go off).

• When starting theengine, you may hear aslight ticking sound. Thisis the ESC performingan automatic systemself-check and does notindicate a problem.

When operating

When the ESC is in opera-tion, ESC indicator lightblinks.• When the Electronic

Stability Control is oper-ating properly, you canfeel a slight pulsation inthe vehicle. This is onlythe effect of brake controland indicates nothingunusual.

• When moving out of themud or slippery road,pressing the acceleratorpedal may not cause theengine rpm (revolutionsper minute) to increase.

-

KH CAN (ENG) 5:2015 3/25/2015 10:51 AM Page 44


5

5-45

ESC operation offESC OFF state

This car has 2 kinds ofESC off states.If the engine stops whenESC is off, ESC remainsoff. Upon restarting theengine, the ESC will auto-matically turn on again.

• ESC off state 1To cancel ESC operation, press theESC OFF button (ESC OFF )shortly (ESC OFF indicator light(ESC OFF ) illuminates). At thisstate, the engine control functiondoes not operate. It means the trac-tion control function does not oper-ate. Brake control function only oper-ates.

• ESC off state 2To cancel ESC operation, press theESC OFF button (ESC OFF ) formore than 3 seconds. ESC OFF indi-cator light (ESC OFF ) illuminatesand ESC OFF warning chime willsound. At this state, the engine con-trol function and brake control func-tion do not operate. It means the carstability control function does notoperate any more.

OKH053047N


OKH055048N


KH CAN (ENG) 5:2015 3/25/2015 10:51 AM Page 45

5-46


Indicator light

When the Engine Start/Stop buttonis pressed is turned ON, the indicatorlight illuminates, then goes off if ESCsystem is operating normally. The ESC indicator light blinks when-ever ESC is operating. The ESC indicator light blinks when-ever ESC is operating or illuminateswhen ESC fails to operate.The ESC OFF indicator light comeson when the ESC is turned off withthe button.

Driving with varying tire or wheelsizes may cause the ESC system tomalfunction. When replacing tires,make sure they are the same size asyour original tires.

ESC OFF usageWhen driving

• It’s a good idea to keep the ESCturned on for daily driving whenev-er possible.

• To turn ESC off while driving, pressthe ESC OFF button while drivingon a flat road surface.

Never press the ESC OFF buttonwhile ESC is operating (ESC indica-tor light blinks).If ESC is turned off while ESC isoperating, the vehicle may slip out ofcontrol.

Electronic stability controlDrive carefully even though yourvehicle has Electronic StabilityControl. It can only assist you inmaintaining control under cer-tain circumstances.

WARNING

Operating ESCNever press the ESC OFF but-ton while ESC is operating. If the ESC is turned off whileESC is operating, the vehiclemay go out of control.

WARNING

■ ESC indicator light

■ ESC OFF indicator light

KH CAN (ENG) 5:2015 3/25/2015 10:52 AM Page 46


5

5-47

Hill-start assist control (HAC)Hill start Assist Control is a comfortfunction. The main intent is to pre-vent the vehicle from rolling back-wards while driving uphill on aninclined surface. HAC holds the brak-ing pressure builtup by driver duringstopping procedure for 2 secondsafter releasing brake pedal.During the pressure-hold period, thedriver has enough time to press theaccelerator pedal to drive off.The braking pressure is reduced assoon as the system detects the dri-ver’s intention to drive off.

• The HAC does not operate whenthe transaxle shift lever is in the P(Park) or N (Neutral) position.

• The HAC activates even thoughthe ESC is off but it does not acti-vate when the ESC has malfunc-tioned.

Good braking practices• Check to be sure the parking brake

is not engaged and that the park-ing brake indicator light is outbefore driving away.

• Driving through water may get thebrakes wet. They can also get wetwhen the vehicle is washed. Wetbrakes can be dangerous! Yourvehicle will not stop as quickly if thebrakes are wet. Wet brakes maycause the vehicle to pull to oneside. To dry the brakes, apply the brakeslightly until the braking actionreturns to normal, taking care tokeep the vehicle under control atall times. If the braking action doesnot return to normal, stop as soonas it is safe to do so and call anauthorized Kia Premium dealer forassistance.

• Don't coast down hills with thevehicle out of gear. This is extreme-ly hazardous. Keep the vehicle ingear at all times, use the brakes toslow down, then shift to a lowergear so that engine braking willhelp you maintain a safe speed.

Maintaining BrakePressure on Incline

HAC does not replace the needto apply brakes while stoppedon an incline. While stopped,make sure you maintain brakepressure sufficient to preventyour vehicle from rolling back-ward and causing an accident.Don’t release the brake pedaluntil you are ready to accelerateforward.

WARNING

KH CAN (ENG) 5:2015 3/25/2015 10:52 AM Page 47

5-48


• Don't "ride" the brake pedal.Resting your foot on the brakepedal while driving can be danger-ous because the brakes mightoverheat and lose their effective-ness. It also increases the wear ofthe brake components.

• If a tire goes flat while you are driv-ing, apply the brakes gently andkeep the vehicle pointed straightahead while you slow down. Whenyou are moving slowly enough for itto be safe to do so, pull off the roadand stop in a safe place.

• If your vehicle is equipped with anautomatic transaxle, don't let yourvehicle creep forward. To avoidcreeping forward, keep your footfirmly on the brake pedal when thevehicle is stopped.

• Be cautious when parking on a hill.Firmly engage the parking brakeand place the shift lever in P(Park). If your vehicle is facingdownhill, turn the front wheels intothe curb to help keep the vehiclefrom rolling. If your vehicle is facinguphill, turn the front wheels awayfrom the curb to help keep the vehi-cle from rolling. If there is no curbor if it is required by other condi-tions to keep the vehicle fromrolling, block the wheels.

• Under some conditions your park-ing brake can freeze in the engagedposition. This is most likely to hap-pen when there is an accumulationof snow or ice around or near therear brakes or if the brakes are wet.If there is a risk that the parkingbrake may freeze, apply it only tem-porarily while you put the shift leverin P (Park) and block the rearwheels so the vehicle cannot roll.Then release the parking brake.

• Do not hold the vehicle on theupgrade with the acceleratorpedal. This can cause the transaxleto overheat. Always use the brakepedal or parking brake.

KH CAN (ENG) 5:2015 3/25/2015 10:52 AM Page 48


5

5-49

The Autonomous EmergencyBraking (AEB) helps avoid accidentsby identifying critical situations earlyand warning the driver.Take the following precautions whenusing the Autonomous EmergencyBraking (AEB):• This system is only a supplemental

system and it is not intended to,nor does it replace the need forextreme care and attention of thedriver. The sensing range andobjects detectable by the sensorsare limited. Pay attention to theroad conditions at all times.

• NEVER drive too fast for the roadconditions or too quickly when cor-nering.

• Always drive cautiously to preventunexpected and sudden situationsfrom occurring. AEB does not stopthe vehicle completely and doesnot avoid collisions.

• AEB operates according to the dis-tance from the vehicle ahead, rela-tive velocity, and driver's operationof the brake or accelerator pedal.Do not drive dangerously to inten-tionally operate the AEB.

• ALWAYS check the speed and thedistance to the vehicle ahead. TheAEB is not a substitute for safedriving practices.

AEB OperationWarning message

AUTONOMOUS EMERGENCY BRAKING (AEB) (IF EQUIPPED)

OKH055049N

OKH055140N

OKH055141N




KH CAN (ENG) 5:2015 3/25/2015 10:52 AM Page 49

5-50


A warning message and chime willsound when you need to use thebrake pedal or steering wheel due toa sudden stop or lack of distancewith the vehicle ahead. The warningmessages will vary according to theseverity of the situation. Immediatelyreduce your speed to prevent a colli-sion.

Brake operationIn a critical situation:• The brake assist system enters

standby mode to react promptlywhen the driver operates the brakepedal.

• The vehicle automatically reducesspeed according to the severity ofthe situation.- Rapidly reduces speed when

vehicle speed is under 80 km/h(50 mph)

- Slowly reduces speed whenvehicle speed is over 80 km/h(50 mph)

• If the driver uses the brake pedal toreduce vehicle speed, the brakeassist system operates to increasebraking efficiency.

• If the driver presses down hard onthe accelerator pedal or sharplyturns the steering wheel, the brakeassist system is canceled.

Seat belt operationThe driver's and passenger's seatbelt may tighten if the system detectsthat a vehicle or object is close.

KH CAN (ENG) 5:2015 3/25/2015 10:52 AM Page 50


5

5-51

✽ NOTICE• If the AEB is canceled from the

User Settings Mode or there is aproblem with the AEB system, theAutomatic Emergency Mode willnot work.

• If the ESC is off or there is a prob-lem with the ESC system, theAutomatic Emergency Mode willnot work.

• The ESC must be on for theAutomatic Emergency Mode tocontrol ESC in collision situations.

To cancel the AEB

• Go to the User Settings Mode(Driving Assist) and undo thecheck for AEB (AutonomousEmergency Braking) on the LCDdisplay (For more details refer to"LCD Display" in chapter 4.). Thewarning operation and automaticbraking operation will not function.

• To turn on the AEB, select AEB(Autonomous Emergency Braking)from the User Settings Mode(Driving Assist) on the LCD display.The warning operation and auto-matic braking operation will func-tion.

✽ NOTICEWhen the engine is started, AEB isautomatically turned on. If the sys-tem is not needed, turn the AEB sys-tem off from the User Settings Modeon the LCD display.

✽ NOTICEIf the AEB is selected and the ESC(Electronic Stability Control) isturned off, the AEB system is auto-matically canceled.

OKH045528N


KH CAN (ENG) 5:2015 3/25/2015 10:52 AM Page 51

5-52


Warning light and message

• When the AEB system is turnedoff, the AEB warning light turns on.(Warning message does not comeon.)

• If the sensor or cover is dirty orobscured with foreign matter suchas snow, the AEB warning lightand message comes on. In thiscase, the AEB system may notfunction temporarily, but it does notindicate a malfunction of the AEBsystem. Clean the sensor or coverby using a soft cloth.

• If there is a malfunction with theAEB system, the AEB warning lightand message will come on. Haveyour vehicle checked by an author-ized Kia Premium dealer.

• When the ESC (Electronic StabilityControl) indicator or SCC (SmartCruise Control) message comeson the AEB warning message maycome on but it does not indicate amalfunction of the AEB system.

✽ NOTICEDo not damage the sensor or sensorarea by a strong impact. If the sen-sor moves slightly off position, theAEB will not operate correctly. If this occurs, have your vehiclechecked by an authorized KiaPremium dealer as soon as possible.

OKH045518N

■ Warning light

■ Warning messageOKH055151N/OKH055152N

KH CAN (ENG) 5:2015 3/25/2015 10:52 AM Page 52

• Even if there is a malfunction to thebrake operation of the AEB, whenyou depress the brake pedal, thebrake operates normally. AEBbrake operation does not operatein certain hazardous situations.

• The AEB is designed to functionabove approximately 8 km/h (5mph) and below approximately 180km/h (110 mph).

• The AEB does not detect:- Persons or animals.- Oncoming vehicles in the oppo-

site lane or a vehicle in an inter-section.

- Stopped objects.• The AEB cannot detect objects,

when:- The sensors are covered with

dirt.- There is heavy rain or heavy

snow.- There is interference by electro-

magnetic waves.- There are strong radar reflec-

tions.- Driving in a curve.

- Driving uphill or downhill.- Driving in areas under construc-

tion.- An object ahead is very narrow

such as motorcycles or bicycles.- A vehicle suddenly enters your

lane.- The camera cannot secure a

clear view.- The camera cannot catch the

whole vehicle.- An unusual shape vehicle is

ahead such as a trailer, specialaccess vehicle or a truck withunique shaped cargo.

- Driving at night, the tail lamp ofthe vehicle ahead is missing,installed on an unusual place orinstalled unevenly.

- Coming in or out a tunnel, wherethe illumination intensity is high.


5

5-53

Autonomous EmergencyBraking ("AEB")Limitations

The AEB system is a supple-mental system and is not a sub-stitute for safe driving prac-tices. It is the responsibility ofthe driver to always check thespeed and distance to the vehi-cle ahead to ensure it is safetyto use the AEB system.

WARNING

KH CAN (ENG) 5:2015 3/25/2015 10:52 AM Page 53

5-54


DRIVE MODE / SNOW MODE The driver can personalize theDRIVE MODE based on vehicle con-trol preference and driving style.Below is a list of the message whichwill appear on the upper AVN screen.• NORMAL MODE:Drive mode for smooth and high ridequality.

• ECO (ACTIVE ECO) MODE:Drive mode optimized for economicdriving.

• SPORT MODE:Drive mode for more engaging driv-ing experience.

• SMART MODE:Depending on the driver's drivingstyle (Economic ↔ Aggressive), drivemode will automatically changeamong ECO ↔ NORMAL ↔ SPORT.

• SNOW MODE:DRIVE MODE optimized for slipperyroad surfaces.

Below is a diagram of mode changeswhen pressing the DRIVE MODEbutton.

❈When selecting the NORMALMODE , nothing will show up onthe dash-board

• If you select the SNOW MODE, theSNOW MODE will operate regardlessof previously selected mode (NOR-MAL / ECO / SPORT / SMART).Press the SNOW MODE button onemore time to return back to the previ-ously selected DRIVE MODE (NOR-MAL / ECO / SPORT / SMART).

• If you turn off the engine of thevehicle in any of the NORMAL /ECO / SMART MODE, and restartthe engine, DRIVE MODE will bememorized and returned to the lastselected DRIVE MODE. (Withexception of SPORT MODE. If theengine is turned off in SPORTMODE, DRIVE MODE will be resetto NORMAL MODE).

DRIVE MODE INTEGRATED CONTROL SYSTEM

OKH053052N

OKH053053N

OKH053103N

■ Type A

■ Type B

■ Type C

NORMAL

SMART ECO

SPORT

KH CAN (ENG) 5:2015 3/25/2015 10:52 AM Page 54


5

5-55

ECO (ACTIVE ECO) MODE • ACTIVE ECO system

enhances fuel efficiencythrough eco control ofthe engine and trans-mission. The actual fuelefficiency will depend onpersonal driving styleand habits.

• By pressing the DRIVEMODE button andselecting ECO MODE,green ECO indicatorlight will illuminate.

ECO MODE Driving:The vehicle engine and transmissionwill operate in fuel economy orientedmode.ACTIVE ECO MODE system willrestrain fuel economy worseningdriving habits, such as sudden startsand accelerations, compared to theNORMAL MODE.

Conditions that limit ActiveECO MODE:Below are a list of conditions in whichwhen in ACTIVE ECO MODE, theindicator light will not change, but theinternal system may operate differ-ently.• When engine coolant temperature

is low:When temperature of the transaxleoil is below the normal range, theACTIVE ECO MODE may becometemporarily unavailable until thetransaxle oil heats up after vehicleignition.

• When in an uphill gradient:Since the ACTIVE ECO MODEpartially limits the engine torque,ACTIVE ECO MODE may becometemporarily unavailable when moretorque is essential for going uphill.

• When using the manual transmis-sion operation mode:If transmission operation ischanged from automatic to manual,vehicle will reflect it and automati-cally stop the ACTIVE ECO MODE.

KH CAN (ENG) 5:2015 3/25/2015 10:52 AM Page 55

5-56


SPORT MODE• When the DRIVE MODE

button is pressed andthe SPORT MODE isselected, the SPORTindicator (red) will illumi-nate on the dashboard.

• When the SPORT MODEis activated, and theEngine Start/Stop buttonis turned off and on again,drive mode will reset toNORMAL MODE.To turn on SPORTMODE, press DRIVEMODE button again.

• If the system is activated:- After increasing speed

and turning your footoff the acceleratorpedal, it maintains thecurrent gear and RPMfor some time eventhough the acceleratorpedal is notdepressed.

- Up-shift during accel-eration is delayed.

✽ NOTICEIn SPORT DRIVE MODE, the fuelefficiency may decrease.

SNOW MODE (if equipped)• SNOW MODE helps the

driver drive more effec-tively on slippery roadsurfaces in snowy ormuddy conditions.

• If the SNOW MODE but-ton is pressed, theSNOW MODE will oper-ate regardless ofwhichever drive mode(NORMAL/ ECO /SPORT / SMART) thevehicle is in.If the SNOW MODE but-ton is pressed oncemore, the DRIVE MODE(NORMAL / ECO /SPORT / SMART) willreturn to the previouslyselected mode.

KH CAN (ENG) 5:2015 3/25/2015 10:52 AM Page 56

SMART MODE

• SMART MODE is an intelligentdriving mode which automaticallyselects the most appropriate drivemode (Economic Ö Aggressive) bymeasuring usage of steeringwheel, and accelerator pedal.

• When DRIVE MODE button ispressed and the SMART MODE isselected, SMART indicator will illu-minate on the dashboard.

• The color of the SMART MODEindicator light will depend on thedriving style. If the driving style iseconomic, average, and speedy,the indicator light will be green,white, and red in respective order.

• When the SMART MODE is acti-vated, and the Engine Start/Stopbutton is turned off and on again,your car will still maintain theSMART MODE.


5

5-57

Driving styleSMART

DRIVE MODEGear Shift

PatternEngine Torque Ride Quality

EconomicSMART

ECOFuel Efficient Fuel Efficient

Smooth

AverageSMART

NORMALAverage Average

AggressiveSMARTSPORT

AccelerationHighly

ResponsiveHard

• Below is a summary of the automatic drive mode control depending on theusage of the steering wheel, engine and transaxle system.

• SMART MODE an intelligent driving mode and when the driving style iseconomic and fuel efficient, the SMART ECO MODE will be automaticallyselected. The engine and transaxle system will become more fuel efficient,but the actual fuel economy will depend on various driving factors (onuphill/ downhill, heavy revving or braking).

• If you make sudden accelerations or turns in SMART MODE, the intelligentmode will select SMART SPORT MODE. This may decrease fuel efficien-cy.

KH CAN (ENG) 5:2015 3/25/2015 10:52 AM Page 57

DRIVE MODE Indicator ScreenThe DRIVE MODE indicator screencan be displayed by using the trip com-puter button on the steering wheel.DRIVE MODE indicator screen dis-plays status of current drive mode.• DRIVE MODE button is located on

the lower part of the transmissionlever for selecting drive mode.If drive mode is selected manuallyby the user, the drive mode indica-tor screen will show user-selecteddrive mode. (NORMAL, ECO, orSPORT)If SMART MODE is selected byDRIVE MODE button, the drivemode indicator screen will showcurrent drive mode automaticallyselected by SMART MODE sys-tem. (SMART NORMAL, SMARTECO, or SMART SPORT)

• When the trip computer mode isselected to show DRIVE MODEand the SMART MODE is in oper-ation, an automatically selecteddriving mode SMART ECO,SMART NORMAL, or SMARTSPORT, will be selected on thecluster's center.And right below is the horizontaldriving style gauge which reflectsthe driving style in real time.

• If you drive carefully and slowly inSMART MODE, the left side of thedriving style gauge will illuminate,and be automatically shifted to theSMART ECO MODE.When the driver accelerates morefrequently, the right side of the driv-ing style gauge will fill up, and shiftto SMART NORMAL MODE. In addition, if the rate of accelera-tion and speed is high, drive modewill change to SMART SPORTMODE.

• If the auto cruise control function isoperated or the transmission isshifted to manual mode whileSMART MODE is on, the SMARTMODE will stop temporarily, andthe DRIVE MODE will be displayedas OFF. The driving style gaugelight will be turned off accordingly.

• If the trip computer is not set toshow DRIVE MODE indicatorscreen, and you want to know theon/off status of the SMART MODE,simply check whether the letters'SMART' is lighten up on thescreen or not (green - ECO MODE,white - NORMAL MODE, red -SPORT MODE).

5-58


KH CAN (ENG) 5:2015 3/25/2015 10:52 AM Page 58

Driving Style Gauge Once the SMART MODE is selectedby pressing the DRIVE MODE but-ton, and the DRIVE MODE indicatorscreen is selected by pressing thetrip computer button on the steeringwheel, the driving style gauge barwill show up at the bottom of screenand visualize current style of driving.• Left poles of the driving style gauge

indicates degree of economic andgentle driving in green color. Themore economic and gentle youdrive, the more left poles will light upin green.Likewise, the right pole of the drivingstyle gauge indicates degree ofaggressive and sporty driving in redcolor. The faster and more aggres-sive you drive, the more far rightpoles will light up in red.

• When driving style gauge fills uptoward left side (or Economic side)and kept for certain time, then yourvehicle will be automatically switchto SMART ECO MODE. Likewise, when driving style gaugefills up toward right side (orAggressive side) and kept for certaintime, then your vehicle will be auto-matically the switch to SMARTSPORT MODE.

• If you wish to maintain the SMARTECO MODE for better fuel econo-my, try to maintain economic driv-ing style and keep the driving stylegauge green. D

riving your vehicle

5

5-59

OKH055146N

OKH055147N



KH CAN (ENG) 5:2015 3/25/2015 10:52 AM Page 59

Attributes of SMART MODE.• If the accelerator pedal is pressed

gently, your vehicle will recognize itas a economic driving style. Aftersome time, the system will automat-ically shift to SMART ECO MODE.

• If you press the accelerator pedalfrequently and heavily in SMARTECO MODE, the system will auto-matically shift to SMART NORMALMODE.

• Even when driving style has notchanged from SMART ECOMODE, if your vehicle is drivenuphill considerably, the system willdetect the gradient. Then, theSMART system will automaticallychange the setting to the SMARTNORMAL MODE temporarily. Once your vehicle is out of the hillyground, your vehicle will automati-cally return to the SMART ECOMODE.

• The SMART system will recognizesudden and repetitive acceleration orsteering as aggressive driving andautomatically turn to the SMARTSPORT MODE. Your vehicle will runat a lower gear in SMART SPORTMODE compared to those inSMART NORMAL MODE.The vehicle's start and stopresponse rate will become faster.

• When the SMART SPORT MODEis activated, and you take your feetoff the accelerator pedal, the vehi-cle will remain in low gear and youmay sense engine brake. This isdue to necessary preparatory timefor the next acceleration and isonly normal.

• The SMART SPORT MODE is acti-vated only when very aggressiveand high speed is detected.Therefore, in average drivingstyles, the SMART system willselect either SMART ECO orSMART NORMAL MODE.

• The artificial intelligence algorithmwill instantly calculate each driver'sstyle of driving. So if the driver ischanged to a different person, thealgorithm will measure accordingly.

5-60


KH CAN (ENG) 5:2015 3/25/2015 10:52 AM Page 60

Conditions which Limit SMARTMODEIn following conditions your vehicle willtemporarily stop the SMART Modeand the indicator light will turn off.• When using the manual transmis-

sion operation mode: If thetransaxle system is changed fromautomatic to manual, your vehiclewill automatically stop the SMARTMODE.If transmission operation ischanged from automatic to manu-al, vehicle will reflect it and auto-matically stop the SMART MODE.

• When the Cruise Control system isturned on:When the driver sets a targetcruise control speed, your vehiclewill automatically stop the SMARTMODE. (The SMART MODE willnot stop immediately after youpress the cruise control button, butwhen the cruise control systemtakes control of the vehicle speed.)

• If the temperature of the transaxleoil is very high or low:The SMART MODE control systemwill operate in nearly all drivingconditions. But when the tempera-ture of the transaxle oil is out of thenormal range, the SMART MODEsystem may become temporarilyunavailable.


5

5-61

KH CAN (ENG) 5:2015 3/25/2015 10:52 AM Page 61

5-62


1. Cruise indicator2. Set speed

The cruise control system allows youto program the vehicle to maintain aconstant speed without depressingthe accelerator pedal.This system is designed to functionabove approximately 30 km/h (20 mph).If the cruise control is left on,(CRUISE indicator light in the instru-ment cluster illuminated) the cruisecontrol can be switched on acciden-tally. Keep the cruise control systemoff (CRUISE indicator light OFF)

when the cruise control is not in use,to avoid inadvertently setting aspeed.Use the cruise control system onlywhen traveling on open highways ingood weather.Do not use the cruise control whendriving in heavy or varying traffic, oron slippery (rainy, icy or snow-cov-ered) or winding roads or steep hillsup-hill or down-hill roads.

✽ NOTICE• During normal cruise control

operation, when the SET switch isactivated or reactivated afterapplying the brakes, the cruisecontrol will energize after approx-imately 3 seconds. This delay isnormal.

• To activate cruise control, depressthe brake pedal at least once afterPressing the Engine Start/Stopbutton to the ON position or start-ing the engine. This is to check ifthe brake switch which is impor-tant part to cancel cruise control isin normal condition.

CRUISE CONTROL SYSTEM (IF EQUIPPED)

Misuse of Cruise Control Do not use cruise control if thetraffic situation does not allowyou to drive safely at a constantspeed and with sufficient dis-tance to the vehicle in front.

WARNING

OKH055142C

KH CAN (ENG) 5:2015 3/25/2015 10:52 AM Page 62


5

5-63

Cruise control switch

CRUISE : Turns cruise control sys-tem on or off.

CANCEL: Cancels cruise controloperation.

RES+ : Resumes or increasescruise control speed.

SET- : Sets or decreases cruisecontrol speed.

To set cruise control speed:

1.Move the lever up (to CRUISE), toturn the system on. The CRUISEindicator light will illuminate.

2.Accelerate to the desired speed,which must be more than 30 km/h(20 mph).

3.Lever must be moved down (toSET-) prior to setting any desiredspeed. The SET speed in theinstrument cluster will illuminate.Release the accelerator at thesame time. The desired speed willautomatically be maintained.

On a steep grade, the vehicle mayslow down or speed up slightly whilegoing uphill or downhill.

OKH053119N OKH053058N

OKH053059N

KH CAN (ENG) 5:2015 3/25/2015 10:52 AM Page 63

5-64


To increase cruise control setspeed:

Follow either of these procedures:• Move the lever up (to RES+) and

hold it. Your vehicle will accelerate.Release the lever at the speed youwant.

• Move the lever up (to RES+) andrelease it immediately. The cruisingspeed will increase by 2.0 km/h or1 mph each time you move thelever up (to RES+) in this manner.

To decrease the cruisingspeed:

Follow either of these procedures:• Move the lever down (to SET-) and

hold it. Your vehicle will graduallyslow down. Release the lever at thespeed you want to maintain.

• Move the lever down (to SET-) andrelease it immediately. The cruisingspeed will decrease by 2.0 km/h or1 mph each time you move thelever down (to SET-) in this man-ner.

To temporarily accelerate withthe cruise control on:If you want to speed up temporarilywhen the cruise control is on,depress the accelerator pedal.Increased speed will not interferewith cruise control operation orchange the set speed.To return to the set speed, take yourfoot off the accelerator pedal.If you move the lever down (to SET-)at increased speed, the cruisingspeed will be set again.

OKH053060N OKH053059N

KH CAN (ENG) 5:2015 3/25/2015 10:52 AM Page 64


5

5-65

To cancel cruise control, doone of the following:

• Depress the brake pedal.• Shift into N (Neutral) with an auto-

matic transaxle.• Move up the lever (to CANCEL)

located on the steering wheel.• Decrease the vehicle speed lower

than the memory speed by 20km/h (12 mph).

• Decrease the vehicle speed to lessthan approximately 30 km/h (20mph).

• Increasing the vehicle speed tomore than approximately 200 km/h(125 mph).

• The ESC is operating.• Downshifting to the 2nd gear with

manual mode.• Operating the EPB switch. Do not

operate the parking brake whiledriving except in an emergency sit-uation.

Each of these actions will cancelcruise control operation (the SETspeed in the instrument cluster willgo off), but it will not turn the systemoff. If you wish to resume cruise con-trol operation, move up the lever (toRES+) located on your steeringwheel. You will return to your previ-ously preset speed.

To resume cruising speed atmore than approximately 30km/h (20 mph):

If any method other than theCRUISE lever was used to cancelcruising speed and the system is stillactivated, the most recent set speedwill automatically resume when youmove the lever up (to RES+).It will not resume, however, if thevehicle speed has dropped belowapproximately 30 km/h (20 mph).

OKH053061N

OKH053060N

KH CAN (ENG) 5:2015 3/25/2015 10:52 AM Page 65

5-66


✽ NOTICEAlways check the road conditionswhen you move the lever up (toRES+) to resume the speed.

To turn cruise control off, doone of the following:

• Move the lever up (to CRUISE).(the CRUISE indicator light in theinstrument cluster will go off)

• Turn the Engine Start / Stop Buttonoff.

Both of these actions cancel cruisecontrol operation. If you want toresume cruise control operation,repeat the steps provided in “To setcruise control speed” on the previouspage.

OKH053058N

KH CAN (ENG) 5:2015 3/25/2015 10:52 AM Page 66


5

5-67

➀ Cruise indicator➁ Set speed➂ Vehicle-to-vehicle distance

The ASCC allows you to program thevehicle to maintain a set speed solong as it is not limited by traffic.When traffic is encountered the vehi-cle will slow down to maintain a setdistance behind traffic withoutdepressing the accelerator or brakepedal.• Use the ASCC only when traveling

on open highways in good weather.

ADVANCED SMART CRUISE CONTROL SYSTEM (ASCC) (IF EQUIPPED)

OKH055063C


Advanced Smart CruiseControl inadvertent acti-vation.

If the ASCC is left on, (CRUISEindicator light in the instrumentcluster illuminated) the ASCCcan be activated unintentional-ly. Keep the ASCC off (CRUISEindicator light OFF) when theASCC is not in use, to avoidinadvertently setting a speedwhich can increase the risk ofaccidents.

WARNING

Advanced Smart CruiseControl Limitations

• The advanced smart cruisecontrol is a supplemental sys-tem and is not a substitute forsafe driving practices. It is theresponsibility of the driver toalways check the speed anddistance to the vehicle ahead.

• Do not use the advancedsmart cruise control when itmay not be safe to keep thecar at a constant speed, forinstance, driving in heavy orvarying traffic, or on slippery(rainy, icy or snow-covered) orwinding roads or steep hillsup-hill or down-hill roads.

WARNING

KH CAN (ENG) 5:2015 3/25/2015 10:52 AM Page 67

5-68


Speed setting (ASCC)To set cruise control speed:

1.Move the lever up (to CRUISE), toturn the system on. The CRUISEindicator light in the instrumentcluster will illuminate.

2. Accelerate to the desired speed.• 30 km/h (20 mph) ~ 180 km/h

(110 mph) : when there is novehicle in front

• 0 km/h (0 mph) ~ 180 km/h(110 mph) : when there is a vehi-cle in front

3.Lever must be moved down (toSET-) prior to setting any desiredspeed. The set speed and vehicleto vehicle distance on the LCDscreen will illuminate.

4.Release the accelerator pedal. Thedesired speed will automatically bemaintained.

If there is a vehicle in front of you, thespeed may decrease to maintain thedistance to the vehicle ahead.On a steep grade, the vehicle mayslow down or speed up slightly whilegoing uphill or downhill.

To increase cruise control setspeed:

Follow either of these procedures:• Move the lever up (to RES+), and

hold it. Your vehicle set speed willincrease by 10 km/h (5 mph).Release the lever at the speed youwant.

• Move the lever up (to RES+), andrelease it immediately. The cruisingspeed will increase by 1.0 km/h (1mph) each time you move the leverup (to RES+) in this manner.

• ASCC will operate to a maximumsetting of 180 km/h (110 mph).However all local speed limit lawsmust be followed.

OKH053058N

OKH053059N

OKH053060N

KH CAN (ENG) 5:2015 3/25/2015 10:52 AM Page 68


5

5-69

To decrease the crusie controlset speed:

Follow either of these procedures:• Move the lever down (to SET-), and

hold it. Your vehicle set speed willdecrease by 10 km/h (5 mph).Release the lever at the speed youwant.

• Move the lever down (to SET-), andrelease it immediately. The cruisingspeed will decrease by 1.0 km/h (1mph) each time you move the leverdown (to SET-) in this manner.

• You can set the cruise control to anyspeed above 30 km/h (20 mph).

To temporarily accelerate with thecruise control on:If you want to speed up temporarilywhen the cruise control is on,depress the accelerator pedal.Increased speed will not interferewith cruise control operation orchange the set speed.To return to the set speed, take yourfoot off the accelerator.If you move the lever down (to SET-)at increased speed, the cruisingspeed will be set again.

✽ NOTICEBe careful when accelerating tem-porarily, because the speed is notregulated automatically at this timeeven if there is a vehicle in front ofyou.

ASCC will be temporarily can-celed when:

Cancelled manually

• The brake pedal is depressed.• Move down the lever (to CANCEL)

located on the steering wheel.

The ASCC turns off temporarilywhen the indicator on the LCD dis-play turns off. The CRUISE indicator is illuminatedcontinuously.

OKH053059N OKH053061N

KH CAN (ENG) 5:2015 3/25/2015 10:52 AM Page 69

5-70


Cancelled automatically

• The driver's door is opened.• The shift lever is shifted to N

(Neutral), R (Reverse) or D (Drive).• The EPB (electronic parking brake)

is applied.• The vehicle speed is over 190

km/h (120 mph)• The vehicle stops on a steep

incline.• The ESC, TCS or ABS is operat-

ing.• The ESC is turned off.• The sensor or the cover is dirty or

blocked with foreign matter.• When the vehicle is stopped for

over 5 minutes.• The vehicle stops and go repeat-

edly for a long period of time.• The driver starts driving by pushing

the lever up (RES +) or down (SET-), approximately 3 seconds afterthe vehicle is stopped by the SmartCruise Control System with noother vehicle ahead.

• The driver starts driving bydepressing the accelerator pedalor move up the lever (to RES+) ordown(to SET-) if a vehicle stops faraway ahead of the your vehicle.

• The accelerator pedal is continu-ously depressed for more than 1minute.

Each of these actions will cancelthe ASCC operation.(the set speedand vehicle to vehicle distance onthe LCD display will go off.) In a condition where the ASCC iscancelled automatically, the ASCCwill not resume even though theRES+ or SET- lever is moved. Also,the EPB (electronic parking brake)will be applied when the vehicle isstopped.

✽ NOTICEIf the ASCC is cancelled by otherthan the reasons mentioned, have thesystem checked by an authorized KiaPremium dealer.

If the system is cancelled, the warn-ing chime will sound and a messagewill appear for a few seconds.You must adjust the vehicle speed bydepressing the accelerator or brakepedal according to the road conditionahead and driving condition. Always check the road conditions.Do not rely on the warning chime.

OKH055068N


KH CAN (ENG) 5:2015 3/25/2015 10:52 AM Page 70


5

5-71

To resume cruise control setspeed:

If any method other than theCRUISE lever was used to cancelcruising speed and the system is stillactivated, the cruising speed willautomatically resume when youmove the lever up/down (to RES+ orSET-).If you move the lever up (to RES+),the speed will resume to the recentlyset speed. It will not resume if thevehicle speed has dropped belowapproximately 30 km/h (20 mph).

To turn cruise control off:

Move the lever up (to CRUISE). (theCRUISE indicator light in the instru-ment cluster will go off).

OKH053060N

OKH053058N

Cruise Control ReactivationTo reduce the risk of an acci-dent, always check the roadconditions when reactivatingthe smart cruise control usingthe RES+ lever to ensure theroad conditions permit safe useof the cruise control.

WARNING

KH CAN (ENG) 5:2015 3/25/2015 10:52 AM Page 71

5-72


Vehicle to vehicle distancesetting (ASCC)To set vehicle to vehicle distance:

This function allows you to programthe vehicle to maintain relative dis-tance to the vehicle ahead withoutdepressing the accelerator pedal orbrake pedal.

The vehicle to vehicle distance willautomatically activate when theASCC is on.Select the appropriate distanceaccording to road conditions andvehicle speed.

Each time the button is pressed, thevehicle to vehicle distance changesas follows:

For example, if you drive at 90 km/h(56 mph ), the distance is maintainedas follows;

Distance 4 - approximately 52.5 m(172 feet)

Distance 3 - approximately 40 m(130 feet)

Distance 2 - approximately 32.5 m(106 feet)

Distance 1 - approximately 25 m(82 feet)

✽ NOTICEThe 'Distance 4' is always set whenthe system is used for the first timeafter starting the engine.

OKH053069N

Distance 4 Distance 3 Distance 2

Distance 1

Following Distance• To avoid collisions, always be

aware of the selected speedand vehicle to vehicle dis-tance settings when activat-ing your smart cruise controlsystem.

• Always maintain sufficientbraking distance and deceler-ate your vehicle by applyingthe brakes if necessary.

WARNING

KH CAN (ENG) 5:2015 3/25/2015 10:52 AM Page 72


5

5-73

• The warning chime sounds andmalfunction indicator blinks if it ishard to maintain the selected dis-tance to the vehicle ahead.

• If the warning chime sounds,actively adjust the vehicle speed bydepressing the brake pedalaccording to the road conditionahead and driving condition.

• Even if the warning chime is notactivated, always pay attention tothe driving conditions to preventdangerous situations from occur-ring.


Distance 4

Distance 2 Distance 1

Distance 3



• The vehicle will maintain the set speed, when the lane ahead is clear.• The vehicle will slow down or speed up within selected speed to maintain

the selected distance, when there is a vehicle ahead of you in the lane. (Avehicle will appear in front of your vehicle in the LCD display only whenthere is an actual vehicle in front of you)

• If the vehicle ahead speeds up, your vehicle will travel at a steady cruisingspeed after accelerating to the selected speed.

OKH053070C/OKH053071C

OKH055148C

KH CAN (ENG) 5:2015 3/25/2015 10:53 AM Page 73

5-74


If the vehicle ahead (vehicle speed:less than 30km/h(20 mph)) moves tothe next lane, the warning chime willsound and a message will appear.If a vehicle enters into your lanemoving less than the designatedspeed, you can adjust your vehiclespeed by depressing the brakepedal.

In traffic situation

• In traffic, your vehicle will stop if thevehicle ahead of you stops. Also, ifthe vehicle ahead of you startsmoving, your vehicle will start aswell. However, if the vehicle stopsfor more than 3 seconds, you mustdepress the accelerator pedal ormove the lever (to RES+ or SET-)to start driving.

• If you push the advanced smartcruise control lever (RES+ or SET-) while Auto Hold and advancedsmart cruise control is operating(The green AUTO HOLD indicator),Auto Hold will be released regard-less of accelerator pedal operationand the vehicle will start to move.

Sensor to detect distance to thevehicle ahead

The sensor detects distance to thevehicle ahead.If the sensor is covered with dirt orother foreign matter, the vehicle tovehicle distance control may notoperate correctly. Always keep the sensor clean.

OKH053072N


OKH055073N

OKH055074N


KH CAN (ENG) 5:2015 3/25/2015 10:53 AM Page 74


5

5-75

Sensor warning message

If the sensor or cover is dirtyor obscured with foreignmatter such as snow, thismessage will appear andindicator light illuminate. Inthis case, the system maynot function temporarily, butit does not indicate a mal-function of the Smart CruiseControl System. Clean thesensor or cover by using asoft cloth.

SCC (Smart Cruise Control) malfunction message

The message will appearand indicator light illuminatewhen the vehicle to vehicledistance control system isnot functioning normally.Take your vehicle to anauthorized Kia Premiumdealer and have the systemchecked.

• Always keep the sensor andbumper clean.

• Use only a genuine Kia sensorcover for your vehicle.

• Do not install accessoriesaround the sensor and do notreplace the bumper by your-self. It may interfere with thesensor performance.

• To prevent sensor cover dam-age from occurring, wash thecar with a soft cloth.

• Do not damage the sensor orsensor area by a strongimpact. If the sensor movesslightly off position, the ASCCwill not operate correctly. If this occurs, have your vehi-cle checked by an authorizedKia Premium dealer as soonas possible.

CAUTION


■ Type A ■ Type B■ Type A ■ Type B

KH CAN (ENG) 5:2015 3/25/2015 10:53 AM Page 75

5-76


To convert to cruise controlmode:

The driver may choose to only usethe cruise control mode (speed con-trol function) by doing as follows:

1.Turn the ASCC on (the cruise indi-cator light will be on but the systemwill not be activated).

2.Push the distance to distanceswitch for more than 2 seconds.

3.Choose between "Smart cruisecontrol(SCC) mode" and "Cruisecontrol(CC) mode".

Limitations of the system

The ASCC may have limits to its abil-ity to detect distance to the vehicleahead due to road and traffic condi-tions.

On curves• On curves, the ASCC may not

detect a moving vehicle in yourlane, and then your vehicle couldaccelerate to the set speed. Also,the vehicle speed will rapidly slowdown when the vehicle ahead isrecognized suddenly.

OKH053200N

When using the cruise controlmode, you must manuallyassess the distance to othervehicles as the system will notautomatically brake to slowdown for other vehicles.

WARNING

OKH055106N

OKH055107N

■ Type A

■ Type A

■ Type B

■ Type B

KH CAN (ENG) 5:2015 3/25/2015 10:53 AM Page 76


5

5-77

• Select the appropriate set speedon curves and adjust your vehiclespeed by depressing the accelera-tor or brake pedal according to theroad condition ahead and drivingcondition.

• Your vehicle speed can be reduceddue to a vehicle in the adjacentlane. Adjust your vehicle speed bydepressing the brake pedalaccording to the road conditionahead and driving condition. Applythe accelerator pedal and selectthe appropriate set speed. Checkto be sure that the road conditionspermit safe operation of the ASCC.

On inclines

• During uphill or downhill driving,the ASCC may not detect a movingvehicle in your lane, and causeyour vehicle to accelerate to theset speed. Also, the vehicle speedwill rapidly slow down when thevehicle ahead is recognized sud-denly.

• Select the appropriate set speedon inclines and adjust your vehiclespeed by depressing the accelera-tor or brake pedal according to theroad condition ahead and drivingcondition.

OKH053202N

OKH053201N

KH CAN (ENG) 5:2015 3/25/2015 10:53 AM Page 77

5-78


Lane changing

• A vehicle which moves into yourlane from an adjacent lane cannotbe recognized by the sensor until itis in the sensor's detection range.

• The sensor may not detect imme-diately when a vehicle cuts in sud-denly. Always pay attention to thetraffic, road and driving conditions.

• If a vehicle which moves into yourlane is slower than your vehicle,your speed may decrease to main-tain the distance to the vehicleahead.

• If a vehicle which moves into yourlane is faster than your vehicle,your vehicle will accelerate to theselected speed.

• Your vehicle may accelerate whena vehicle ahead of you disappears.

• When you are warned that thevehicle ahead of you is not detect-ed, drive with caution.

OKH053203N

OKH053204N

KH CAN (ENG) 5:2015 3/25/2015 10:53 AM Page 78


5

5-79

Vehicle recognition

Some vehicles ahead in your lanecannot be recognized by the sensoras follows:- Narrow vehicles such as motorcy-

cles or bicycles- Vehicles offset to one side- Slow-moving vehicles or sudden-

decelerating vehicles - Stopped vehicles- Vehicles with small rear profile

such as trailers with no loads

A vehicle ahead cannot be recog-nized correctly by the sensor if any offollowing occurs:- When the vehicle is pointing

upwards due to overloading in thetrunk

- While making turns by steering- When driving to one side of the lane- When driving on narrow lanes or

on curvesAdjust your vehicle speed bydepressing the brake pedal accord-ing to the road condition ahead anddriving condition.

• When vehicles are at a standstilland the vehicle in front of youchanges to the next lane, be care-ful when your vehicle starts tomove because it may not recog-nize the stopped vehicle in front ofyou.

OKH053205N

OKH053206N

KH CAN (ENG) 5:2015 3/25/2015 10:53 AM Page 79

5-80


• Always look out for pedestrianswhen your vehicle is maintaining adistance with the vehicle ahead.

• Always be cautious for vehicleswith higher height or vehicles car-rying loads that sticks out to theback of the vehicle.

OKH053207N OKH053208N

Emergency Stops • The ASCC cannot guarantee

the stop for every emergencysituation. If an emergencystop is necessary, you mustapply the brakes.

• Keep a safe distance accord-ing to road conditions andvehicle speed. If the vehicle tovehicle distance is too closeduring high-speed driving, aserious collision may result.

• The ASCC cannot guaranteethe stop for every emergencysituation. If an emergencystop is necessary, you mustapply the brakes.

WARNING

KH CAN (ENG) 5:2015 3/25/2015 10:53 AM Page 80


5

5-81

When other vehicles are changinglanes in front of you frequently, theASCC may not detect the vehicleat certain times. Always look aheadcautiously to prevent unexpectedand sudden situations from occur-ring.

✽ NOTICEThe ASCC may not operate tem-porarily due to electrical interfer-ence.

This device complies withIndustryCanada StandardRSS-210.Operation is subject to the followingt-wo conditions:1.This device may not cause harm-

ful interference, and2.This device must accept any inter-

ference received, including inter-ference that may cause undesired-operation.

ASCC Following Distance • To avoid collisions, always be

aware of the selected speedand vehicle to vehicle dis-tance settings when activat-ing your smart cruise controlsystem.

• Always maintain sufficientbraking distance and deceler-ate your vehicle by applyingthe brakes if necessary.

WARNING

KH CAN (ENG) 5:2015 3/25/2015 10:53 AM Page 81

5-82


This system detects the lane with asensor at the front windshield andnotifies you if it detects that yourvehicle leaves the lane.

• The LDWS does not make thevehicle change lanes. It is the dri-ver's responsibility to always checkthe road conditions.

• If the sensor cannot detect the laneor if the vehicle speed does notexceed 60 km/h (38 mph), theLDWS will not be able to notify youif the vehicle leaves the lane.

• If your vehicle has window tint orother types of coating on the frontwindshield, the LDWS may notwork properly.

• Prevent damage to the LDWS sen-sor from water or any liquid.

• Do not remove the LDWS partsand do not damage the sensor bya strong impact.

• Do not put objects that reflect lighton the dash board.

• Always check the road conditionsbecause you may not hear thewarning chime because of audioand external conditions.

• The operation of the LDWS can beaffected by several factors (includ-ing environmental conditions). It isthe responsibility of the driver topay attention to the roadway and tomaintain the vehicle in it's lane atall times.

LANE DEPARTURE WARNING SYSTEM (LDWS) (IF EQUIPPED)

OKH053075N

OKH053076N

LDWS AlertThe LDWS is only intended toprovide you with informationregarding your vehicle's posi-tion on the roadway. Uponreceiving an LDWS alert, youmust take the necessary stepsto maintain control of your vehi-cle. The LDWS does not provideany steering inputs into thevehicle for you. It can be dan-gerous to make a large suddensteering input in response to analert, since that could result inloss of control.

WARNING

KH CAN (ENG) 5:2015 3/25/2015 10:53 AM Page 82


5

5-83

To operate the LDWS, press the but-ton with the engine start/stop buttonin the ON position. The indicator(green) illuminates on the cluster. Tocancel the LDWS, press the buttonagain.

If the system detects that your vehi-cle is leaving the lane when theLDWS is operating and vehiclespeed exceeds 60 km/h (38 mph),the warning operates as follows:

1.Visual warningIf you leave the lane, the lane youleave on the LCD display blinks yel-low.

2.Auditory warningIf you leave the lane, the warningsound operates.

OKH053078N

OKH053079N

■ When the sensor detects the lane line

■ When the sensor doesn’t detect the lane lineOKH053080N

OKH053081N

■ Lane departure warning (Type A)

■ Lane departure warning (Type B)OKH053108N




KH CAN (ENG) 5:2015 3/25/2015 10:53 AM Page 83

5-84


The color of symbol will changedepend on the condition of LDWSsystem.- White color : It means the sensor

does not detect thelane line.

- Green color : It means the sensordetects the lane line.

Warning indicator

When the LDWS is not working prop-erly, the warning light will illuminateand the warning message will comeon for a few second.Take your vehicle to an authorizedKia Premium dealer and have thesystem checked.

The LDWS does not operatewhen:• The driver turns on the turn signal

or the hazard warning flasher tochange lane.

• Driving on the lane line.

✽ NOTICETo change lane, operate the turn sig-nal switch then change the lane.

OKH053108N


OKH045510N


LDWS LimitationsThe Lane Departure WarningSystem is a supplemental sys-tem. Do not solely rely on thesystem but always pay attentionand drive safely.

WARNING

KH CAN (ENG) 5:2015 3/25/2015 10:53 AM Page 84


5

5-85

The LDWS may not warn youeven if the vehicle leaves thelane, or may warn you even ifthe vehicle does not leave thelane when;• The lane can't be visible due to

snow, rain, stain, a puddle or otherenvironmental conditions.

• The brightness of the outsidechanges suddenly such as tunnelenter/exit.

• The headlights are off at night or ina tunnel.

• The color of the lane marking fromthe road is difficult to distinguish.

• Driving on a steep grade or acurve.

• Light such as street light, sunlightor oncoming vehicle light reflectsfrom water on the road.

• The lens or windshield is stainedwith foreign matter.

• The sensor cannot detect the lanebecause of fog, heavy rain orheavy snow.

• The surrounding of the inside rearview mirror temperature is highdue to a direct ray of light.

• The lane is very wide or narrow.• The lane line is damaged or indis-

tinct.• The windshield is fogged by humid

air in the vehicle.• The shadow is on the lane line by a

median strip.• The sensor cannot distinguish the

lane from the road due to the dust.• There is a mark similar to a lane

line.• There is a boundary structure. • The distance from vehicle ahead is

very short or the vehicle aheaddrives hiding the lane line.

• The vehicle vibrates heavily due toroad conditions.

• The lane number increases ordecreases or the lane lines arecrossing.

• Putting something on the dash-board.

• Driving with the sun in front of you.

• Driving in areas under construc-tion.

• The lane line is more than two ineither side (Left/Right)

KH CAN (ENG) 5:2015 3/25/2015 10:53 AM Page 85

5-86


The Blind Spot Detection System(BSD) uses a radar sensor to alertthe driver. It senses the rear side territory of thevehicle and provides an indication tothe driver if it detects an objectapproaching from these areas.

(1) BSD (Blind Spot Detection)The warning range depends onyour vehicle speed. However, ifyour vehicle is about 10 km/h (6mph) faster than the other vehicle,the system will not warn you.

(2) LCA (Lane Change Assist)When a vehicle approaches you athigh speed, the system will warnyou.

(3) RCTA (Rear Cross Traffic Alert)When your vehicle moves rear-ward, and the sensor detects anapproaching vehicle in the left orright side, the system will warnyou.

BLIND SPOT DETECTION SYSTEM (BSD)(IF EQUIPPED)

OVI053129L

BSD Limitations• The Blind Spot Detection

System (BSD) is a supplemen-tal system. Do not solely relyon the system but always payattention to drive safely.

• The Blind Spot DetectionSystem may not detect everyobject alongside the vehicleand is not a substitute forproper and safe lane changingprocedures. Always drivesafely and use caution whenchanging lanes.

WARNING

KH CAN (ENG) 5:2015 3/25/2015 10:54 AM Page 86


5

5-87

BSD (Blind Spot Detection) / LCA (Lane Change Assist)Operating conditions

The indicator on the switch will illumi-nate when the Blind Spot DetectionSystem (BSD) switch is pressed withthe Engine Start/Stop Button ON. If vehicle speed exceeds about30 km/h (20 mph), the system willactivate. If you press the switch again, theswitch indicator and system will beturned off.

If the Engine Start/Stop button isturned OFF and ON the systemreturns to the previous state. When the system is not used turn thesystem off by turning off the switch. When the system is turned on thewarning light will illuminate for 3 sec-onds on the outside rearview mirror.

Warning typeThe system will activate when:1.The system is on 2.Vehicle speed is above about 30

km/h (20 mph)3.Other vehicles are detected in the

rear side

OKH053082N

KH CAN (ENG) 5:2015 3/25/2015 10:54 AM Page 87

5-88


If a vehicle is detected within theboundary of the system, a warninglight will illuminate on the outsiderearview mirror and the head up dis-play.If the detected vehicle is not in warn-ing range, the warning will turn offaccording to driving conditions.

The second stage alarm will activatewhen: 1.The first stage alert is on2.The turn signal is on to change a

lane

When the second stage alert is acti-vated, a warning light will blink on theoutside rearview mirror, the head updisplay and an alarm will sound.If you move the turn signal switch tothe original position, the secondstage alert will be deactivated.- The second stage alarm may be

deactivated.• To activate the alarm:

Go to the User Settings ModeSound and select "BSD" on theLCD display.

• To deactivate the alarm:Go to the User Settings ModeSound and deselect "BSD" on theLCD display.

✽ NOTICEThe alarm function helps alert thedriver. Deactivate this function onlywhen it is necessary

OKH055084N

1st stage

OKH035020N

OKH035021N

2nd stage

KH CAN (ENG) 5:2015 3/25/2015 10:54 AM Page 88


5

5-89

Detecting sensor

The sensors are located inside of therear bumper.Always keep the rear bumper cleanfor the system to work properly.

Warning message

The message will appear to notifythe driver if there are foreign sub-stances on the rear bumper or it ishot near the rear bumper. The lighton the switch and the system willturn off automatically. Remove the foreign matter on therear bumper.After the foreign substance isremoved, if you drive for approxi-mately 10 minutes, the system willwork normally.

If the system does not work normallyeven though the foreign matter isremoved, take your vehicle to anauthorized Kia Premium dealer andhave the system checked.

OKH055085N OKH053086N


KH CAN (ENG) 5:2015 3/25/2015 10:54 AM Page 89

5-90


If the system does not work properly,a warning message will appear andthe light on the switch will turn off.The system will turn off automatical-ly.

Have your vehicle inspected by anauthorized Kia Premium dealer.

RCTA (Rear cross traffic alert)

When your vehicle moves backwardsfrom a parking position, the sensordetects approaching vehicles to theleft or right side direction and givesinformation to the driver.

Operating conditions

• Select RCTA (Rear Cross TrafficAlert) in "User Settings" under"Driving Assist" on the instrumentcluster. The system will turn on andstandby to activate.

• Select RCTA again, to turn the sys-tem off.

• If the vehicle is turned off and onagain, the RCTA system will returnto the state right before the vehiclewas turned off. Always turn theRCTA system off when not in use.

• The system is operated when thevehicle speed is below 10 km/h(6.2 mph) with the shift lever in R(Reverse).

OVI053131

OKH055087N


OKH045576N


KH CAN (ENG) 5:2015 3/25/2015 10:54 AM Page 90

• The RCTA (Rear Cross TrafficAlert) detecting range is0.5m~20m based on side direc-tion. If the approaching vehiclespeed is 4 km/h(2.5 mph)~36 km/h(22 mph) in sensing range, it isdetected. However, the systemsensing range is different base onconditions. Always pay attention tosurrounding.

Warning type

• If the vehicle detected by the sen-sors approaches your vehicle, thewarning chime will sound, thewarning light on the outsiderearview mirror will blink and amessage will appear on the LCDdisplay.

• If the detected vehicle is out of thesensing range of your vehicle,move the vehicle away from thedetected object slowly; the warningwill be cancelled.

• The system may not operate prop-erly due to other factors or circum-stances. Always pay attention toyour surrounding.

❈If your vehicle's left or right sidebumper is blinded by barrier orvehicles, the system sensing abili-ty may be reduced.


5

5-91

OKH053209N

OKH053213N

The Blind Spot DetectionSystem (BSD) and Rear CrossTraffic Alert (RCTA) are not asubstitute for proper and safedriving. Always drive safely anduse caution when changinglanes or backing the vehiclesup. The Blind Spot DetectionSystem (BSD) may not detectevery object alongside the vehi-cle.

WARNING

KH CAN (ENG) 5:2015 3/25/2015 10:54 AM Page 91

5-92


✽ NOTICE• The system may not work proper-

ly if the bumper has been replacedor if repair work has been donenear the sensor.

• The detection area differs accord-ing to the roads width. If the roadis narrow the system may detectother vehicles in the next lane.

• In addition, if the road is verywide the system may not detectother vehicles.

• The system may turn off due tostrong electromagnetic waves.

Non-operating conditionDriver's AttentionThe driver must be cautious in thebelow situations for the system maynot detect other vehicles or objects incertain circumstances.

- Curved roads, tollgates, etc.- The surrounding of the sensor is

polluted with rain, snow, mud, etc- The rear bumper near the sensor is

covered or hidden with a foreignmatter such as a sticker, bumperguard, bicycle stand etc.

- The rear bumper is damaged orthe sensor is out of place.

- The height of the vehicle is alteredsuch as when the trunk is loadedwith heavy objects, or there is lowtire pressure etc.

- Bad weather such as heavy rain orsnow.

- A fixed object is near such as aguardrail, tunnel, human and ani-mal etc.

- Metal substances are near thevehicles such as in a constructionarea.

- A big vehicle is near such as a busor truck.

- A motorcycle or bicycle is near.- A flat trailer like vehicle is near.- If the vehicle has started at the

same time as the vehicle next to itand has accelerated.

- When the other vehicle passes byvery fast.

- When changing lanes.- When going down or up a steep

road where the height of the lane isdifferent.

- When the other vehicle drives atthe rear very nearby or drives veryclose.

- When a trailer or carrier is installed.- When the temperature of the rear

bumper is high.- When the sensors are covered by

the vehicle, wall or a pillar of park-ing lot.

- When your vehicle is backing up, ifthe detected vehicle approachesyour vehicle or also backs up.

- Small objects like shopping cartsand baby carriages.

KH CAN (ENG) 5:2015 3/25/2015 10:54 AM Page 92


5

5-93

- If there is a vehicle with decreasedride height (lowered).

- When the vehicle is close to anoth-er vehicle.

- When the vehicle in the next lanemoves two lanes away from myvehicle OR when the vehicle twolanes away moves to the next lanefrom my vehicle.

- When exiting rearward from aparking space with pillars or metalstructures.

- When driving through a narrowroad with many trees or bushes.

Outside rearview mirror may notalert the driver when:- The outside rearview mirror hous-

ing is damaged or covered withdebris.

- The window is covered with debris.- The windows are severely tinted.




KH CAN (ENG) 5:2015 3/25/2015 10:54 AM Page 93

5-94


ECONOMICAL OPERATIONYour vehicle's fuel economy dependsmainly on your style of driving, whereyou drive and when you drive.Each of these factors affects howmany kilometers (miles) you can getfrom a liter (gallon) of fuel. To operateyour vehicle as economically as pos-sible, use the following driving sug-gestions to help save money in bothfuel and repairs:• Drive smoothly. Accelerate at a

moderate rate. Don't make "jack-rabbit" starts or full-throttle shiftsand maintain a steady cruisingspeed. Don't race between stop-lights. Try to adjust your speed tothe traffic so you don't have tochange speeds unnecessarily.Avoid heavy traffic whenever pos-sible. Always maintain a safe dis-tance from other vehicles so youcan avoid unnecessary braking.This also reduces brake wear.

• Drive at a moderate speed. Thefaster you drive, the more fuel yourvehicle uses. Driving at a moderatespeed, especially on the highway,is one of the most effective ways tohelp reduce fuel consumption.

• Don't "ride" the brake pedal. Thiscan increase fuel consumption andalso increase wear on brake com-ponents. In addition, driving withyour foot resting on the brake pedalmay cause the brakes to overheat,which reduces their effectivenessand may lead to more serious con-sequences.

• Take care of your tires. Keep theminflated to the recommended pres-sure. Incorrect inflation, either toomuch or too little, results in unnec-essary tire wear. Check the tirepressures at least once a month.

• Be sure that the wheels arealigned correctly. Improper align-ment can result from hitting curbsor driving too fast over irregularsurfaces. Poor alignment causesfaster tire wear and may also resultin other problems as well asgreater fuel consumption.

• Keep your vehicle in good condi-tion. For better fuel economy andreduced maintenance costs, main-tain your vehicle in accordancewith the maintenance schedule insection 7. If you drive your vehiclein severe conditions, more frequentmaintenance is required (see sec-tion 7 for details).

• Keep your vehicle clean. For maxi-mum service, your vehicle shouldbe kept clean and free of corrosivematerials. It is especially importantthat mud, dirt, ice, etc. not beallowed to accumulate on theunderside of the vehicle. This extraweight can result in increased fuelconsumption and also contribute tocorrosion.

• Travel lightly. Don't carry unneces-sary weight in your vehicle. Weightreduces fuel economy.

• Don't let the engine idle longerthan necessary. If you are waiting(and not in traffic), turn off yourengine and restart only whenyou're ready to go.

KH CAN (ENG) 5:2015 3/25/2015 10:54 AM Page 94


5

5-95

• Remember, your vehicle does notrequire extended warm-up. Afterthe engine has started, allow theengine to run for 10 to 20 secondsprior to placing the vehicle in gear.In very cold weather, however, giveyour engine a slightly longer warm-up period.

• Don't "lug" or "over-rev" the engine.Lugging is driving too slowly in avery high gear resulting in enginebucking. If this happens, shift to alower gear. Over-revving is racingthe engine beyond its safe limit.This can be avoided by shifting atthe recommended speed.

• Use your air conditioning sparingly.The air conditioning system isoperated by engine power so yourfuel economy is reduced when youuse it.

• Open windows at high speeds canreduce fuel economy.

• Fuel economy is reduced by cross-winds and headwinds. To help off-set some of this loss, slow downwhen driving in these conditions.

Keeping a vehicle in good operatingcondition is important both for econ-omy and safety. Therefore, have anauthorized Kia Premium dealer per-form scheduled inspections andmaintenance.

Engine off during motionNever turn the engine off tocoast down hills or anytime thevehicle is in motion. The powersteering and power brakes willnot function properly withoutthe engine running. In addition,turning off the Engine whiledriving could engage the steer-ing wheel lock resulting in lossof vehicle steering. Keep theengine on and downshift to anappropriate gear for enginebraking effect.

WARNING

KH CAN (ENG) 5:2015 3/25/2015 10:54 AM Page 95

5-96


Hazardous driving conditions When hazardous driving conditionsare encountered such as water,snow, ice, mud, sand, or similar haz-ards, follow these suggestions:• Drive cautiously and allow extra

distance for braking.• Avoid sudden braking or steering.• When braking with non-ABS

brakes pump the brake pedal witha light up-and-down motion untilthe vehicle is stopped.

Do not pump the brake pedal on avehicle equipped with ABS.• If stalled in snow, mud, or sand,

use second gear. Accelerate slow-ly to avoid spinning the drivewheels.

• Use sand, rock salt or other non-slip material under the drivewheels to provide traction whenstalled in ice, snow, or mud.

Rocking the vehicle If it is necessary to rock the vehicleto free it from snow, sand, or mud,first turn the steering wheel right andleft to clear the area around yourfront wheels. Then, shift back andforth between R (Reverse) and anyforward gear in vehicles equippedwith an automatic transaxle. Do notrace the engine, and spin the wheelsas little as possible. If you are stillstuck after a few tries, have the vehi-cle pulled out by a tow vehicle toavoid engine overheating and possi-ble damage to the transaxle.The ESC system should be turnedOFF prior to rocking the vehicle.

SPECIAL DRIVING CONDITIONS

DownshiftingDo not downshift with an auto-matic transaxle while driving onslippery surfaces. The suddenchange in tire speed couldcause the tires to skid andresult in an accident.

WARNING

Vehicle rockingProlonged rocking may causeengine overheating, transaxledamage or failure, and tire dam-age.

CAUTION

KH CAN (ENG) 5:2015 3/25/2015 10:54 AM Page 96


5

5-97

Smooth cornering

Avoid braking or gear changing incorners, especially when roads arewet. Ideally, corners should alwaysbe taken under gentle acceleration. Ifyou follow these suggestions, tirewear will be held to a minimum.

Driving at night

Because night driving presents morehazards than driving in the daylight,here are some important tips toremember:• Slow down and keep more dis-

tance between you and other vehi-cles, as it may be more difficult tosee at night, especially in areaswhere there may not be any streetlights.

OKH053210N OKH053211N

Spinning tiresDo not spin the wheels, espe-cially at speeds more than 56km/h (35 mph). Spinning thewheels at high speeds when thevehicle is stationary couldcause a tire to overheat whichcould result in tire damage.

CAUTION

Sudden vehicle movementDo not attempt to rock the vehi-cle if people or objects are near-by. The vehicle may suddenlymove forward or backwards asit becomes unstuck.

WARNING

KH CAN (ENG) 5:2015 3/25/2015 10:55 AM Page 97

5-98


• Adjust your mirrors to reduce theglare from other driver's head-lights.

• Keep your headlights clean andproperly aimed on vehicles notequipped with the automatic head-light aiming feature. Dirty orimproperly aimed headlights willmake it much more difficult to seeat night.

• Avoid staring directly at the head-lights of oncoming vehicles. Youcould be temporarily blinded, and itwill take several seconds for youreyes to readjust to the darkness.

Driving in the rain

Rain and wet roads can make drivingdangerous, especially if you’re notprepared for the slick pavement.Here are a few things to considerwhen driving in the rain:• A heavy rainfall will make it harder

to see and will increase the dis-tance needed to stop your vehicle,so slow down.

• Keep your windshield wipingequipment in good shape. Replaceyour windshield wiper blades whenthey show signs of streaking ormissing areas on the windshield.

• If your tires are not in good condi-tion, making a quick stop on wetpavement can cause a skid andpossibly lead to an accident. Besure your tires are in good shape.

• Turn on your headlights to make iteasier for others to see you.

• Driving too fast through large pud-dles can affect your brakes. If youmust go through puddles, try todrive through them slowly.

• If you believe you may have gottenyour brakes wet, apply them lightlywhile driving until normal brakingoperation returns.

Driving in flooded areas Avoid driving through flooded areasunless you are sure the water is nohigher than the bottom of the wheelhub. Drive through any water slowly.Allow adequate stopping distancebecause brake performance may beaffected.After driving through water, dry thebrakes by gently applying them sev-eral times while the vehicle is movingslowly.

OKH053093N

KH CAN (ENG) 5:2015 3/25/2015 10:55 AM Page 98


5

5-99

Driving off-roadDrive carefully off-road because yourvehicle may be damaged by rocks orroots of trees. Become familiar withthe off-road conditions where youare going to drive before you begindriving.

Highway drivingTires Adjust the tire inflation pressures tospecification. Low tire inflation pres-sures will result in overheating andpossible failure of the tires.Avoid using worn or damaged tireswhich may result in reduced tractionor tire failure.Never exceed the maximum tireinflation pressure shown on the tires.

Fuel, engine coolant and engineoilHigh speed travel consumes morefuel than urban motoring. Do not for-get to check both the engine coolantand engine oil.

Drive beltA loose or damaged drive belt mayoverheat the engine.

Tire treadAlways check the tire treadbefore driving your vehicle.Worn-out tires can result in lossof vehicle control. Worn-out tiresshould be replaced as soon aspossible. For further informa-tion and tread limits, refer to"Tires and wheels" in section 7.

WARNING

Under/Over Inflated TiresAlways check the tires for prop-er inflation before driving.Underinflated or overinflatedtires can cause poor handling,loss of vehicle control, and sud-den tire failure leading to acci-dents, injuries, and even death.

WARNING

KH CAN (ENG) 5:2015 3/25/2015 10:55 AM Page 99

5-100


Severe weather conditions in thewinter result in greater wear andother problems. To minimize theproblems of winter driving, youshould follow these suggestions:

Snowy or Icy conditionsTo drive your vehicle in deep snow, itmay be necessary to use snow tireson your tires. If snow tires are need-ed, it is necessary to select tiresequivalent in size and type of theoriginal equipment tires. Failure to doso may adversely affect the safetyand handling of your car.Furthermore, speeding, rapid accel-eration, sudden brake applications,and sharp turns are potentially veryhazardous practices.During deceleration, use enginebraking to the fullest extent. Suddenbrake applications on snowy or icyroads may cause skids. You need tokeep sufficient distance between thevehicle in operation in front and yourvehicle. Also, apply the brake gently.

Snow tiresIf you mount snow tires on your vehi-cle, make sure they are radial tires ofthe same size and load range as theoriginal tires. Mount snow tires on allfour wheels to balance your vehicle’shandling in all weather conditions.Keep in mind that the traction provid-ed by snow tires on dry roads maynot be as high as your vehicle's orig-inal equipment tires. You should drivecautiously even when the roads areclear. Check with the tire dealer formaximum speed recommendations.

Do not install studded tires withoutfirst checking local, state and munic-ipal regulations for possible restric-tions against their use.

WINTER DRIVING

Snow tire sizeSnow tires should be equivalentin size and type to the vehicle'sstandard tires. Otherwise, thesafety and handling of your vehi-cle may be adversely affected.

WARNING

KH CAN (ENG) 5:2015 3/25/2015 10:55 AM Page 100


5

5-101

Use high quality ethylene gly-col coolantYour vehicle is delivered with highquality ethylene glycol coolant in thecooling system. It is the only type ofcoolant that should be used becauseit helps prevent corrosion in the cool-ing system, lubricates the waterpump and prevents freezing. Be sureto replace or replenish your coolantin accordance with the maintenanceschedule in section 7. Before winter,have your coolant tested to assurethat its freezing point is sufficient forthe temperatures anticipated duringthe winter.

Check battery and cablesWinter puts additional burdens onthe battery system. Visually inspectthe battery and cables as describedin section 7. The level of charge inyour battery can be checked by anauthorized Kia Premium dealer or aservice station.

Change to "winter weight" oilif necessaryIn some climates it is recommendedthat a lower viscosity "winter weight"oil be used during cold weather. Seesection 8 for recommendations. Ifyou aren't sure what weight oil youshould use, consult an authorizedKia Premium dealer.

Check spark plugs and igni-tion systemInspect your spark plugs asdescribed in section 7 and replacethem if necessary. Also check allignition wiring and components to besure they are not cracked, worn ordamaged in any way.

To keep locks from freezingTo keep the locks from freezing,squirt an approved de-icer fluid orglycerine into the key opening. If alock is covered with ice, squirt it withan approved de-icing fluid to removethe ice. If the lock is frozen internally,you may be able to thaw it out byusing a heated key. Handle the heat-ed key with care to avoid injury.

Use approved window washeranti-freeze in systemTo keep the water in the windowwasher system from freezing, add anapproved window washer anti-freezesolution in accordance with instruc-tions on the container. Window wash-er anti-freeze is available from anauthorized Kia Premium dealer andmost auto parts outlets. Do not useengine coolant or other types of anti-freeze as these may damage thepaint finish.

KH CAN (ENG) 5:2015 3/25/2015 10:55 AM Page 101

5-102


Don't let your parking brakefreezeUnder some conditions your parkingbrake can freeze in the engagedposition. This is most likely to hap-pen when there is an accumulationof snow or ice around or near therear brakes or if the brakes are wet. Ifthere is a risk the parking brake mayfreeze, apply it only temporarily whileyou put the shift lever in P (Park) andblock the rear wheels so the vehiclecannot roll. Then release the parkingbrake.

Don't let ice and snow accu-mulate underneathUnder some conditions, snow andice can build up under the fendersand interfere with the steering. Whendriving in severe winter conditionswhere this may happen, you shouldperiodically check underneath thecar to be sure the movement of thefront wheels and the steering com-ponents is not obstructed.

Carry emergency equipmentDepending on the severity of theweather you should carry appropri-ate emergency equipment. Some ofthe items you may want to carryinclude tow straps or chains, flash-light, emergency flares, sand, ashovel, jumper cables, a windowscraper, gloves, ground cloth, cover-alls, a blanket, etc.

We do not recommend using thisvehicle for trailer towing.

TRAILER TOWING

KH CAN (ENG) 5:2015 3/25/2015 10:55 AM Page 102


5

5-103

Tire and loading informationlabel

The label located on the driver's doorsill gives the original tire size, coldtire pressures recommended for yourvehicle, the number of people thatcan be in your vehicle and vehiclecapacity weight.

Vehicle capacity weight:410 kg (904 lbs.)

Vehicle capacity weight is the maxi-mum combined weight of occupantsand cargo. If your vehicle is equippedwith a trailer, the combined weightincludes the tongue load.

Seating capacity:Total : 5 persons

(Front seat : 2 persons, Rear seat : 3 persons)

Seating capacity is the maximumnumber of occupants including adriver, your vehicle may carry. However, the seating capacity maybe reduced based upon the weight ofall of the occupants, and the weightof the cargo being carried or towed.Do not overload the vehicle as thereis a limit to the total weight, or loadlimit including occupants and cargo,the vehicle can carry.

VEHICLE LOAD LIMIT

OKH053120N/OKH053121N

KH CAN (ENG) 5:2015 3/25/2015 10:55 AM Page 103

5-104


Towing capacity: We do not recommend using this

vehicle for trailer towing.

Cargo capacity:The cargo capacity of your vehiclewill increase or decrease dependingon the weight and the number ofoccupants and the tongue load, ifyour vehicle is equipped with a trailer.

Steps For Determining CorrectLoad Limit -1.Locate the statement "The com-

bined weight of occupants andcargo should never exceed XXX kgor XXX lbs.'' on your vehicle's plac-ard.

2.Determine the combined weight ofthe driver and passengers that willbe riding in your vehicle.

3.Subtract the combined weight ofthe driver and passengers fromXXX kg or XXX lbs.

4.The resulting figure equals theavailable amount of cargo and lug-gage load capacity. For example, ifthe "XXX" amount equals 635 kg(1400 lbs.) and there will be five 68kg (150 lbs.) passengers in yourvehicle, the amount of availablecargo and luggage load capacity is295 kg (650 lbs). (635-340 (5 x 68) = 295 kg or1400-750 (5 x 150) = 650 lbs.)

5.Determine the combined weight ofluggage and cargo being loadedon the vehicle. That weight may notsafely exceed the available cargoand luggage load capacity calcu-lated in Step 4.

6.If your vehicle will be towing a trail-er, load from your trailer will betransferred to your vehicle. Consultthis manual to determine how thisreduces the available cargo andluggage load capacity of your vehi-cle.

KH CAN (ENG) 5:2015 3/25/2015 10:55 AM Page 104


5

5-105

C190F03JM

A B C

Example 3

C190F02JM

A B C

Example 2

C190F01JM

Example 1

A B C

Refer to your vehicle’s tire and loading information label for specific information about your vehicle's capacity weightand seating positions. The combined weight of the driver, passengers and cargo should never exceed your vehicle'scapacity weight.

Item Description Total

AVehicle Capacity

Weight385 kg

(849 lbs)

BSubtract Occupant

Weight 68 kg (150 lbs) × 2

136 kg(300 lbs)

CAvailable Cargo and

Luggage weight249 kg

(549 lbs)


AVehicle Capacity

Weight385 kg

(849 lbs)

BSubtract Occupant


365 kg(805 lbs)


Luggage weight20 kg

(44 lbs)


AVehicle Capacity

Weight385 kg

(849 lbs)

BSubtract Occupant


340 kg(750 lbs)


Luggage weight45 kg

(99 lbs)

KH CAN (ENG) 5:2015 3/25/2015 10:55 AM Page 105

5-106


Certification labelThe certification label is located onthe driver's door sill at the center pil-lar.This label shows the maximumallowable weight of the fully loadedvehicle. This is called the GVWR(Gross Vehicle Weight Rating). TheGVWR includes the weight of thevehicle, all occupants, fuel andcargo.This label also tells you the maxi-mum weight that can be supportedby the front and rear axles, calledGross Axle Weight Rating (GAWR).

To find out the actual loads on yourfront and rear axles, you need to goto a weigh station and weigh yourvehicle. Your dealer can help you withthis. Be sure to spread out your loadequally on both sides of the center-line.

The label will help you decide howmuch cargo and installed equipmentyour vehicle can carry.

If you carry items inside your vehicle- like suitcases, tools, packages, oranything else - they are moving asfast as the vehicle. If you have to stopor turn quickly, or if there is a crash,the items will keep going and cancause an injury if they strike the driv-er or a passenger.

Over loadingNever exceed the GVWR for yourvehicle, the GAWR for either thefront or rear axle and vehiclecapacity weight. Exceedingthese ratings can affect yourvehicle’s handling and brakingability.

WARNING

KH CAN (ENG) 5:2015 3/25/2015 10:55 AM Page 106


5

5-107

✽ NOTICEOverloading your vehicle may causedamage. Repairs would not be cov-ered by your warranty. Do not over-load your vehicle.

Over loadingDo not overload your vehicle.Overloading your vehicle cancause heat buildup in your vehi-cle's tires and possible tire fail-ure, increased stopping dis-tances and poor vehicle han-dling--all of which may result ina crash.

WARNING

Loose cargoDo not travel with unsecuredblunt objects in the passengercompartment of your vehicle(e.g. suit cases or unsecuredchild seats). These items maystrike occupant during a sud-den stop or crash.

WARNING

KH CAN (ENG) 5:2015 3/25/2015 10:55 AM Page 107

5-108


This section will guide you in theproper loading of your vehicle and/ortrailer, to keep your loaded vehicleweight within its design rating capa-bility, with or without a trailer.Properly loading your vehicle willprovide maximum return of the vehi-cle design performance. Before load-ing your vehicle, familiarize yourselfwith the following terms for determin-ing your vehicle's weight ratings, withor without a trailer, from the vehicle'sspecifications and the compliancelabel:

Base curb weight This is the weight of the vehicleincluding a full tank of fuel and allstandard equipment. It does notinclude passengers, cargo, or option-al equipment.

Vehicle curb weightThis is the weight of your new vehiclewhen you picked it up from your deal-er plus any aftermarket equipment.

Cargo weightThis figure includes all weight addedto the Base Curb Weight, includingcargo and optional equipment.

GAW (Gross axle weight)This is the total weight placed oneach axle (front and rear) - includingvehicle curb weight and all payload.

GAWR (Gross axle weight rating)This is the maximum allowableweight that can be carried by a singleaxle (front or rear). These numbersare shown on the compliance label. The total load on each axle mustnever exceed its GAWR.

GVW (Gross vehicle weight)This is the Base Curb Weight plusactual Cargo Weight plus passengers.

GVWR (Gross vehicle weight rating)This is the maximum allowableweight of the fully loaded vehicle(including all options, equipment,passengers and cargo). The GVWRis shown on the certification labellocated on the driver’s door sill.

VEHICLE WEIGHT

KH CAN (ENG) 5:2015 3/25/2015 10:55 AM Page 108


Road warning......................................................6-2• Hazard warning flasher ...........................................6-2

In case of an emergency while driving ...............6-3• If the engine stalls at a crossroad or crossing ........6-3• If you have a flat tire while driving...........................6-3• If engine stalls while driving ....................................6-3

If the engine will not start ...................................6-4• If engine doesn't turn over or turns over slowly ......6-4• If engine turns over normally but does not start .....6-4

Emergency starting.............................................6-5• Jump starting...........................................................6-5• Push-starting ...........................................................6-8

If the engine overheats .......................................6-9Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)........6-11

• Check tire pressure ...............................................6-11• Low tire pressure telltale .......................................6-13• Low tire pressure position telltale..........................6-13• TPMS (Tire Pressure Monitoring System)

malfunction indicator ...........................................6-14• Changing a tire with TPMS ...................................6-15

If you have a flat tire .........................................6-17• Jack and tools .......................................................6-17• Removing and storing the spare tire.....................6-18• Changing tires .......................................................6-19• Jack label ..............................................................6-27

Towing...............................................................6-28• Towing service.......................................................6-28• Removable towing hook ........................................6-30• Emergency towing.................................................6-31

6

KH CAN (ENG) 6:2015 3/26/2015 6:35 AM Page 1

ROAD WARNING Hazard warning flasher

The hazard warning flasher serves asa warning to other drivers to exerciseextreme caution when approaching,overtaking, or passing your vehicle.

It should be used whenever emer-gency repairs are being made orwhen the vehicle is stopped near theedge of a roadway.Depress the flasher switch with theEngine Start/Stop button in any posi-tion. The flasher switch is located inthe center console switch panel. Allturn signal lights will flash simultane-ously.

• The hazard warning flasher oper-ates whether your vehicle is run-ning or not.

• The turn signals do not work whenthe hazard flasher is on.

• Care must be taken when usingthe hazard warning flasher whilethe vehicle is being towed.

6-2


OKH045186N

KH CAN (ENG) 6:2015 3/26/2015 6:35 AM Page 2

What to do in an em

ergency

6

6-3

IN CASE OF AN EMERGENCY WHILE DRIVINGIf the engine stalls at a cross-road or crossingIf the engine stalls at a crossroad orcrossing, set the shift lever in the N(Neutral) position and then push thevehicle to a safe place.

If you have a flat tire whiledrivingIf a tire goes flat while you are driving:1.Take your foot off the accelerator

pedal and let the car slow downwhile driving straight ahead. Do notapply the brakes immediately orattempt to pull off the road as thismay cause a loss of control. Whenthe car has slowed to such a speedthat it is safe to do so, brake care-fully and pull off the road. Drive offthe road as far as possible andpark on firm, level ground. If youare on a divided highway, do notpark in the median area betweenthe two traffic lanes.

2.When the car is stopped, turn onyour emergency hazard flashers,set the parking brake and put theshift lever in P.

3.Have all passengers get out of thecar. Be sure they all get out on theside of the car that is away fromtraffic.

4.When changing a flat tire, followthe instruction provided later in thissection.

If engine stalls while driving1.Reduce your speed gradually,

keeping a straight line. Move cau-tiously off the road to a safe place.

2.Turn on your emergency flashers.3.Try to start the engine again. If your

vehicle will not start, contact anauthorized Kia Premium dealer orKia Roadside Assistance.

KH CAN (ENG) 6:2015 3/26/2015 6:35 AM Page 3

IF THE ENGINE WILL NOT STARTIf engine doesn't turn over orturns over slowly1.Be sure the shift lever is in N

(Neutral) or P (Park) and the emer-gency brake is set.

2.Check the battery connections tobe sure they are clean and tight.

3.Turn on the interior light. If the lightdims or goes out when you operatethe starter, the battery is dis-charged.

4.Check the starter connections tobe sure they are securely tight-ened.

5.Do not push or pull the vehicle tostart it. See instructions for "Jumpstarting".

If engine turns over normallybut does not start1.Check fuel level.2.With the Engine Start/Stop Button

in the OFF position, check all con-nectors at ignition coils and sparkplugs. Reconnect any that may bedisconnected or loose.

3.If the engine still does not start, callan authorized Kia Premium dealeror Kia Roadside Assistance.

6-4


Push/Pull startDo not push or pull the vehicleto start it. Push or pull startingmay cause the catalytic con-verter to overload and create afire hazard.

WARNING

KH CAN (ENG) 6:2015 3/26/2015 6:35 AM Page 4

EMERGENCY STARTING

Connect cables in numerical orderand disconnect in reverse order.

✽ NOTICEYour vehicle has a battery in thetrunk compartment, but when youjump start your vehicle, use thejumper terminal in the engine com-partment.

Jump starting Jump starting can be dangerous ifdone incorrectly. Therefore, to avoidharm to yourself or damage to yourvehicle or battery, follow the jumpstarting procedures. If in doubt, westrongly recommend that you have acompetent technician or towing serv-ice jump start your vehicle.

What to do in an em

ergency

6

6-5

OKH063024N

12 Volt Push/Pull Start Use only a 12-volt jumper sys-tem. You can damage a 12-voltstarting motor, ignition system,and other electrical partsbeyond repair by use of a 24-voltpower supply (either two 12-voltbatteries in series or a 24-voltmotor generator set).

CAUTION

KH CAN (ENG) 6:2015 3/26/2015 6:35 AM Page 5

6-6


Jump starting procedure

✽ NOTICEYour vehicle has a battery in thetrunk compartment, but when youjump start your vehicle, use thejumper terminal in the engine com-partment.

1.Make sure the booster battery is12-volt and that its negative termi-nal is grounded.

2.If the booster battery is in anothervehicle, do not allow the vehicles totouch.

3.Turn off all unnecessary electricalloads.

4.Open the engine hood.

BatteryNever attempt to check the elec-trolyte level of the battery asthis may cause the battery torupture or explode causing seri-ous injury.

WARNING

BatteryKeep all flames or sparks awayfrom the battery. The batteryproduces hydrogen gas whichwill explode if exposed to flameor sparks.

WARNING

Frozen batteriesDo not attempt to jump start thevehicle if the discharged batteryis frozen or if the electrolytelevel is low as the battery mayrupture or explode.

WARNING

Sulfuric acid riskWhen jump starting your vehi-cle be careful not to get acid onyourself, your clothing or on thevehicle. Automobile batteriescontain sulfuric acid. This ispoisonous and highly corro-sive.

WARNING

KH CAN (ENG) 6:2015 3/26/2015 6:35 AM Page 6

5.Lift the end of strip (5) up.6.Press the fastener head with screw

driver and then pull the fastenerout.

7.Lift the rear portion of small servicecover (6) up and then remove theservice cover.

(A) : for assemble, (B) : for remove

8.Press the fastener head with screwdriver and then pull the fastenerout from main service cover (7).

9.Pull the main service cover over 7mm (0.28 in) to toward the front ofthe vehicle.

10. Lift the main service cover up andthen remove the main servicecover. Be careful not to damagethe holder under the main servicecover.

11. Connect the jumper cables in theexact sequence shown in theillustration. First connect one endof a jumper cable to the positiveterminal of the jump start con-nector (1), then connect the otherend to the positive terminal onthe booster battery (2). Proceed to connect one end ofthe other jumper cable to thenegative terminal of the boosterbattery (3), then the other end tothe negative terminal of the jumpstart connector (4). Do not con-nect it to or near any part thatmoves when the engine iscranked. Do not allow the jumper cables tocontact anything except the cor-rect battery terminals or the cor-rect ground. Do not lean over thebattery when making connec-tions.

What to do in an em

ergency

6

6-7

OKH073083N OKH073084N

A B

KH CAN (ENG) 6:2015 3/26/2015 6:35 AM Page 7

12. Start the engine of the vehiclewith the booster battery and let itrun at 2,000 rpm, then start theengine of the vehicle with the dis-charged battery.

If the cause of your battery discharg-ing is not apparent, have the systemchecked by an authorized KiaPremium dealer.

Push-starting Vehicles equipped with automatictransmission cannot be push-started. Follow the directions in this sectionfor jump-starting.

6-8


Tow Starting VehicleNever tow a vehicle to start itbecause the sudden surge for-ward when the engine startscould cause a collision with thetow vehicle.

WARNING

Battery cablesDo not connect the jumpercable from the negative terminalof the booster battery to thenegative terminal of the dis-charged battery. This can causethe discharged battery to over-heat and crack, releasing bat-tery acid.

WARNING

KH CAN (ENG) 6:2015 3/26/2015 6:35 AM Page 8

IF THE ENGINE OVERHEATSIf your temperature gauge indicatesoverheating, you experience a lossof power, or hear loud pinging orknocking, the engine is probably toohot. If this happens, you should:

1.Pull off the road and stop as soonas it is safe to do so.

2.Place the shift lever in P and setthe parking brake. If the air condi-tioning is on, turn it off.

3.If engine coolant is running outunder the car or steam is comingout from the hood, stop the engine.Do not open the hood until thecoolant has stopped running or thesteaming has stopped. If there isno visible loss of engine coolantand no steam, leave the enginerunning and check to be sure theengine cooling fan is operating. Ifthe fan is not running, turn theengine off.

4.Check to see if the water pumpdrive belt is missing. If it is notmissing, check to see that it istight. If the drive belt seems to besatisfactory, check for coolant leak-ing from the radiator, hoses orunder the car. (If the air condition-ing had been in use, it is normal forcold water to be draining from itwhen you stop.)

5.If the water pump drive belt is bro-ken or engine coolant is leakingout, stop the engine immediatelyand call the nearest authorized KiaPremium dealer for assistance.

What to do in an em

ergency

6

6-9

Under the hood While the engine is running,keep hair, hands and clothingaway from moving parts suchas the fan and drive belts to pre-vent injury.

WARNING

Radiator Cap Do not remove theradiator cap when theengine is hot. Thismay result in coolantbeing blown out of theopening and causeserious burns.

WARNING

KH CAN (ENG) 6:2015 3/26/2015 6:35 AM Page 9

6-10


6.If you cannot find the cause of theoverheating, wait until the enginetemperature has returned to nor-mal. Then, if coolant has been lost,carefully add coolant to the reser-voir to bring the fluid level in thereservoir up to the halfway mark.

7.Proceed with caution, keepingalert for further signs of overheat-ing. If overheating happens again,call an authorized Kia Premiumdealer for assistance.

• Serious loss of coolant indicatesthere is a leak in the cooling sys-tem and this should be checked assoon as possible by an authorizedKia Premium dealer.

When the engine overheatsfrom low engine coolant, sud-denly adding engine coolantmay cause cracks in the engine.To prevent damage, add enginecoolant slowly in small quanti-ties.

CAUTION

KH CAN (ENG) 6:2015 3/26/2015 6:35 AM Page 10

What to do in an em

ergency

6

6-11

TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING SYSTEM (TPMS)

(1) Low Tire Pressure Telltale/TPMSMalfunction Indicator

(2) Low Tire Pressure Position Telltale(shown on the LCD display)

Check tire pressure

• You can check the tire pressure inthe Information Mode on the clus-ter.- Refer to "User Settings Mode" in

chapter 4.• Tire pressure is displayed 1~2 min-

utes after driving.• You can change the tire pressure

unit in the User Settings Mode onthe cluster.- psi, kpa, bar (Refer to "User

Settings Mode" in chapter 4).

Each tire, including the spare (if pro-vided), should be checked monthlywhen cold and inflated to the inflationpressure recommended by the vehi-cle manufacturer on the vehicle plac-ard or tire inflation pressure label. (Ifyour vehicle has tires of a differentsize than the size indicated on thevehicle placard or tire inflation pres-sure label, you should determine theproper tire inflation pressure forthose tires.)As an added safety feature, yourvehicle has been equipped with a tirepressure monitoring system (TPMS)that illuminates a low tire pressuretelltale when one or more of yourtires is significantly under-inflated.Accordingly, when the low tire pres-sure telltale illuminates, you shouldstop and check your tires as soon aspossible, and inflate them to theproper pressure. Driving on a signifi-cantly under-inflated tire causes thetire to overheat and can lead to tirefailure. Under-inflation also reducesfuel efficiency and tire tread life, andmay affect the vehicle’s handling andstopping ability.

OKH063025N

OKH043415N


OKH043403N

KH CAN (ENG) 6:2015 3/26/2015 6:35 AM Page 11

Please note that the TPMS is not asubstitute for proper tire maintenance,and it is the driver’s responsibility tomaintain correct tire pressure, even ifunder-inflation has not reached thelevel to trigger illumination of theTPMS low tire pressure telltale.

Your vehicle has also been equippedwith a TPMS malfunction indicator toindicate when the system is not oper-ating properly. The TPMS malfunctionindicator is combined with the low tirepressure telltale. When the systemdetects a malfunction, the telltale willflash for approximately one minuteand then remain continuously illumi-nated. This sequence will continueupon subsequent vehicle start-ups aslong as the malfunction exists.When the malfunction indicator is illu-minated, the system may not be ableto detect or signal low tire pressureas intended. TPMS malfunctions mayoccur for a variety of reasons, includ-ing the installation of replacement oralternate tires or wheels on the vehi-cle that prevent the TPMS from func-tioning properly.

Always check the TPMS malfunctiontelltale after replacing one or moretires or wheels on your vehicle toensure that the replacement or alter-nate tires and wheels allow the TPMSto continue to function properly.

✽ NOTICEIf any of the below happens, havethe system be checked by an author-ized Kia Premium dealer.1.The low tire pressure telltale/

TPMS malfunction indicator doesnot illuminate for 3 seconds whenthe Engine Start/Stop button isturned to the ON or engine is run-ning.

2.The TPMS malfunction indicatorremains illuminated after blinkingfor approximately 1 minute.

3.The Low tire pressure positiontelltale remains illuminated.

6-12


KH CAN (ENG) 6:2015 3/26/2015 6:35 AM Page 12

What to do in an em

ergency

6

6-13

Low tire pressure telltale

Low tire pressure position tell-tale

When the tire pressure monitoringsystem warning indicators are illumi-nated and warning message dis-played on the cluster LCD display,one or more of your tires is signifi-cantly under-inflated. The low tirepressure position telltale light willindicate which tire is significantlyunder-inflated by illuminating the cor-responding position light.

If either telltale illuminates, immedi-ately reduce your speed, avoid hardcornering and anticipate increasedstopping distances. You should stopand check your tires as soon as pos-sible. Inflate the tires to the properpressure as indicated on the vehi-cle’s placard or tire inflation pressurelabel located on the driver’s side cen-ter pillar outer panel. If you cannot reach a service stationor if the tire cannot hold the newlyadded air, replace the low pressuretire with the spare tire. If you drive the vehicle for about 20minutes at speeds above 25 km/h(15 mph) after replacing the lowpressure tire with the spare tire, thebelow will happen:• The TPMS malfunction indicator

may blink for approximately 1 minuteand then remain continuously illumi-nated because the TPMS sensor isnot mounted on the spare wheel.

✽ NOTICEThe spare tire is not equipped with atire pressure sensor.

• In winter or cold weather, the lowtire pressure telltale may be illumi-nated if the tire pressure wasadjusted to the recommended tireinflation pressure in warm weather.It does not mean your TPMS ismalfunctioning because thedecreased temperature leads to aproportional lowering of tire pres-sure.

• When you drive your vehicle from awarm area to a cold area or from acold area to a warm area, or theoutside temperature is greatlyhigher or lower, you should checkthe tire inflation pressure andadjust the tires to the recommend-ed tire inflation pressure.

• The tire pressure may varydepending on various factorsincluding the temperature condi-tions of parking area, driving condi-tions and ambient temperature,altitude above sea level.

OKH043415N


KH CAN (ENG) 6:2015 3/26/2015 6:35 AM Page 13

6-14


• The tire pressure displayed on theinstrument panel may be differentfrom the tire pressure measured bya tire pressure gauge.

TPMS (Tire PressureMonitoring System)malfunction indicator

The TPMS malfunction indicator willilluminate after it blinks for approxi-mately one minute when there is aproblem with the Tire PressureMonitoring System.Have the system checked by anauthorized Kia Premium dealer assoon as possible to determine thecause of the problem.

✽ NOTICEIf there is a malfunction with theTPMS, the low tire pressure positiontelltale will not be displayed eventhough the vehicle has an under-inflated tire.

• The TPMS malfunction indicatormay blink for approximately 1minute and then remain continu-ously illuminated if the vehicle ismoving around electric power sup-ply cables or radio transmitter suchas at police stations, governmentand public offices, broadcastingstations, military installations, air-ports, or transmitting towers, etc.This can interfere with normaloperation of the Tire PressureMonitoring System (TPMS).

• The TPMS malfunction indicatormay blink for approximately 1minute and then remain continu-ously illuminated if the snow chainsare used or some separate elec-tronic devices such as notebookcomputer, mobile charger, remotestarter or navigation etc., are usedin the vehicle. This can interferewith normal operation of the TirePressure Monitoring System(TPMS).

Low pressure damageSignificantly low tire pressuremakes the vehicle unstable andcan contribute to loss of vehiclecontrol and increased brakingdistances.Continued driving on low pres-sure tires can cause the tires tooverheat and fail.

WARNING

KH CAN (ENG) 6:2015 3/26/2015 6:35 AM Page 14

What to do in an em

ergency

6

6-15

Changing a tire with TPMSIf you have a flat tire, the Low TirePressure and Position telltales willcome on. Have the flat tire repairedby an authorized Kia Premium deal-er as soon as possible or replace theflat tire with the spare tire.

Each wheel is equipped with a tirepressure sensor mounted inside thetire behind the valve stem. You mustuse TPMS specific wheels. It is rec-ommended that you always haveyour tires serviced by an authorizedKia Premium dealer.If you drive the vehicle for about 20minutes at speeds above 25 km/h(15 mph) after replacing the lowpressure tire with the spare tire, thebelow will happen:• The TPMS malfunction indicator

may blink for approximately 1minute and then remain continu-ously illuminated because theTPMS sensor is not mounted onthe spare wheel.

You may not be able to identify a tirewith low pressure by simply lookingat it. Always use a good quality tirepressure gauge to measure. Pleasenote that a tire that is hot (from beingdriven) will have a higher pressuremeasurement than a tire that is cold. A cold tire means the vehicle hasbeen sitting for 3 hours and driven forless than 1.6 km (1 mile) in that 3 hourperiod.Allow the tire to cool before measur-ing the inflation pressure. Always besure the tire is cold before inflating tothe recommended pressure.

Repair AgentsNever use a puncture-repairingagent not approved by KiaPremium dealer to repair and/orinflate a low pressure tire. Tiresealant not approved by KiaPremium dealer may damagethe tire pressure sensor.

CAUTION

KH CAN (ENG) 6:2015 3/26/2015 6:35 AM Page 15

6-16


✽ NOTICETampering with, modifying, or dis-abling the Tire Pressure MonitoringSystem (TPMS) components mayinterfere with the system's ability towarn the driver of low tire pressureconditions and/or TPMS malfunc-tions. Tampering with, modifying, ordisabling the Tire PressureMonitoring System (TPMS) compo-nents may void the warranty for thatportion of the vehicle.




✽ NOTICEChanges or modifications notexpressly approved by the partyresponsible for compliance couldvoid the user’s authority to operatethe equipment.

TPMS• The TPMS cannot alert you to

severe and sudden tire dam-age caused by external factorssuch as nails or road debris.

• If you feel any vehicle instabil-ity, immediately take your footoff the accelerator, apply thebrakes gradually with lightforce, and slowly move to asafe position off the road.

WARNING

KH CAN (ENG) 6:2015 3/26/2015 6:35 AM Page 16

What to do in an em

ergency

6

6-17

IF YOU HAVE A FLAT TIREJack and tools

The jack, jack handle, and wheel lugnut wrench are stored in the luggagecompartment. Pull up the luggagebox cover to reach this equipment.

(1) Jack handle(2) Jack(3) Wheel lug nut wrench(4) Screw driver

(phillips and flat-head)(5) Spanner(6) Tool for removing wheel cap

Jacking instructions The jack is provided for emergencytire changing only.To prevent the jack from “rattling”while the vehicle is in motion, store itproperly.Follow jacking instructions to reducethe possibility of personal injury.

• Always move the vehicle complete-ly off the road and onto the shoul-der before trying to change a tire.The jack should be used on levelfirm ground. If you cannot find afirm, level place off the road, call atowing service company for assis-tance.

• Be sure to use the correct front andrear jacking positions on the vehi-cle; never use the bumpers or anyother part of the vehicle for jacksupport.

• Do not start or run the engine whilethe vehicle is on the jack.

• Do not allow anyone to remain inthe vehicle while it is on the jack.

• Make sure any children presentare in a secure place away fromthe road and from the vehicle to beraised with the jack.

OKH065005NChanging tires

Never attempt vehicle repairs inthe traffic lanes of a public roador highway.

WARNING

KH CAN (ENG) 6:2015 3/26/2015 6:35 AM Page 17

Removing and storing thespare tire

Turn the tire hold-down wing boltcounterclockwise.Store the tire in the reverse order ofremoval.To prevent the spare tire and toolsfrom “rattling” while the vehicle is inmotion, store them properly.

OKH063006N

6-18


Tire JackNever use the bumper or otherparts of the vehicle to supportthe vehicle jack. The vehicle caneasily roll off the jack causingserious injury or death. No per-son should place any portion oftheir body under a vehicle thatis supported only by a jack; usevehicle support stands.

WARNING

Running vehicle on jackDo not start or run the engine ofthe vehicle while the vehicle ison the jack as this may causethe vehicle to fall off the jack.

WARNING

KH CAN (ENG) 6:2015 3/26/2015 6:35 AM Page 18

What to do in an em

ergency

6

6-19

If it is hard to loosen the tire hold-down wing bolt by a hand, you canloosen it easily using the Jack handle.1.Put the Jack handle (1) into the

inside of tire hold-down wing bolt.2.Turn the tire hold-down wing bolt

counterclockwise by the Jack han-dle to utilize the principles of thelever and fulcrum.

Changing tires

1.Park on a level surface and applythe parking brake firmly.

2.Shift the shift lever into P (Park).3.Activate the hazard warning flasher.

OKH063003N

When you remove or store thespare tire, do not contact orbump the battery with the sparetire. Contacting or bumping thebattery may cause failure ofelectrical circuits.

CAUTION

OKH065030N

KH CAN (ENG) 6:2015 3/26/2015 6:35 AM Page 19

6-20


4.Remove the wheel lug nut wrench,jack, jack handle, and spare tirefrom the vehicle.

5.Block both the front and rear of thewheel that is diagonally oppositethe jack position.

6.Insert the tool (1) into the hole andpull out the wheel cap.

OKH065008N

Changing a tire• To prevent vehicle movement

while changing a tire, alwaysset the parking brake fully,and always block the wheeldiagonally opposite the wheelbeing changed.

• We recommend that thewheels of the vehicle beblocked, and that no personremain in a vehicle that isbeing jacked.

WARNING

OKH065009N

When removing the wheel cap,if you use any other tool exceptthe tool (1), the wheel cap maybe damaged.

CAUTION

KH CAN (ENG) 6:2015 3/26/2015 6:35 AM Page 20

What to do in an em

ergency

6

6-21

7.Loosen the wheel lug nuts counter-clockwise one turn each insequence of number, but do notremove any nut until the tire hasbeen raised off the ground.

8.Place the jack at the front (1) orrear (2) jacking position closest tothe tire you are changing. Place thejack at the designated locationsunder the frame. The jacking posi-tions are plates welded to theframe with two tabs and a raiseddot to index with the jack.

OKH063026N

OKH063011N

Place the jack not to damage tothe plastic guard. If you placethe jack at the plastic guard andjack up the vehicle, the plasticguard may be damaged.

CAUTION

Jack locationTo reduce the possibility ofinjury, be sure to use only thejack provided with the vehicleand in the correct jack position;never use any other part of thevehicle for jack support.

WARNING

OKH065010N

KH CAN (ENG) 6:2015 3/26/2015 6:35 AM Page 21

6-22


9.Insert the jack handle into the jackand turn it clockwise, raising thevehicle until the tire just clears theground. This measurement isapproximately 30 mm (1.2 in). Before removing the wheel lugnuts, make sure the vehicle is sta-ble and that there is no chance formovement or slippage.

10.Loosen the wheel nuts andremove them with your fingers.Slide the wheel off the studs andlay it flat so it cannot roll away. Toput the wheel on the hub, pick upthe spare tire, line up the holeswith the studs and slide the wheelonto them. If this is difficult, tip thewheel slightly and get the tophole in the wheel lined up with thetop stud. Then jiggle the wheelback and forth until the wheel canbe slid over the other studs.Wheels may have sharp edges.Handle them carefully to avoidpossible severe injury. Before put-ting the wheel into place, be surethat there is nothing on the hub orwheel (such as mud, tar, gravel,etc.) that prevents the wheel fromfitting solidly against the hub.

OKH063012N

Installing a wheelMake sure the wheel makesgood contact with the hub wheninstalled. If the contact of themounting surface between thewheel and hub is not good, thewheel nuts could come looseand cause the loss of a wheel.Loss of a wheel may result inloss of control of the vehicle.

WARNING

KH CAN (ENG) 6:2015 3/26/2015 6:35 AM Page 22

What to do in an em

ergency

6

6-23

11. To reinstall the wheel, hold it onthe studs, put the wheel nuts onthe studs and tighten them fingertight. The nuts should be installedwith their tapered small diameterends directed inward. Jiggle thetire to be sure it is completelyseated, then tighten the nuts asmuch as possible with your fin-gers again.

12. Lower the vehicle to the groundby turning the wheel nut wrenchcounterclockwise. Then position the wrench as shown

in the drawing and tighten the wheelnuts. Be sure the socket is seatedcompletely over the nut. Do not standon the wrench handle or use anextension pipe over the wrench han-dle. Go around the wheel tighteningevery other nut until they are all tight.Then double-check each nut fortightness. After changing wheels,have an authorized Kia Premiumdealer tighten the wheel nuts to theirproper torque as soon as possible.

Wheel nut tightening torque:Steel wheel & aluminum alloy wheel:9~11 kg·m (65~79 lb·ft)

If you have a tire gauge, remove thevalve cap and check the air pressure.If the pressure is lower than recom-mended, drive slowly to the nearestservice station and inflate to the cor-rect pressure. If it is too high, adjustit until it is correct. Always reinstallthe valve cap after checking oradjusting tire pressure. If the cap isnot replaced, air may leak from thetire. If you lose a valve cap, buyanother and install it as soon as pos-sible.After you have changed wheels,always secure the flat tire in its placeand return the jack and tools to theirproper storage locations.

OKH065013N

KH CAN (ENG) 6:2015 3/26/2015 6:35 AM Page 23

6-24


Note that most lug nuts do not havemetric threads. Be sure to useextreme care in checking for threadstyle before installing aftermarket lugnuts or wheels. If in doubt, consult anauthorized Kia Premium dealer.

To prevent the jack, jack handle,wheel lug nut wrench and spare tirefrom rattling while the vehicle is inmotion, store them properly.

Important - use of compact sparetireYour vehicle is equipped with a com-pact spare tire. This compact sparetire takes up less space than a regu-lar-size tire. This tire is smaller than aconventional tire and is designed fortemporary use only.• You should drive carefully when

the compact spare is in use. Thecompact spare should be replacedby the proper conventional tire andrim at the first opportunity.

• The operation of this vehicle is notrecommended with more than onecompact spare tire in use at thesame time.

Reusing lug nutsMake certain during wheelremoval that the same nuts thatwere removed are reinstalled -or, if replaced, that nuts withmetric threads and the samechamfer configuration are used.Your vehicle has metric threadson the wheel studs and nuts.Installation of a non-metricthread nut on a metric stud willnot secure the wheel to the hubproperly and will damage thestud so that it must be replaced.If in doubt, consult an author-ized Kia Premium dealer.

CAUTION

Wheel studsDo not drive your vehicle withdamaged wheel studs. If thestuds are damaged, they maylose their ability to retain thewheel. This could lead to theloss of the wheel and a collisionresulting in serious injuries.

WARNING

Inadequate spare tirepressure

Check the inflation pressuresas soon as possible afterinstalling the spare tire. Adjustit to the specified pressure, ifnecessary. Refer to “Tires andwheels” section 8.

WARNING

KH CAN (ENG) 6:2015 3/26/2015 6:36 AM Page 24

What to do in an em

ergency

6

6-25

The compact spare should be inflat-ed to 420 kPa (60 psi).

✽ NOTICECheck the inflation pressure afterinstalling the spare tire. Adjust it tothe specified pressure, as necessary.

When using a compact spare tire,observe the following precautions:• Under no circumstances should you

exceed 80 km/h (50 mph); a higherspeed could damage the tire.

• Ensure that you drive slowlyenough for the road conditions toavoid all hazards. Any road hazard,such as a pothole or debris, couldseriously damage the compactspare.

• Any continuous road use of this tirecould result in tire failure, loss ofvehicle control, and possible per-sonal injury.

• Do not exceed the vehicle’s maxi-mum load rating or the load-carry-ing capacity shown on the sidewallof the compact spare tire.

• Avoid driving over obstacles. Thecompact spare tire diameter issmaller than the diameter of a con-ventional tire and reduces theground clearance approximately25 mm (1 inch), which could resultin damage to the vehicle.

• Do not take this vehicle through anautomatic car wash while the com-pact spare tire is installed.

• Do not use the compact spare tireon any other vehicle because thistire has been designed especiallyfor your vehicle.

• The compact spare tire’s tread lifeis shorter than a regular tire.Inspect your compact spare tireregularly and replace worn com-pact spare tires with the same sizeand design, mounted on the samewheel.

Spare TireThe compact spare tire is foremergency use only. Do notoperate your vehicle on thiscompact spare at speeds over80 km/h (50 mph). The originaltire should be repaired orreplaced as soon as is possibleto avoid failure of the sparepossibly leading to personalinjury or death.

WARNING

KH CAN (ENG) 6:2015 3/26/2015 6:36 AM Page 25

6-26


• The compact spare tire should notbe used on any other wheels, norshould standard tires, snow tires,wheel covers or trim rings be usedwith the compact spare wheel. Ifsuch use is attempted, damage tothese items or other car compo-nents may occur.

• Do not use more than one compactspare tire at a time.

• Do not tow a trailer while the com-pact spare tire is installed.

• When the original tire and wheelare repaired and reinstalled on thevehicle, the wheel nut torque mustbe set correctly to prevent wheelvibration. The correct wheel nuttightening torque is 9~11 kg.m(65~79 lb-ft).

KH CAN (ENG) 6:2015 3/26/2015 6:36 AM Page 26

What to do in an em

ergency

6

6-27

Jack label 1.Model Name2.Maximum allowable load3.When using the jack, set your park-

ing brake.4.When using the jack, stop the

engine.5.Do not get under a vehicle that is

supported by a jack.6.The designated locations under

the frame7.When supporting the vehicle, the

base plate of jack must be verticalunder the lifting point.

8.Shift into Reverse gear on vehicleswith manual transmission or movethe shift lever to the P position onvehicles with automatic transmis-sion.

9.The jack should be used on firmlevel ground.

10.Jack manufacturer11.Production date12.Representative company and

address

❈The actual Jack label in the vehicle may differ from the illustration. For moredetailed specifications, refer to the label attached to the jack.

OHYK064001

OHYK065005

■ Type A■ Example

■ Type B

OHYK064002

■ Type C

KH CAN (ENG) 6:2015 3/26/2015 6:36 AM Page 27

6-28


TOWINGTowing service

If emergency towing is necessary,we recommend having it done by anauthorized Kia Premium dealer or acommercial tow-truck service.Proper lifting and towing proceduresare necessary to prevent damage tothe vehicle. The use of wheel dolliesor flatbed is recommended.

It is acceptable to tow the vehiclewith the front wheels on the ground(without dollies) and the rear wheelsoff the ground.If any of the loaded wheels or sus-pension components are damagedor the vehicle is being towed with therear wheels on the ground, use atowing dolly under the rear wheels.When being towed by a commercialtow truck and wheel dollies are notused, the rear of the vehicle shouldalways be lifted, not the front. • Ensure any metal parts on the tie-

down straps do not contact paintedsurfaces or the face of the wheels.

• Do not place straps over the bodypanels or through the wheels. OKH064014N

A

B

Cdolly

Attaching straps to the chasis,suspension or other parts ofthe body can cause damage.

CAUTION

OKH065027N

Side and curtain air bagIf your vehicle is equipped withside and curtain air bag, set theignition switch to LOCK or ACCposition when the vehicle isbeing towed. The side and cur-tain air bag may deploy whenthe ignitions is ON, and therollover sensor detects the situ-ation as a rollover.

WARNING

KH CAN (ENG) 6:2015 3/26/2015 6:36 AM Page 28

What to do in an em

ergency

6

6-29

When towing your vehicle in anemergency without wheel dollies : 1.Set the Engine Start/Stop Button in

the ACC position.2.Place the shift lever in N (Neutral).3.Release the parking brake.

OKH063016N

OKH063015N

• Do not tow the vehicle withthe rear wheels on the groundas this may cause damage tothe vehicle.

• Do not tow with sling-typeequipment. Use wheel lift orflatbed equipment.

CAUTION

OKH053104N

Failure to place the shift lever inN (Neutral) may cause internaldamage to the transaxle.

CAUTION

If the ECS malfunction indicatorilluminates when there is no airin the suspension, the vehicleheight will be very low, so do notdrive the vehicle to protect itfrom projections on the ground.Take your vehicle to an author-ized Kia Premium dealer by tow-ing the vehicle and have the sys-tem checked. You should tow thevehicle as shown the picture.

CAUTION

KH CAN (ENG) 6:2015 3/26/2015 6:36 AM Page 29

6-30


When you load the vehicle onto thetow truck, the loading angle(1) shouldbe smaller than 6°.

Removable towing hook (if equipped)

1.Open the trunk, and remove thetowing hook from the tool case.

2.Remove the hole cover by pressingthe lower part of the cover on thefront or rear bumper.

3.Install the towing hook by turning itclockwise into the hole until it isfully secured.

4.Remove the towing hook andinstall the cover after use.

OKH053105N

OKH063018N

OKH065019N

■ Front

■ Rear

KH CAN (ENG) 6:2015 3/26/2015 6:36 AM Page 30

What to do in an em

ergency

6

6-31

Emergency towing

If towing is necessary, have itdone by an authorized KiaPremium dealer or a commercialtow truck service.

If towing service is not available in anemergency, your vehicle may betemporarily towed using a cable orchain secured to the emergency tow-ing hook under the front (or rear) ofthe vehicle. Use extreme cautionwhen towing the vehicle. A drivermust be in the vehicle to steer it andoperate the brakes.Towing in this manner may be doneonly on hard-surfaced roads for ashort distance and at low speeds.Also, the wheels, axles, power train,steering and brakes must all be ingood condition.• Do not use the tow hooks to pull a

vehicle out of mud, sand or otherconditions from which the vehiclecannot be driven out under its ownpower.

• Avoid towing a vehicle heavier thanthe vehicle doing the towing.

• The drivers of both vehicles shouldcommunicate with each other fre-quently.

• Before emergency towing, checkthat the hook is not broken or dam-aged.

• Fasten the towing cable or chainsecurely to the hook.

• Do not jerk the hook. Apply steadyand even force.

• To avoid damaging the hook, donot pull from the side or at a verti-cal angle. Always pull straightahead.

OKH063020N

OKH065021N

■ Front

■ Rear

• Attach a towing strap to thetow hook.

• Using a portion of the vehicleother than the tow hooks fortowing may damage the bodyof your vehicle.

• Use only a cable or chainspecifically intended for usein towing vehicles. Securelyfasten the cable or chain tothe towing hook provided.

CAUTION

KH CAN (ENG) 6:2015 3/26/2015 6:36 AM Page 31

6-32


• If the disabled vehicle cannot bemoved, do not forcibly continue thetowing. Contact an authorized KiaPremium dealer or a commercialtow truck service for assistance.

• Tow the vehicle as straight aheadas possible.

• Use a towing strap less than 5 m(16 feet) long. Attach a white or redcloth (about 30 cm (12 inches)wide) in the middle of the strap foreasy visibility.

• Drive carefully so that the towingstrap is not loosened during tow-ing.

✽ NOTICEContact an authorized Kia Premiumdealer and tow the vehicle.

Emergency towing precautions• Place the transaxle shift lever in N

(Neutral).• Release the parking brake.• Press the brake pedal with more

force than normal since you willhave reduced brake performance.

• More steering effort will berequired because the power steer-ing system will be disabled.

• If you are driving down a long hill,the brakes may overheat and brakeperformance will be reduced. Stopoften and let the brakes cool off.

• If the car is being towed with allfour wheels on the ground, it canbe towed only from the front. Besure that the transmission is inneutral. Be sure the steering isunlocked by placing the EngineStart/Stop Button in the ACC posi-tion. A driver must be in the towedvehicle to operate the steering andbrakes.

Use extreme caution when tow-ing the vehicle. Avoid sudden starts or erraticdriving maneuvers which wouldplace excessive stress on theemergency towing hook andtowing cable or chain. The hookand towing cable or chain maybreak and cause serious injuryor damage.Keep away from the vehicle dur-ing towing.

WARNING

OKH063022N

KH CAN (ENG) 6:2015 3/26/2015 6:36 AM Page 32

What to do in an em

ergency

6

6-33

Automatic transmission• To avoid serious damage to the

automatic transmission, limitthe vehicle speed to 15 km/h(10 mph) and drive less than1.5 km (1 mile) when towing.

• Before towing, check the auto-matic transmission for fluidleaks under your vehicle. Ifthe automatic transmissionfluid is leaking, flatbed equip-ment or a towing dolly mustbe used.

CAUTION

KH CAN (ENG) 6:2015 3/26/2015 6:36 AM Page 33

7

Maintenance

Engine compartment ..........................................7-3Maintenance services.........................................7-5

• Owner’s responsibility .............................................7-5• Owner maintenance precautions ............................7-6

Owner maintenance............................................7-8• Owner maintenance schedule ...............................7-8

Scheduled maintenance service.......................7-10• Normal maintenance schedule .............................7-11• Maintenance under severe usage conditions........7-27

Explanation of scheduled maintenance items ..7-29Engine oil ..........................................................7-32

• Checking the engine oil level ................................7-32• Changing the engine oil and filter .........................7-33

Engine coolant ..................................................7-34• Checking the coolant level ....................................7-34• Changing the coolant ............................................7-37

Brake fluid .........................................................7-38• Checking the brake fluid level ...............................7-38

Power steering fluid ..........................................7-39• Checking the power steering fluid level.................7-39• Checking the power steering hose........................7-39

Washer fluid ......................................................7-40• Checking the washer fluid level.............................7-40

Air cleaner.........................................................7-41• Filter replacement .................................................7-41

Climate control air filter.....................................7-44• Filter inspection .....................................................7-44• Filter replacement .................................................7-44

Wiper blades.....................................................7-46• Blade inspection....................................................7-46• Blade replacement ................................................7-46

Battery ..............................................................7-49• For best battery service ........................................7-49• Battery recharging by battery charger ..................7-52• Battery recharging by vehicle................................7-52• Reset items ...........................................................7-53

Tires and wheels...............................................7-54• Tire care ................................................................7-54• Recommended cold tire inflation pressures..........7-54• Checking tire inflation pressure.............................7-55• Tire rotation ...........................................................7-56• Wheel alignment and tire balance.........................7-57• Tire replacement ...................................................7-58• Wheel replacement ...............................................7-59• Tire traction ...........................................................7-59• Tire maintenance...................................................7-59• Tire sidewall labeling .............................................7-60• Low aspect ratio tire ..............................................7-64

7

KH CAN (ENG) 7:2015 3/26/2015 6:39 AM Page 1

7

• Tire terminology and definitions ............................7-65• All season tires .....................................................7-68• Summer tires ........................................................7-68• Snow tires..............................................................7-68• Radial-ply tires ......................................................7-69

Fuses ................................................................7-70• Instrument panel fuse replacement.......................7-71• Engine compartment fuse replacement ................7-73• Fuse/relay panel description .................................7-76

Light bulbs ........................................................7-90• Front light bulb.......................................................7-91• Side repeater light bulb replacement ...................7-93• Rear combination light bulb replacement..............7-93• High mounted stop light ........................................7-94• License plate lamp replacement ...........................7-94• Interior light bulb replacement...............................7-95

Appearance care ..............................................7-96• Exterior care..........................................................7-96• Interior care .........................................................7-102

Emission control system.................................7-104• Crankcase emission control system....................7-104• Evaporative emission control (including orvr:

Onboard refueling vapor recovery) system......7-104• Exhaust emission control system........................7-105

KH CAN (ENG) 7:2015 3/26/2015 6:39 AM Page 2

Maintenance

7

7-3

ENGINE COMPARTMENT

1. Engine oil dipstick

2. Engine oil filler cap

3. Engine coolant reservoir

4. Radiator cap

5. Brake fluid reservoir

6. Power steering fluid reservoir

7. Windshield washer fluid reservoir

8. Air cleaner

9. Fuse box

10. Jumper terminal

OKH015008N


■ 3.8L Engine

KH CAN (ENG) 7:2015 3/26/2015 6:39 AM Page 3

7-4

Maintenance

OKH013006N

1. Engine coolant reservoir

2. Radiator cap

3. Brake fluid reservoir

4. Air cleaner

5. Engine oil dipstick

6. Engine oil filler cap

7. Windshield washer fluid reservoir

8. Fuse box

9. Power steering fluid reservoir

10. Jumper terminal


■ 5.0L Engine

KH CAN (ENG) 7:2015 3/26/2015 6:40 AM Page 4

Maintenance

7

7-5

MAINTENANCE SERVICESYou should exercise the utmost careto prevent damage to your vehicleand injury to yourself whenever per-forming any maintenance or inspec-tion procedures.Should you have any doubts con-cerning the inspection or servicing ofyour vehicle, we strongly recom-mend that you have an authorizedKia Premium dealer perform thiswork.An authorized Kia Premium dealerhas factory-trained technicians andgenuine Kia parts to service yourvehicle properly. For expert adviceand quality service, see an author-ized Kia Premium dealer.Inadequate, incomplete or insuffi-cient servicing may result in opera-tional problems with your vehicle thatcould lead to vehicle damage, anaccident, or personal injury.

Owner’s responsibility

✽ NOTICEMaintenance Service and RecordRetention are the owner's responsi-bility.

You should retain documents thatshow proper maintenance has beenperformed on your vehicle in accor-dance with the scheduled mainte-nance service charts shown on thefollowing pages. You need this infor-mation to establish your compliancewith the servicing and maintenancerequirements of your vehicle war-ranties.Detailed warranty information is pro-vided in your Service Passport.Repairs and adjustments required asa result of improper maintenance ora lack of required maintenance arenot covered.We recommend you have your vehi-cle maintained and repaired by anauthorized Kia Premium dealer.

An authorized Kia Premium dealermeets Kia’s high service quality stan-dards and receives technical supportfrom Kia in order to provide you witha high level of service satisfaction.

KH CAN (ENG) 7:2015 3/26/2015 6:40 AM Page 5

7-6

Maintenance

Owner maintenance precau-tions Improper or incomplete service mayresult in problems. This section givesinstructions only for the maintenanceitems that are easy to perform. As explained earlier in this section,several procedures can be done onlyby an authorized Kia Premium deal-er with special tools.

✽ NOTICEImproper owner maintenance dur-ing the warranty period may affectwarranty coverage. For details, readthe separate Warranty &Maintenance book provided withthe vehicle. If you're unsure aboutany servicing or maintenance proce-dure, have it done by an authorizedKia Premium dealer.

Maintenance workDo not wear jewelry or looseclothing while working underthe hood of your vehicle withthe engine running. These canbecome entangled in movingparts, if you must run theengine while working under thehood, make certain that youremove all jewelry (especiallyrings, bracelets, watches, andnecklaces) and all neckties,scarves, and similar looseclothing before getting near theengine or cooling fans.

WARNING

KH CAN (ENG) 7:2015 3/26/2015 6:40 AM Page 6

• Do not put heavy objects or applyexcessive force on top of theengine cover (if equipped) or fuelrelated parts.

• When you inspect the fuel system(fuel lines and fuel injectiondevices), we recommend that youcontact an authorized Kia Premiumdealer.

• Do not drive long time with theengine cover (if equipped) removed.

• When checking the engine room,do not go near fire.

• Fuel, washer fluid, etc. are flam-mable oils that may cause fire.

• Before touching the battery, igni-tion cables and electrical wiring,you should disconnect the battery"-" terminal. You may get an electricshock from the electric current.

• When you remove the interior trimcover with a flat head (-) driver, becareful not to damage the cover.

• Be careful when you replace andclean bulbs to avoid burns or elec-trical shock.

Maintenance

7

7-7

KH CAN (ENG) 7:2015 3/26/2015 6:40 AM Page 7

7-8

Maintenance

OWNER MAINTENANCE The following lists are vehicle checksand inspections that should be per-formed by the owner or an author-ized Kia Premium dealer at the fre-quencies indicated to help ensuresafe, dependable operation of yourvehicle.Any adverse conditions should bebrought to the attention of your deal-er as soon as possible.These Owner Maintenance Checksare generally not covered by war-ranties and you may be charged forlabor, parts and lubricants used.

Owner maintenance schedule When you stop for fuel:• Check the engine oil level.• Check coolant level in coolant

reservoir.• Check the windshield washer fluid

level.• Look for low or under-inflated tires.

While operating your vehicle:• Note any changes in the sound of

the exhaust or any smell ofexhaust fumes in the vehicle.

• Check for vibrations in the steeringwheel. Notice any increased steer-ing effort or looseness in the steer-ing wheel, or change in its straight-ahead position.

• Notice if your vehicle constantlyturns slightly or “pulls” to one sidewhen traveling on smooth, levelroad.

• When stopping, listen and checkfor unusual sounds, pulling to oneside, increased brake pedal travelor “hard-to-push” brake pedal.

• If any slipping or changes in theoperation of your transmissionoccurs, check the transmissionfluid level.

• Check automatic transmission P(Park) function.

• Check parking brake.• Check for fluid leaks under your

vehicle (water dripping from the airconditioning system during or afteruse is normal).

Hot CoolantBe careful when checking yourengine coolant level when theengine is hot. Scalding hotcoolant and steam may blowout under pressure. This couldcause burns or other seriousinjury.

WARNING

KH CAN (ENG) 7:2015 3/26/2015 6:40 AM Page 8

Maintenance

7

7-9

At least monthly:• Check coolant level in the engine

coolant reservoir.• Check the operation of all exterior

lights, including the stoplights, turnsignals and hazard warning flash-ers.

• Check the inflation pressures of alltires including the spare.

At least twice a year (i.e., every Spring and Fall):• Check radiator, heater and air con-

ditioning hoses for leaks or dam-age.

• Check windshield washer sprayand wiper operation. Clean wiperblades with clean cloth dampenedwith washer fluid.

• Check headlight alignment.• Check muffler, exhaust pipes,

shields and clamps.• Check the lap/shoulder belts for

wear and function.• Check for worn tires and loose

wheel lug nuts.

At least once a year:• Clean body and door drain holes.• Lubricate door hinges and checks,

and hood hinges.• Lubricate door and hood locks and

latches.• Lubricate door rubber weather-

strips.• Check the air conditioning system.• Check the power steering fluid

level.• Inspect and lubricate automatic

transmission linkage and controls.• Clean battery and terminals.• Check the brake fluid level.

KH CAN (ENG) 7:2015 3/26/2015 6:40 AM Page 9

7-10

Maintenance

SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE SERVICE Follow Normal Maintenance Scheduleif the vehicle is usually operated wherenone of the following conditions apply.If any of the following conditions apply,follow Maintenance Under SevereUsage Conditions.• Repeated short distance driving.• Driving in dusty conditions or

sandy areas.• Extensive use of brakes.• Driving in areas where salt or other

corrosive materials are being used.• Driving on rough or muddy roads.• Driving in mountainous areas.• Extended periods of idling or low

speed operation.• Driving for a prolonged period in

cold temperatures and/or extreme-ly humid climates.

• More than 50% driving in heavy citytraffic during hot weather above32°C (90°F).

If your vehicle is operated under theabove conditions, you should inspect,replace or refill more frequently thanthe following Normal MaintenanceSchedule. After 120 months or240,000 km (150,000 miles) continueto follow the prescribed maintenanceintervals.

KH CAN (ENG) 7:2015 3/26/2015 6:40 AM Page 10

Maintenance

7

7-11

NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULEThe following maintenance services must be performed to ensure good emission control and performance. Keepreceipts for all vehicle emission services to protect your warranty. Where both mileage and time are shown, the fre-quency of service is determined by whichever occurs first.

*1 : If TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline is not available, onebottle of additive is recommended. Additives areavailable from your authorized Kia Premium dealeralong with information on how to use them. Do notmix other additives.

*2 : Fuel filter & Fuel tank air filter are considered to bemaintenance free but periodic inspection is recom-mended for this maintenance schedule depends onfuel quality. If there are some important safety matterslike fuel flow restriction, surging, loss of power, hardstarting problem etc, replace the fuel filter immediate-ly regardless of maintenance schedule and consultan authorized Kia Premium dealer for details.

*3 : Rear differential oil should be changed anytime reardifferential have been submerged in water.

*4 : The drive belt should be replaced when cracks occuror tension is reduced excessively.

*5 : Use only the specified automatic transmission fluid.(Refer to "Recommended lubricants and capacities"in section 8 or the label in the engine room.)

*6 : Inspect for excessive tappet noise and/or enginevibration and adjust if necessary.

KH CAN (ENG) 7:2015 3/26/2015 6:40 AM Page 11

7-12

Maintenance

12,000 km (7,500 miles) or 6 months

❑ Rotate tires❑ Inspect air cleaner filter❑ Inspect fuel lines, fuel hoses and connections❑ Inspect fuel tank air filter❑ Inspect power steering fluid❑ Inspect vacuum hose❑ Inspect vapor hose and fuel filler cap❑ Replace engine oil and filter

(12,000 km (7,500 miles) or 12 months)❑ Add fuel additives *1

(12,000 km (7,500 miles) or 12 months)

NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE (CONT.)


❑ Rotate tires❑ Inspect air cleaner filter❑ Inspect vacuum hose❑ Inspect air conditioning refrigerant❑ Inspect brake hoses and lines❑ Inspect drive shafts and boots❑ Inspect exhaust pipe and muffler❑ Inspect fuel lines, fuel hoses and connections❑ Inspect fuel tank air filter❑ Inspect front brake disc/pad, calipers❑ Inspect propeller shaft❑ Inspect rear brake disc/pad ❑ Inspect steering gear box, linkage & boots/lower arm ball

joint, upper arm ball joint❑ Inspect suspension mounting bolts❑ Inspect power steering fluid❑ Inspect EHPS (Electronic Hydraulic Power Steering) motor

pump and hoses❑ Inspect vapor hose and fuel filler cap❑ Replace climate control air filter

(for evaporator and blower unit)

(Continued)

❈Inspect : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, cleanor replace.

KH CAN (ENG) 7:2015 3/26/2015 6:40 AM Page 12

Maintenance

7

7-13

(Continued)

❑ Replace engine oil and filter (24,000 km (15,000 miles) or 24 months)

❑ Add fuel additives *1



❑ Rotate tires❑ Inspect air cleaner filter❑ Inspect vacuum hose❑ Inspect power steering fluid❑ Inspect fuel lines, fuel hoses and connections❑ Inspect vapor hose and fuel filler cap❑ Inspect fuel tank air filter❑ Replace engine oil and filter






KH CAN (ENG) 7:2015 3/26/2015 6:40 AM Page 13

7-14

Maintenance



❑ Rotate tires❑ Inspect vacuum hose❑ Inspect air conditioning refrigerant❑ Inspect brake hoses and lines❑ Inspect drive shafts and boots❑ Inspect exhaust pipe and muffler❑ Inspect front brake disc/pads, calipers❑ Inspect propeller shaft❑ Inspect rear brake disc/pads❑ Inspect steering gear box, linkage & boots/lower arm ball

joint, upper arm ball joint❑ Inspect suspension mounting bolts❑ Inspect brake fluid ❑ Inspect fuel filter *2

❑ Inspect fuel lines, fuel hoses and connections❑ Inspect parking brake❑ Inspect vapor hose and fuel filler cap, fuel tank❑ Inspect power steering fluid❑ Inspect EHPS (Electronic Hydraulic Power Steering) motor

pump and hoses

(Continued)

(Continued)

❑ Replace climate control air filter (for evaporator and blower unit)

❑ Replace air cleaner filter❑ Replace engine oil and filter

(48,000 km (30,000 miles) or 48 months)❑ Replace fuel tank air filter *2




KH CAN (ENG) 7:2015 3/26/2015 6:40 AM Page 14

Maintenance

7

7-15


❑ Rotate tires❑ Inspect air cleaner filter❑ Inspect fuel lines, fuel hoses and connections❑ Inspect vapor hose and fuel filler cap❑ Inspect fuel tank air filter❑ Inspect vacuum hose❑ Inspect rear differential oil *3

(64,000 km (40,000 miles) or 48 months❑ Inspect power steering fluid❑ Replace engine oil and filter





❑ Rotate tires

❑ Inspect air cleaner filter❑ Inspect vacuum hose❑ Inspect air conditioning refrigerant❑ Inspect brake hoses and lines❑ Inspect drive shafts and boots❑ Inspect exhaust pipe and muffler❑ Inspect front brake disc/pads, calipers❑ Inspect fuel lines, fuel hoses and connections❑ Inspect vapor hose and fuel filler cap❑ Inspect fuel tank air filter❑ Inspect propeller shaft❑ Inspect rear brake disc/pads❑ Inspect steering gear box, linkage & boots/lower arm ball

joint, upper arm ball joint❑ Inspect suspension mounting bolts❑ Inspect power steering fluid❑ Inspect EHPS (Electronic Hydraulic Power Steering) motor

pump and hoses❑ Replace climate control air filter

(for evaporator and blower unit)

(Continued)


KH CAN (ENG) 7:2015 3/26/2015 6:40 AM Page 15

7-16

Maintenance


(Continued)





❑ Rotate tires❑ Inspect air cleaner filter❑ Inspect fuel lines, fuel hoses and connections❑ Inspect vapor hose and fuel filler cap❑ Inspect fuel tank air filter❑ Inspect vacuum hose❑ Inspect power steering fluid❑ Replace engine oil and filter





KH CAN (ENG) 7:2015 3/26/2015 6:40 AM Page 16

Maintenance

7

7-17



❑ Rotate tires❑ Inspect vacuum hose❑ Inspect air conditioning refrigerant❑ Inspect brake hoses and lines❑ Inspect drive shafts and boots❑ Inspect exhaust pipe and muffler❑ Inspect front brake disc/pads, calipers❑ Inspect fuel lines, fuel hoses and connections❑ Inspect valve clearance (3.8L) *6

❑ Inspect propeller shaft❑ Inspect rear brake disc/pads❑ Inspect steering gear box, linkage & boots/lower arm ball


❑ Inspect parking brake❑ Inspect vapor hose and fuel filler cap, fuel tank❑ Inspect drive belts

(First, 96,000 km (60,000 miles) or 72 monthsafter every 24,000 km (15,000 miles) or 24 months) *4

❑ Inspect power steering fluid

(Continued)

(Continued)

❑ Inspect EHPS (Electronic Hydraulic Power Steering) motorpump and hoses

❑ Replace air cleaner filter❑ Replace climate control air filter

(for evaporator and blower unit)❑ Replace engine oil and filter





KH CAN (ENG) 7:2015 3/26/2015 6:40 AM Page 17

7-18

Maintenance







❑ Rotate tires❑ Inspect air cleaner filter❑ Inspect vacuum hose❑ Inspect air conditioning refrigerant❑ Inspect brake hoses and lines❑ Inspect drive shafts and boots❑ Inspect exhaust pipe and muffler❑ Inspect front brake disc/pads, calipers❑ Inspect fuel lines, fuel hoses and connections❑ Inspect vapor hose and fuel filler cap❑ Inspect fuel tank air filter❑ Inspect propeller shaft❑ Inspect rear brake disc/pads❑ Inspect steering gear box, linkage & boots/lower arm ball

joint, upper arm ball joint❑ Inspect suspension mounting bolts❑ Inspect drive belts

(First, 96,000 km (60,000 miles) or 72 months after every 24,000 km (15,000 miles) or 24 months)*4

❑ Inspect power steering fluid❑ Inspect EHPS (Electronic Hydraulic Power Steering) motor

pump and hoses

(Continued)


KH CAN (ENG) 7:2015 3/26/2015 6:40 AM Page 18

Maintenance

7

7-19


(Continued)

❑ Inspect rear differential oil*3

(128,000 km (80,000 miles) or 96 months)❑ Replace climate control air filter

(for evaporator and blower unit)❑ Replace engine oil and filter









KH CAN (ENG) 7:2015 3/26/2015 6:40 AM Page 19

7-20

Maintenance



❑ Rotate tires❑ Inspect vacuum hose❑ Inspect air conditioning refrigerant❑ Inspect brake hoses and lines❑ Inspect drive shafts and boots❑ Inspect exhaust pipe and muffler❑ Inspect front brake disc/pads, calipers❑ Inspect fuel lines, fuel hoses and connections❑ Inspect propeller shaft❑ Inspect rear brake disc/pads ❑ Inspect steering gear box, linkage & boots/lower arm ball





(Continued)

(Continued)



❑ Replace air cleaner filter❑ Replace engine oil and filter





KH CAN (ENG) 7:2015 3/26/2015 6:40 AM Page 20

Maintenance

7

7-21





(156,000 km (97,500 miles) or 156 months)❑ Replace spark plugs (iridium coated)


❑ Rotate tires❑ Inspect air cleaner filter❑ Inspect vacuum hose❑ Inspect air conditioning refrigerant❑ Inspect brake hoses and lines❑ Inspect drive shafts and boots❑ Inspect exhaust pipe and muffler❑ Inspect front brake disc/pads, calipers❑ Inspect fuel lines, fuel hoses and connections❑ Inspect fuel tank air filter❑ Inspect propeller shaft❑ Inspect rear brake disc/pads❑ Inspect steering gear box, linkage & boots/lower arm ball


(First, 96,000 km (60,000 miles) or 72 months after every 24,000 km (15,000 miles) or 24 months) *4


pump and hoses

(Continued)


KH CAN (ENG) 7:2015 3/26/2015 6:40 AM Page 21

7-22

Maintenance

(Continued)












KH CAN (ENG) 7:2015 3/26/2015 6:40 AM Page 22

Maintenance

7

7-23



❑ Rotate tires❑ Inspect vacuum hose❑ Inspect air conditioning refrigerant❑ Inspect brake hoses and lines❑ Inspect drive shafts and boots❑ Inspect exhaust pipe and muffler❑ Inspect front brake disc/pads, calipers❑ Inspect fuel lines, fuel hoses and connections❑ Inspect propeller shaft❑ Inspect rear brake disc/pads❑ Inspect steering gear box, linkage & boots/lower arm ball





(Continued)

(Continued)


❑ Inspect rear differential oil *3

(192,000 km (120,000 miles) or 144 months)❑ Replace air cleaner filter❑ Replace climate control air filter

(for evaporator and blower unit)❑ Replace fuel tank air filter *2


❑ Replace coolant (First, 192,000 km (120,000 miles) or 120 months after every 48,000 km (30,000 miles) or 24 months)




KH CAN (ENG) 7:2015 3/26/2015 6:40 AM Page 23

7-24

Maintenance







❑ Rotate tires❑ Inspect air cleaner filter❑ Inspect vacuum hose❑ Inspect air conditioning refrigerant❑ Inspect brake hoses and lines❑ Inspect drive shafts and boots❑ Inspect exhaust pipe and muffler❑ Inspect front brake disc/pads, calipers❑ Inspect fuel lines, fuel hoses and connections❑ Inspect vapor hose and fuel filler cap❑ Inspect fuel tank air filter❑ Inspect propeller shaft❑ Inspect rear brake disc/pads❑ Inspect steering gear box, linkage & boots/lower arm ball




pump and hoses

(Continued)


KH CAN (ENG) 7:2015 3/26/2015 6:40 AM Page 24

Maintenance

7

7-25


(Continued)











KH CAN (ENG) 7:2015 3/26/2015 6:40 AM Page 25

7-26

Maintenance

No check, No service required

❑ Automatic transmission fluid *5



❑ Rotate tires❑ Inspect vacuum hose❑ Inspect air conditioning refrigerant❑ Inspect brake hoses and lines❑ Inspect drive shafts and boots❑ Inspect exhaust pipe and muffler❑ Inspect fuel lines, fuel hoses and connections❑ Inspect front brake disc/pads, calipers❑ Inspect propeller shaft❑ Inspect rear brake disc/pads❑ Inspect steering gear box, linkage & boots/lower arm ball

joint, upper arm ball joint❑ Inspect suspension mounting bolts❑ Inspect brake fluid ❑ Inspect parking brake❑ Inspect vapor hose and fuel filler cap, fuel tank❑ Inspect power steering fluid❑ Inspect EHPS (Electronic Hydraulic Power Steering) motor

pump, belt and hoses❑ Inspect rear differential oil *3


(Continued)

(Continued)

❑ Inspect drive belts (First, 96,000 km (60,000 miles) or 72 months after every 24,000 km (15,000 miles) or 24 months)*4

❑ Replace air cleaner filter❑ Replace climate control air filter

(for evaporator and blower unit)❑ Replace coolant

(First, 192,000 km (120,000 miles) or 120 months after every 48,000 km (30,000 miles) or 24 months)


❑ Replace fuel filter *2

❑ Replace fuel tank air filter *2




KH CAN (ENG) 7:2015 3/26/2015 6:40 AM Page 26

Maintenance

7

7-27

MAINTENANCE UNDER SEVERE USAGE CONDITIONSThe following items must be serviced more frequently on cars normally used under severe driving conditions. Refer to the chart below for the appropriate maintenance intervals.R : Replace I : Inspect and, after inspection, clean, adjust, repair or replace if necessary

MAINTENANCE ITEMMAINTENANCE

OPERATIONMAINTENANCE INTERVALS

DRIVING CONDITION

Engine oil and filter REvery 6,000 km (3,750 miles) or

6 monthsA, B, C, D, E, F, G, H, I, J, K

Air cleaner filter I More frequently C, E

Spark plugs R More frequently A, B, H, I, K

Automatic transmission fluid R Every 96,000 km (60,000 miles) A, C, D, E, F,

G, H, I

Front brake disc/pads, calipers I More frequently C, D, G, H

Rear brake disc /pads I More frequently C, D, G, H

Parking brake I More frequently C, D, G, H

KH CAN (ENG) 7:2015 3/26/2015 6:40 AM Page 27

7-28

Maintenance

SEVERE DRIVING CONDITIONSA - Repeatedly driving short distance of less than 8 km

(5 miles) in normal temperature or less than 16 km(10 miles) in freezing temperature

B - Extensive engine idling or low speed driving for longdistances

C- Driving on rough, dusty, muddy, unpaved, graveled orsalt- spread roads

D- Driving in areas using salt or other corrosive materi-als or in very cold weather

E - Driving in sandy areas

F - Driving in heavy traffic area over 32°C (90°F)G- Driving on uphill, downhill, or mountain roadH- Towing a Trailer, or using a camper, or roof rackI - Driving as a patrol car, taxi, other commercial use or

vehicle towingJ - Driving over 170 km/h (106 mph)K - Frequently driving in stop-and-go conditions

MAINTENANCE ITEMMAINTENANCE

OPERATIONMAINTENANCE INTERVALS

DRIVING CONDITION

Steering gear box, linkage & boots/lower arm ball joint, upper arm ball joint

I More frequently C, D, E, F, G, H, I

Drive shafts and boots IEvery 12,000 km (7,500 miles) or

6 monthsC, D, E, F, G,

H, I, J

Rear differential oil R Every 128,000 km (80,000 miles) C, G, H, I, J

Climate control air filter (for evaporator and blower unit)

R More frequently C, E

Propeller shaft IEvery 12,000 km (7,500 miles) or 6

monthsC, E

KH CAN (ENG) 7:2015 3/26/2015 6:40 AM Page 28

Maintenance

7

7-29

EXPLANATION OF SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE ITEMSEngine oil and filterThe engine oil and filter should bechanged at the intervals specified inthe maintenance schedule. If the caris being driven in severe conditions,more frequent oil and filter changesare required.

Drive beltsInspect all drive belts for evidence ofcuts, cracks, excessive wear or oilsaturation and replace if necessary.

Fuel filterA clogged filter can limit the speed atwhich the vehicle may be driven,damage the emission system andcause multiple issues such as hardstarting. If an excessive amount offoreign matter accumulates in thefuel tank, the filter may requirereplacement more frequently.After installing a new filter, run theengine for several minutes, andcheck for leaks at the connections.Fuel filters should be installed by anauthorized Kia Premium dealer.

Fuel lines, fuel hoses and con-nectionsCheck the fuel lines, fuel hoses andconnections for leakage and dam-age. Have an authorized KiaPremium dealer replace any dam-aged or leaking parts immediately.

Vapor hose and fuel filler capThe vapor hose and fuel filler capshould be inspected at those inter-vals specified in the maintenanceschedule. Make sure that a newvapor hose or fuel filler cap is cor-rectly replaced.

Air cleaner filterA Genuine Kia air cleaner filter isrecommended when the filter isreplaced.

Spark plugsMake sure to install new spark plugsof the correct heat range.

KH CAN (ENG) 7:2015 3/26/2015 6:40 AM Page 29

7-30

Maintenance

Cooling systemCheck cooling system components,such as radiator, coolant reservoir,hoses and connections for leakageand damage. Replace any damagedparts.

CoolantThe coolant should be changed atthe intervals specified in the mainte-nance schedule.

Automatic transaxle fluid Automatic transaxle fluid should notbe checked under normal usageconditions.But in severe conditions, the fluidshould be changed at an authorizedKia Premium dealer in accordance tothe scheduled maintenance at thebeginning of this chapter.

✽ NOTICEAutomatic transaxle fluid color isbasically red.As the vehicle is driven, the auto-matic transaxle fluid will begin tolook darker.This is normal condition and youshould not judge the need to replacethe fluid based upon the changedcolor.

The use of a non-specified fluidcould result in transmissionmalfunction and failure.Use only specified automatictransmission fluid. (Refer to“Recommended lubricants andcapacities” in section 8.)

CAUTION

KH CAN (ENG) 7:2015 3/26/2015 6:40 AM Page 30

Maintenance

7

7-31

Brake hoses and linesVisually check for proper installation,chafing, cracks, deterioration andany leakage. Replace any deteriorat-ed or damaged parts immediately.

Brake fluidCheck brake fluid level in the brakefluid reservoir. The level should bebetween “MIN” and “MAX” marks onthe side of the reservoir. Use onlyhydraulic brake fluid conforming toDOT 3 or DOT 4 specification.

Brake discs, pads, calipersand rotorsCheck the pads for excessive wear,discs for run out and wear, andcalipers for fluid leakage.For more information on checkingthe pads or lining wear limit, we rec-ommend you to refer to the Kia web-site.(http://www.kiatechinfo.com)

Exhaust pipe and mufflerVisually inspect the exhaust pipes,muffler and hangers for cracks, dete-rioration, or damage. Start theengine and listen carefully for anyexhaust gas leakage. Tighten con-nections or replace parts as neces-sary.

Suspension mounting boltsCheck the suspension connectionsfor looseness or damage. Retightento the specified torque.

Steering gear box, linkage &boots/lower arm ball jointWith the vehicle stopped and engineoff, check for excessive free-play inthe steering wheel.Check the linkage for bends or dam-age. Check the dust boots and balljoints for deterioration, cracks, ordamage. Replace any damagedparts.

Drive shafts and bootsCheck the drive shafts, boots andclamps for cracks, deterioration, ordamage. Replace any damagedparts and, if necessary, repack thegrease.

Air conditioning refrigerant Check the air conditioning lines andconnections for leakage and dam-age.

KH CAN (ENG) 7:2015 3/26/2015 6:40 AM Page 31

7-32

Maintenance

ENGINE OILChecking the engine oil level

1.Be sure the vehicle is on levelground.

2.Start the engine and allow it toreach normal operating tempera-ture.

3.Turn the engine off and wait for afew minutes (about 5 minutes) forthe oil to return to the oil pan.

4.Pull the dipstick out, wipe it clean,and re-insert it fully.

5.Pull the dipstick out again andcheck the level. The level should bebetween F and L.

Do not spill engine oil, when addingor changing engine oil. If you spillengine oil in the engine room, wipe itoff immediately.

Radiator hoseBe very careful not to touch theradiator hose when checking oradding the engine oil as it maybe hot enough to burn you.

WARNING

Replacement Engine Oil Do not overfill with engine oil.Engine damage may result.

CAUTION

OKH075002N

OKH075085N

■ 3.8L

■ 5.0L

KH CAN (ENG) 7:2015 3/26/2015 6:40 AM Page 32

Maintenance

7

7-33

If it is near or at L, add enough oil tobring the level to F. Do not overfill.

Use a funnel to help prevent oilfrom being spilled on engine com-ponents.

Use only the specified engine oil.(Refer to “Recommended lubricantsand capacities” in section 8.)

Changing the engine oil andfilterHave engine oil and filter changed byan authorized Kia Premium dealeraccording to the MaintenanceSchedule at the beginning of this sec-tion.

Used engine oil may cause irrita-tion or cancer of the skin if left incontact with the skin for pro-longed periods of time. Alwaysprotect your skin by washingyour hands thoroughly withsoap and warm water as soon aspossible after handling used oil.

WARNINGOKH075003N

OKH075086N

■ 3.8L

■ 5.0L

KH CAN (ENG) 7:2015 3/26/2015 6:40 AM Page 33

7-34

Maintenance

ENGINE COOLANTThe high-pressure cooling systemhas a reservoir filled with year-roundantifreeze coolant. The reservoir isfilled at the factory.Check the antifreeze protection andcoolant level at least once a year, atthe beginning of the winter season,and before traveling to a colder cli-mate.

Checking the coolant level • Turn the engine off and wait until itcools down. Use extreme carewhen removing the radiator cap.Wrap a thick towel around it, andturn it counterclockwise slowly tothe first stop. Step back while thepressure is released from the cool-ing system. When you are sure all the pressurehas been released, press down onthe cap, using a thick towel, andcontinue turning counterclockwiseto remove it.

• Even if the engine is not operating,do not remove the radiator cap orthe drain plug while the engine andradiator are hot. Hot coolant andsteam may still blow out underpressure, causing serious injury.

Removing radia-tor cap

Never attempt to remove theradiator cap while the engine isoperating or hot. Doing somight lead to cooling systemand engine damage and couldresult in serious personal injuryfrom escaping hot coolant orsteam.

WARNING

KH CAN (ENG) 7:2015 3/26/2015 6:40 AM Page 34

Maintenance

7

7-35

Check the condition and connectionsof all cooling system hoses andheater hoses. Replace any swollenor deteriorated hoses.The coolant level should be filledbetween F and L marks on the sideof the coolant reservoir when theengine is cool.

If the coolant level is low, add enoughdistilled (deionized) water. Bring thelevel to F, but do not overfill. If fre-quent additions are required, see anauthorized Kia Premium dealer for acooling system inspection.

Cooling fanUse caution whenworking near theblade of the coolingfan. The electricmotor (cooling fan) is

controlled by engine coolanttemperature, refrigerant pres-sure and vehicle speed. it maysometimes operate even whenthe engine is not running. Ifyour vehicle is equipped withGDI, the electric motor (coolingfan) may operate until you dis-connect the negative batterycable.

WARNING

OKH075004N

OKH075087N

■ 3.8L

■ 5.0L

KH CAN (ENG) 7:2015 3/26/2015 6:40 AM Page 35

Recommended engine coolant• When adding coolant, use only

deionized water, distilled water orsoft water for your vehicle andnever mix hard water in the coolantfilled at the factory. An impropercoolant mixture can result in seri-ous malfunction or engine dam-age.

• The engine in your vehicle has alu-minum engine parts and must beprotected by an ethylene-glycol-based coolant to prevent corrosionand freezing.

• DO NOT USE alcohol or methanolcoolant or mix them with the spec-ified coolant.

• Do not use a solution that containsmore than 60% antifreeze or lessthan 35% antifreeze, which wouldreduce the effectiveness of thesolution.

• 50% water and 50% antifreeze mixis the easiest to mix together as itwill be same quantity of each andcan work reasonable for most situ-ations.

For mixture percentage, refer to thefollowing table.

✽ NOTICEIf in doubt about mix ratio 50%water and 50% antifreeze mix is theeasiest to mix together as it will besame quantity of each. It can workreasonable for most temperaturerange of -35°C (-31°F) and higher.

7-36

Maintenance

OKH075005N

OKH075088N

■ 3.8L

■ 5.0L

-15°C (5°F) 35 65

-25°C (-13°F) 40 60

-35°C (-31°F) 50 50

-45°C (-49°F) 60 40

AmbientTemperature

Mixture Percentage (volume)

Antifreeze Water

KH CAN (ENG) 7:2015 3/26/2015 6:40 AM Page 36

Maintenance

7

7-37

Changing the coolantHave coolant changed by an author-ized Kia Premium dealer accordingto the Maintenance Schedule at thebeginning of this section.Put a thick cloth around the radiatorcap before refilling the coolant inorder to prevent the coolant fromoverflowing into engine parts such asthe generator.

Radiator cap

Do not remove the radiator capwhen the engine and radiatorare hot. Scalding hot coolantand steam may blow out underpressure causing serious injury.

WARNING

Coolant• Do not use radiator coolant or

antifreeze in the washer fluidreservoir.

• Radiator coolant can severelyobscure visibility whensprayed on the windshieldand may cause loss of vehiclecontrol or damage to paintand body trim.

WARNING

KH CAN (ENG) 7:2015 3/26/2015 6:40 AM Page 37

7-38

Maintenance

BRAKE FLUIDChecking the brake fluid level

Check the fluid level in the reservoirperiodically. The fluid level should bebetween MAX and MIN marks on theside of the reservoir.

Before removing the reservoir capand adding brake fluid, clean thearea around the reservoir cap thor-oughly to prevent brake fluid contam-ination.If the level is low, add fluid to theMAX level. The level will fall withaccumulated mileage. This is a nor-mal condition associated with thewear of the brake linings. If the fluidlevel is excessively low, have thebrake system checked by an author-ized Kia Premium dealer.

Use only the specified brake fluid.(Refer to “Recommended lubricantsor capacities” in section 8.)

Never mix different types of fluid.

In the event the brake systemrequires frequent additions of fluid,the vehicle should be inspected byan authorized Kia Premium dealer.

When changing and adding brakefluid, handle it carefully. Do not let itcome in contact with your eyes. Ifbrake fluid should come in contactwith your eyes, immediately flushthem with a large quantity of freshtap water. Have your eyes examinedby a doctor as soon as possible.

OKH075006N

OKH075089N

■ 3.8L

■ 5.0L

Proper fluidOnly use brake fluid in brakesystem. Small amounts ofimproper fluids (such as engineoil) can cause damage to thebrake system.

CAUTION

Brake fluidDo not allow brake fluid to con-tact the vehicle's body paint, aspaint damage will result.

CAUTION

KH CAN (ENG) 7:2015 3/26/2015 6:40 AM Page 38

Maintenance

7

7-39

POWER STEERING FLUIDChecking the power steeringfluid level

With the vehicle on level ground,check the fluid level in the powersteering reservoir periodically. Thefluid should be between MAX andMIN marks on the side of the gaugeat the normal temperature.Before adding power steering fluid,thoroughly clean the area around thereservoir cap to prevent power steer-ing fluid contamination.If the level is low, add fluid to theMAX level.

In the event the power steering sys-tem requires frequent addition of fluid,the vehicle should be inspected by anauthorized Kia Premium dealer.

Too little fluid can result in increasedsteering effort and/or noise from thepower steering system.

✽ NOTICECheck that the fluid level is in the"HOT" range on the gauge. If thefluid is cold, check that it is in the"COLD" range.

Use only the specified power steer-ing fluid. (Refer to "Recommendedlubricants or capacities" in section8.)

Checking the power steeringhoseCheck the connections for oil leaks,damage and twists in the powersteering hose before driving.

Low power steering fluid• To avoid damage to the power

steering pump, do not operatethe vehicle for prolonged peri-ods with a low power steeringfluid level.

• Never start the engine whenthe reservoir tank is empty.

• When adding fluid, be carefulthat dirt does not get into thetank.

• The use of the non-specifiedfluid could reduce the effective-ness of the power steering sys-tem and cause damage to it.

CAUTION

OKH073007N

KH CAN (ENG) 7:2015 3/26/2015 6:40 AM Page 39

7-40

Maintenance

WASHER FLUIDChecking the washer fluidlevel

The reservoir is translucent so thatyou can check the level with a quickvisual inspection.Check the fluid level in the washerfluid reservoir and add fluid if neces-sary. Plain water may be used ifwasher fluid is not available.However, use washer solvent withantifreeze characteristics in cold cli-mates to prevent freezing.

Coolant• Do not use radiator coolant or

antifreeze in the washer fluidreservoir.

• Radiator coolant can severelyobscure visibility whensprayed on the windshieldand may cause loss of vehiclecontrol or damage to paintand body trim.

WARNING

OKH075008N

Windshield fluidDo not drink the windshieldwasher fluid. The windshieldwasher fluid is poisonous tohumans and animals.

WARNING

Flammable fluidDo not allow the washer fluid tocome in contact with openflames or sparks. The wind-shield washer fluid is flamma-ble under certain circum-stances. This can result in a fire.

WARNING

KH CAN (ENG) 7:2015 3/26/2015 6:40 AM Page 40

Maintenance

7

7-41

AIR CLEANERFilter replacement

It must be replaced when necessary,and should not be washed.You can clean the filter when inspect-ing the air cleaner element.Clean the filter by using compressedair.

Main air cleaner




(A) : for assemble(B) : for remove


5.Pull the main service cover over7mm (0.28 in) to toward the front ofthe vehicle.

6.Lift the main service cover up andthen remove the main servicecover. Be careful not to damagethe holder under the main servicecover.

OKH073009N

OKH073010N

■ Main air cleaner

■ Chamber air cleaner

OKH073052N

OKH073051N

A B

KH CAN (ENG) 7:2015 3/26/2015 6:40 AM Page 41

7-42

Maintenance

7.Loosen the air cleaner coverattaching clips and open the cover.

8.Wipe the inside of the air cleaner.

9.Replace the air cleaner filter. 10. Lock the cover with the cover

attaching clips.

Chamber air cleaner

1.Loosen the air cleaner coverattaching clips and open the cover.


OKH073012N

KH CAN (ENG) 7:2015 3/26/2015 6:40 AM Page 42

Maintenance

7

7-43

2.Replace the air cleaner filter afterpulling up the locking tab (1).

3.Lock the cover with the coverattaching clips.

Replace the filter according to theMaintenance Schedule.If the vehicle is operated in extreme-ly dusty or sandy areas, replace theelement more often than the usualrecommended intervals. (Refer to“Maintenance under severe usageconditions” in this section.)

OKH073013N Air Filter Maintenance• Do not drive with the air clean-

er removed; this will result inexcessive engine wear.

• When removing the air clean-er filter, be careful that dust ordirt does not enter the airintake, or damage may result.

• Use a Kia genuine part. Use ofnon-genuine parts could dam-age the air flow sensor.

CAUTION

KH CAN (ENG) 7:2015 3/26/2015 6:40 AM Page 43

7-44

Maintenance

CLIMATE CONTROL AIR FILTERFilter inspectionThe climate control air filter shouldbe replaced every 24,000 km(15,000 miles ). If the vehicle is oper-ated in severely air-polluted cities oron dusty rough roads for a long peri-od, it should be inspected more fre-quently and replaced earlier. Whenyou replace the climate control air fil-ter, replace it performing the follow-ing procedure, and be careful toavoid damaging other components.

Filter replacement

1.With the glove box open, removethe stoppers on both sides to allowthe glove box to hang freely on thehinges.

2.Open the glove box and removethe support strap.

OKH073015N

OKH073016N

KH CAN (ENG) 7:2015 3/26/2015 6:40 AM Page 44

Maintenance

7

7-45

3.Remove the climate control air fil-ter cover while pressing the lock onthe left side of the cover.

4.Replace the climate control air fil-ter.

5.Reassemble in the reverse order ofdisassembly.

✽ NOTICEWhen replacing the climate controlair filter install it properly. Otherwise, the system may producenoise and the effectiveness of the fil-ter may be reduced.

OKH073017N OBH078017

KH CAN (ENG) 7:2015 3/26/2015 6:40 AM Page 45

7-46

Maintenance

WIPER BLADES Blade inspection

✽ NOTICECommercial hot waxes applied byautomatic car washes have beenknown to make the windshield diffi-cult to clean.

Contamination of either the wind-shield or the wiper blades with for-eign matter can reduce the effective-ness of the windshield wipers.Common sources of contaminationare insects, tree sap, and hot waxtreatments used by some commer-cial car washes. If the blades are notwiping properly, clean both the win-dow and the blades with a goodcleaner or mild detergent, and rinsethoroughly with clean water.

Blade replacement When the wipers no longer cleanadequately, the blades may be wornor cracked, and require replacement. The use of a non-specified wiperblade could result in wiper malfunc-tion and failure.

OKH073073N

Wiper BladesTo prevent damage to the wiperblades, do not use gasoline,kerosene, paint thinner, or othersolvents on or near them.

CAUTION

To prevent damage to the wiperarms or other components, donot attempt to move the wipersmanually.

CAUTION

KH CAN (ENG) 7:2015 3/26/2015 6:40 AM Page 46

Maintenance

7

7-47

Front windshield wiper blade

For your convenience, move thewindshield wiper blades to the serv-ice position as follows;Turn off the engine.Move the wiper switch to the singlewiping (MIST) position within 20 sec-onds and hold the switch until thewiper blade is in the fully up position.

1.Raise the wiper arm.

2.Turn the wiper blade clip. Then liftup the blade clip.

3.Push the clip (1) and push up thewiper arm (2).

OKH073040N

OKH073074N

OKH073075N

OKH073076N

Wiper ArmsDo not allow the wiper arm tofall against the windshield,since it may chip or crack thewindshield.

CAUTION

KH CAN (ENG) 7:2015 3/26/2015 6:41 AM Page 47

7-48

Maintenance

4.Push down the wiper arm (3) andinstall the new blade assembly inthe reverse order of removal.

5.Return the wiper arm on the wind-shield.

OKH073077N

KH CAN (ENG) 7:2015 3/26/2015 6:41 AM Page 48

Maintenance

7

7-49

BATTERYFor best battery service

The battery is in the trunk.• Keep the battery securely mount-

ed.• Keep the battery top clean and dry.• Keep the terminals and connec-

tions clean, tight, and coated withpetroleum jelly or terminal grease.

• Rinse any spilled electrolyte fromthe battery immediately with asolution of water and baking soda.

• If the vehicle is not going to beused for an extended time, discon-nect the battery cables.

Make sure that the clear tube venthose is connected between the nip-ple at the back side of the batteryand the vehicle body vent nipple.This ensures that if battery vaporsoccur that they will exit the vehiclenot remain in the trunk.

✽ NOTICEThe battery installed in the trunk ofyour vehicle is practically mainte-nance free. Basically equipped battery is main-tenance free type. If your vehicle isequipped with the battery markedwith LOWER and UPPER on theside, you can check the electrolytelevel. The electrolyte level should bebetween LOWER and UPPER. Ifthe electrolyte level is low, it needs toadd distilled (demineralized) water(Never add sulfuric acid or otherelectrolyte). When refill, be carefulnot to splash the battery and adja-cent components. And do not over-fill the battery cells. It can cause cor-rosion on other parts. After thenensure that tighten the cell caps.Have the vehicle checked by anauthorized Kia Premium dealer.

OKH075048N

Refilling battery If your vehicle trunk is equippedwith a battery that is markedLOWER and UPPER, you cancheck the electrolyte levels toensure they are not too low. Ifthe electrolytes levels are low,add distilled (demineralized)water to the battery. Never addsulfuric acid or other liquidswith electrolytes as this cancause damage to the battery. When refilling the battery, donot spill any water on the bat-tery or its adjacent componentsas this can cause corrosion tothose components.

CAUTION

KH CAN (ENG) 7:2015 3/26/2015 6:41 AM Page 49

7-50

Maintenance

Always read the followinginstructions carefully whenhandling a battery.

If any electrolyte gets intoyour eyes, flush your eyeswith clean water for at least15 minutes and get immedi-ate medical attention. If elec-trolyte gets on your skin,thoroughly wash the contact-ed area. If you feel a pain ora burning sensation, getmedical attention immediate-ly.An inappropriately disposedbattery can be harmful to theenvironment and humanhealth. Dispose the batteryaccording to your local law(s)or regulation.

• Never attempt to recharge the bat-tery when the battery cables areconnected.

Risk of Explosion Keep lit cigarettes andother flames or sparksaway from battery.

Hydrogen, a highly com-bustible gas, is alwayspresent in battery cellsand may explode if ignit-ed.

WARNING

Sulfuric acid in batteriesKeep batteries out of thereach of childrenbecause batteries con-tain highly corrosiveSULFURIC ACID. Do notallow battery acid tocontact your skin, eyes,clothing or paint finish.

Wear eye protectionwhen charging or work-ing near a battery.Always provide ventila-tion when working in anenclosed space.

WARNING

KH CAN (ENG) 7:2015 3/26/2015 6:41 AM Page 50

Maintenance

7

7-51

• When you don’t use the vehicle fora long time in a low temperaturearea, disconnect the battery andkeep it indoors.The power trunk is not closed com-pletely when the battery isremoved. When you remove thebattery from the vehicle, refer to"Power trunk" in section 4.

• Always charge the battery fully toprevent battery case from beingdamaged in a low temperaturearea.

• If you connect unauthorized elec-tronic devices to the battery, thebattery may be discharged. Neveruse unauthorized devices.

✽ NOTICERemoving the battery from the vehi-cle should be done at an authorizedKia Premium dealer.

Risk of electrocutionNever touch the electrical igni-tion system while the vehicle isrunning. This system workswith high voltage which can"zap" you.

WARNING

Recharging batteryNever attempt to recharge thebattery when the battery cablesare connected. You can getshocked by the battery.

WARNING

Battery posts, terminals, andrelated accessories containlead and lead compounds,chemicals known to the State ofCalifornia to cause cancer, birthdefects and reproductive harm.Batteries also contain otherchemicals known to the State ofCalifornia to cause cancer.Wash hands after handling.

CALIFORNIA PROPOSITION65 WARNING

KH CAN (ENG) 7:2015 3/26/2015 6:41 AM Page 51

7-52

Maintenance

Battery recharging by batterychargerYour vehicle has a maintenance-free,calcium-based battery.• If the battery becomes discharged

in a short time (because, for exam-ple, the headlights or interior lightswere left on while the vehicle wasnot in use), recharge it by slowcharging (trickle) for 10 hours.

• If the battery gradually dischargesbecause of high electric load whilethe vehicle is being used, rechargeit at 20-30A for two hours.

Battery recharging by vehicleAfter a jump start from a good bat-tery, run the engine for 20-30 min-utes at idle or driving the vehiclebefore it is shutoff. Vehicle may notrestart if you shut it off before thebattery had chance to adequatelyrecharge.When recharging the battery,observe the following precautions:• The battery must be removed from

the vehicle and placed in an areawith good ventilation.

• Do not allow cigarettes, sparks, orflame near the battery.

• Watch the battery during charging,and stop or reduce the chargingrate if the battery cells begingassing (boiling) violently or if thetemperature of the electrolyte ofany cell exceeds 49°C (120°F).

• Wear eye protection when check-ing the battery during charging.

• Disconnect the battery charger inthe following order.

1.Turn off the battery charger mainswitch.

2.Unhook the negative clamp fromthe negative battery terminal.

3.Unhook the positive clamp fromthe positive battery terminal.

• Before performing maintenance orrecharging the battery, turn off allaccessories and stop the engine.

• The negative battery cable must beremoved first and installed lastwhen the battery is disconnected.

• Operation related to the batteryshould be done at an authorizedKia Premium dealer.

KH CAN (ENG) 7:2015 3/26/2015 6:41 AM Page 52

Maintenance

7

7-53

Reset itemsItems should be reset after the bat-tery has been discharged or the bat-tery has been disconnected.• Auto up/down window

(See section 4)• Sunroof (See section 4)• Driver position memory system

(See section 4)• Trip computer (See section 4)• Climate control system

(See section 4)• Clock (See section 4)• Audio (See section 4)• Power trunk (See section 4)

Battery in trunkYour vehicle is equipped with abattery in the trunk. For yoursafety, avoid storing containerswith liquid in the trunk of thevehicle. If the liquid leaks, thiscould contact the battery andcreate a risk of electrocution.

WARNING

KH CAN (ENG) 7:2015 3/26/2015 6:41 AM Page 53

7-54

Maintenance

TIRES AND WHEELS Tire care For proper maintenance, safety, andmaximum fuel economy, you mustalways maintain recommended tireinflation pressures and stay withinthe load limits and weight distributionrecommended for your vehicle.

Recommended cold tire infla-tion pressures All tire pressures (including thespare) should be checked when thetires are cold. “Cold Tires” means thevehicle has not been driven for atleast three hours or driven less than1.6 km (one mile).Recommended pressures must bemaintained for the best ride, vehiclehandling, and minimum tire wear.For recommended inflation pressure,refer to “Tire and wheels” in section 8.

All specifications (sizes and pres-sures) can be found on a labelattached to the driver’s side centerpillar.

• Underinflation also results inexcessive wear, poor handling andreduced fuel economy. Wheeldeformation also is possible. Keepyour tire pressures at the properlevels. If a tire frequently needsrefilling, have it checked by anauthorized Kia Premium dealer.

• Overinflation produces a harshride, excessive wear at the centerof the tire tread, and a greater pos-sibility of damage from road haz-ards.

OKH073078N

Tire underinflationInflate your tire consistent withthe instructions provided in thismanual. Severe under inflationcan lead to severe heat buildup,causing blowouts, tread separa-tion and other tire failures thatcan result in the loss of vehiclecontrol. This risk is much higheron hot days and when drivingfor long periods at high speeds.

WARNING

KH CAN (ENG) 7:2015 3/26/2015 6:41 AM Page 54

Maintenance

7

7-55

• Warm tires normally exceed rec-ommended cold tire pressures by28 to 41 kPa (4 to 6 psi). Do notrelease air from warm tires toadjust the pressure or the tires willbe underinflated.

• Be sure to reinstall the tire inflationvalve caps. Without the valve cap,dirt or moisture could get into thevalve core and cause air leakage. Ifa valve cap is missing, install anew one as soon as possible.

Always observe the following:• Check tire pressure when the tires

are cold. (After vehicle has beenparked for at least three hours orhasn't been driven more than 1.6km (one mile) since startup.)

• Check the pressure of your sparetire each time you check the pres-sure of other tires.

• Never overload your vehicle. Becareful not to overload a vehicleluggage rack if your vehicle isequipped with one.

• Worn, old tires can cause acci-dents. If your tread is badly worn,or if your tires have been dam-aged, replace them.

Checking tire inflation pres-sureCheck your tires once a month ormore.Also, check the tire pressure of thespare tire.

How to checkUse a good quality gage to check tirepressure. You can not tell if your tiresare properly inflated simply by look-ing at them. Radial tires may lookproperly inflated even when they'reunderinflated.Check the tire's inflation pressurewhen the tires are cold. - "Cold"means your vehicle has been sittingfor at least three hours or driven nomore than 1.6 km (1 mile).

Tire InflationOverinflation or underinflationcan reduce tire life, adverselyaffect vehicle handling, andlead to sudden tire failure. Thiscould result in loss of vehiclecontrol and potential injury.

WARNING

KH CAN (ENG) 7:2015 3/26/2015 6:41 AM Page 55

7-56

Maintenance

Remove the valve cap from the tirevalve stem. Press the tire gage firm-ly onto the valve to get a pressuremeasurement. If the cold tire inflationpressure matches the recommendedpressure on the tire and loadinginformation label, no further adjust-ment is necessary. If the pressure islow, add air until you reach the rec-ommended amount.If you overfill the tire, release air bypushing on the metal stem in thecenter of the tire valve. Recheck thetire pressure with the tire gage. Besure to put the valve caps back onthe valve stems. They help preventleaks by keeping out dirt and mois-ture.

• Inspect your tires frequently forproper inflation as well as wear anddamage. Always use a tire pres-sure gauge.

• Tires with too much or too littlepressure wear unevenly causingpoor handling, loss of vehicle con-trol, and sudden tire failure leadingto accidents, injuries, and evendeath. The recommended cold tirepressure for your vehicle can befound in this manual and on the tirelabel located on the driver's sidecenter pillar.

✽ NOTICERemember to check the pressure ofyour spare tire. Kia recommendsthat you check the spare every timeyou check the pressure of the othertires on your vehicle.

Tire rotation To equalize tread wear, it is recom-mended that the tires be rotatedevery 12,000 km (7,500 miles) orsooner if irregular wear develops.During rotation, check the tires forcorrect balance.When rotating tires, check for unevenwear and damage. Abnormal wear isusually caused by incorrect tire pres-sure, improper wheel alignment, out-of-balance wheels, severe braking orsevere cornering. Look for bumps orbulges in the tread or side of tire.Replace the tire if you find either ofthese conditions. Replace the tire iffabric or cord is visible. After rotation,be sure to bring the front and rear tirepressures to specification and checklug nut tightness.Refer to “Tire and wheels” in section 8.

KH CAN (ENG) 7:2015 3/26/2015 6:41 AM Page 56

Maintenance

7

7-57

Disc brake pads should be inspectedfor wear whenever tires are rotated.

✽ NOTICEThe front tire size is different fromthe rear tire size. So when you rotatetires, check the tire and wheel size.

Wheel alignment and tire bal-ance The wheels on your vehicle werealigned and balanced carefully at thefactory to give you the longest tire lifeand best overall performance.In most cases, you will not need tohave your wheels aligned again.However, if you notice unusual tirewear or your vehicle pulling one wayor the other, the alignment may needto be reset. If you notice your vehicle vibratingwhen driving on a smooth road, yourwheels may need to be rebalanced.

OBH078040

OBK079038

■ 18 inch tire

■ 19 inch tire

Mixing Tires• Do not use the compact spare

tire for tire rotation.• Do not mix bias ply and radial

ply tires under any circum-stances. This may causeunusual handling characteris-tics that could result in death,severe injury.

WARNING

Wheel Weight Improper wheel weights candamage your vehicle's aluminumwheels. Use only approved wheelweights.

CAUTION

KH CAN (ENG) 7:2015 3/26/2015 6:41 AM Page 57

7-58

Maintenance

Tire replacement

If the tire is worn evenly, a tread wearindicator will appear as a solid bandacross the tread. This shows there isless than 1.6 mm (1/16 inch) of treadleft on the tire. Replace the tire whenthis happens.Do not wait for the band to appearacross the entire tread before replac-ing the tire.

✽ NOTICEWe recommend that when replacingtires, use the same originally sup-plied with the vehicles.If not, that affects driving performance.

The ABS works by comparing thespeed of the wheels. Tire size canaffect wheel speed. When replacingtires, all 4 tires must use the same sizeoriginally supplied with the vehicle.Using tires of a different size cancause the ABS (Anti-lock BrakeSystem) and ESC (Electronic StabilityControl) to work irregularly.

OKH073079N

Tread wear indicator

WheelsWheels that do not meet Kia’sspecifications may fit poorlyand result in damage to thevehicle or unusual handling andpoor vehicle control.

CAUTION

KH CAN (ENG) 7:2015 3/26/2015 6:41 AM Page 58

Maintenance

7

7-59

Compact spare tire replacement A compact spare tire has a shortertread life than a regular size tire.Replace it when you can see thetread wear indicator bars on the tire.The replacement compact spare tireshould be the same size and designtire as the one provided with yournew vehicle and should be mountedon the same compact spare tirewheel. The compact spare tire is notdesigned to be mounted on a regularsize wheel, and the compact sparetire wheel is not designed for mount-ing a regular size tire.

Wheel replacement When replacing the metal wheels forany reason, make sure the newwheels are equivalent to the originalfactory units in diameter, rim widthand offset.

✽ NOTICEThe front tire size is different fromthe rear tire size. So when you rotatetires, check the tire and wheel size.

A wheel that is not the correct sizemay adversely affect wheel andbearing life, braking and stoppingabilities, handling characteristics,ground clearance, body-to-tire clear-ance, snow chain clearance,speedometer and odometer calibra-tion, headlight aim and bumperheight.

Tire tractionTire traction can be reduced if youdrive on worn tires, tires that areimproperly inflated or on slipperyroad surfaces. Tires should bereplaced when tread wear indicatorsappear. To reduce the possibility oflosing control, slow down wheneverthere is rain, snow or ice on the road.

Tire maintenance In addition to proper inflation, correctwheel alignment helps to decreasetire wear. If you find a tire is wornunevenly, have your dealer check thewheel alignment.When you have new tires installed,make sure they are balanced. Thiswill increase vehicle ride comfort andtire life. Additionally, a tire shouldalways be rebalanced if it is removedfrom the wheel.

The compact spare tire is foremergency use only. Do notoperate your vehicle on thiscompact spare at speeds over80 km/h (50 mph). The originaltire should be repaired orreplaced as soon as possible toavoid failure of the spare possi-bly leading to personal injury ordeath.

WARNING

KH CAN (ENG) 7:2015 3/26/2015 6:41 AM Page 59

7-60

Maintenance

Tire sidewall labeling

This information identifies anddescribes the fundamental charac-teristics of the tire and also providesthe tire identification number (TIN)for safety standard certification. TheTIN can be used to identify the tire incase of a recall.

1. Manufacturer or brand nameManufacturer or Brand name isshown.

2. Tire size designation A tire’s sidewall is marked with a tiresize designation. You will need thisinformation when selecting replace-ment tires for your car. The followingexplains what the letters and num-bers in the tire size designationmean.Example tire size designation:(These numbers are provided as anexample only; your tire size designa-tor could vary depending on yourvehicle.)P245/45R19 98V

P - Applicable vehicle type (tiresmarked with the prefix “P’’ areintended for use on passengercars or light trucks; however, notall tires have this marking).

245 - Tire width in millimeters.45 - Aspect ratio. The tire’s section

height as a percentage of itswidth.

R - Tire construction code (Radial).19 - Rim diameter in inches.98 - Load Index, a numerical code

associated with the maximumload the tire can carry.

V - Speed Rating Symbol. See thespeed rating chart in this sectionfor additional information.

I030B04JM

1

1

23

4

5,6

7

KH CAN (ENG) 7:2015 3/26/2015 6:41 AM Page 60

Maintenance

7

7-61

Wheel size designation

Wheels are also marked with impor-tant information that you need if youever have to replace one. The follow-ing explains what the letters andnumbers in the wheel size designa-tion mean.

Example wheel size designation:8.0JX19

8.0 - Rim width in inches.J - Rim contour designation.19 - Rim diameter in inches.

Tire speed ratings

The chart below lists many of the dif-ferent speed ratings currently beingused for passenger car tires. Thespeed rating is part of the tire sizedesignation on the sidewall of thetire. This symbol corresponds to thattire's designed maximum safe oper-ating speed.

3. Checking tire life (TIN : TireIdentification Number)

Any tires that are over 6 years old,based on the manufacturing date,(including the spare tire) should bereplaced by new ones. You can findthe manufacturing date on the tiresidewall (possibly on the inside of thewheel), displaying the DOT Code.The DOT Code is a series of num-bers on a tire consisting of numbersand English letters. The manufactur-ing date is designated by the last fourdigits (characters) of the DOT code.

DOT : XXXX XXXX OOOOThe front part of the DOT means aplant code number, tire size andtread pattern and the last four num-bers indicate week and year manu-factured.For example: DOT XXXX XXXX 1615 representsthat the tire was produced in the 16thweek of 2015.

S 180 km/h (112 mph)T 190 km/h (118 mph)H 210 km/h (130 mph)V 240 km/h (149 mph)Z Above 240 km/h (149 mph)

Maximum SpeedSpeedRatingSymbol

KH CAN (ENG) 7:2015 3/26/2015 6:41 AM Page 61

7-62

Maintenance

4. Tire ply composition and mate-rial

The number of layers or plies of rub-ber-coated fabric in the tire. Tiremanufacturers also must indicate thematerials in the tire, which includesteel, nylon, polyester, and others.The letter "R" means radial ply con-struction; the letter "D" means diago-nal or bias ply construction; and theletter "B" means belted-bias ply con-struction.

5. Maximum permissible inflationpressure

This number is the greatest amountof air pressure that should be put inthe tire. Do not exceed the maximumpermissible inflation pressure. Referto the Tire and Loading Informationlabel for recommended inflationpressure.

6. Maximum load ratingThis number indicates the maximumload in kilograms and pounds thatcan be carried by the tire. Whenreplacing the tires on the vehicle,always use a tire that has the sameload rating as the factory installedtire.

7. Uniform tire quality grading Quality grades can be found whereapplicable on the tire sidewallbetween tread shoulder and maxi-mum section width. For example: TREAD wear 200 TRACTION AA TEMPERATURE A

Tire ageReplace tires within the recom-mended time frame. Failure toreplace tires as recommendedcan result in sudden tire failure,which could lead to a loss ofcontrol and an accident.

WARNING

KH CAN (ENG) 7:2015 3/26/2015 6:41 AM Page 62

Maintenance

7

7-63

Tread wear

The tread wear grade is a compara-tive rating based on the wear rate ofthe tire when tested under controlledconditions on a specified govern-ment test course. For example, a tiregraded 150 would wear one-and-a-half times (1½) as well on the gov-ernment course as a tire graded 100.The relative performance of tiresdepends upon the actual conditionsof their use, however, and maydepart significantly from the normdue to variations in driving habits,service practices and differences inroad characteristics and climate.These grades are molded on theside-walls of passenger vehicle tires.The tires available as standard oroptional equipment on your vehiclemay vary with respect to grade.

Traction - AA, A, B & C

The traction grades, from highest tolowest, are AA, A, B and C. Thosegrades represent the tire’s ability tostop on wet pavement as measuredunder controlled conditions on spec-ified government test surfaces ofasphalt and concrete. A tire markedC may have poor traction perform-ance. The traction grade assigned to thistire is based on straight-ahead brak-ing traction tests, and does notinclude acceleration, cornering,hydroplaning, or peak traction char-acteristics.

Temperature -A, B & C

The temperature grades are A (thehighest), B and C representing thetire’s resistance to the generation ofheat and its ability to dissipate heatwhen tested under controlled condi-tions on a specified indoor laboratorytest wheel. Sustained high temperature cancause the material of the tire todegenerate and reduce tire life, andexcessive temperature can lead tosudden tire failure. Grades B and Arepresent higher levels of perform-ance on the laboratory test wheelthan the minimum required by law.

KH CAN (ENG) 7:2015 3/26/2015 6:41 AM Page 63

7-64

Maintenance

Low aspect ratio tire (if equipped) Low aspect ratio tires, whose aspectratio is lower than 50, are providedfor sporty looks.Because the low aspect ratio tiresare optimized for handling and brak-ing, it may be more uncomfortable toride in and there is more noise com-pare with normal tires.

Tire temperatureThe temperature grade for thistire is established for a tire thatis properly inflated and notoverloaded. Excessive speed,underinflation, or excessiveloading, either separately or incombination, can cause heatbuild-up and possible suddentire failure. This can cause lossof vehicle control and seriousinjury or death.

WARNING

Because the sidewall of the lowaspect ratio tire is shorter thanthe normal, the wheel and tire ofthe low aspect ratio tire is easi-er to be damaged. So, follow theinstructions below.• When driving on a rough road

or off road, drive cautiouslybecause tires and wheels maybe damaged. And after driv-ing, inspect tires and wheels.

• When passing over a pothole,speed bump, manhole, orcurb stone, drive slowly sothat the tires and wheels arenot damaged.

• If the tire is impacted, inspectthe tire condition or contact anauthorized Kia Premium deal-er.

• To prevent damage to the tire,inspect the tire condition andpressure every 3,000 km(1,800 miles).

CAUTION

KH CAN (ENG) 7:2015 3/26/2015 6:41 AM Page 64

Maintenance

7

7-65

• It is not easy to recognize the tiredamage with your own eyes. But ifthere is the slightest hint of tiredamage, even though you cannotsee the tire damage with your owneyes, have the tire checked orreplaced because the tire damagemay cause air leakage from thetire.

• If the tire is damaged by driving ona rough road, off road, pothole,manhole, or curb stone, it will notbe covered by the warranty.

• You can find out the tire informationon the tire sidewall.

Tire terminology and defini-tionsAir Pressure: The amount of airinside the tire pressing outward onthe tire. Air pressure is expressed inkilopascal (kPa) or pounds persquare inch (psi).Accessory Weight: This means thecombined weight of optional acces-sories. Some examples of optionalaccessories are, automatic transmis-sion, power seats, and air condition-ing.Aspect Ratio: The relationship of atire's height to its width.Belt: A rubber coated layer of cordsthat is located between the plies andthe tread. Cords may be made fromsteel or other reinforcing materials.Bead: The tire bead contains steelwires wrapped by steel cords thathold the tire onto the rim.Bias Ply Tire: A pneumatic tire inwhich the plies are laid at alternateangles less than 90 degrees to thecenterline of the tread.

Cold Tire Pressure: The amount ofair pressure in a tire, measured inkilopascals (kPa) or pounds persquare inch (psi) before a tire hasbuilt up heat from driving. Curb Weight: This means the weightof a motor vehicle with standard andoptional equipment including themaximum capacity of fuel, oil andcoolant, but without passengers andcargo.DOT Markings: The DOT codeincludes the Tire IdentificationNumber (TIN), an alphanumeric des-ignator which can also identify thetire manufacturer, production plant,brand and date of production.GVWR: Gross Vehicle Weight RatingGAWR FRT: Gross Axle WeightRating for the Front Axle.GAWR RR: Gross Axle WeightRating for the Rear axle.

KH CAN (ENG) 7:2015 3/26/2015 6:41 AM Page 65

7-66

Maintenance

Intended Outboard Sidewall: Theside of an asymmetrical tire, thatmust always face outward whenmounted on a vehicle.Kilopascal (kPa): The metric unit forair pressure.Light truck(LT) tire: A tire designat-ed by its manufacturer as primarilyintended for use on lightweight trucksor multipurpose passenger vehicles.Load ratings: The maximum loadthat a tire is rated to carry for a giveninflation pressure.Load Index: An assigned numberranging from 1 to 279 that corre-sponds to the load carrying capacityof a tire.Maximum Inflation Pressure: Themaximum air pressure to which acold tire may be inflated. The maxi-mum air pressure is molded onto thesidewall.Maximum Load Rating: The loadrating for a tire at the maximum per-missible inflation pressure for thattire.

Maximum Loaded Vehicle Weight:The sum of curb weight; accessoryweight; vehicle capacity weight; andproduction options weight.Normal Occupant Weight: Thenumber of occupants a vehicle isdesigned to seat multiplied by 68 kg(150 pounds). Occupant Distribution: Designatedseating positions.Outward Facing Sidewall: The sideof a asymmetrical tire that has a par-ticular side that faces outward whenmounted on a vehicle. The outwardfacing sidewall bears white letteringor bears manufacturer, brand, and/ormodel name molding that is higher ordeeper than the same moldings onthe inner facing sidewall.Passenger (P-Metric) Tire: A tireused on passenger cars and somelight duty trucks and multipurposevehicles.

Ply: A layer of rubber-coated parallelcordsPneumatic tire: A mechanicaldevice made of rubber, chemicals,fabric and steel or other materials,that, when mounted on an automo-tive wheel, provides the traction andcontains the gas or fluid that sustainsthe load.Production options weight: Thecombined weight of installed regularproduction options weighing over 5lb.(2.3 kg) in excess of the standarditems which they replace, not previ-ously considered in curb weight oraccessory weight, including heavyduty brakes, ride levelers, roof rack,heavy duty battery, and special trim.Recommended Inflation Pressure:Vehicle manufacturer's recommend-ed tire inflation pressure and shownon the tire placard.

KH CAN (ENG) 7:2015 3/26/2015 6:41 AM Page 66

Maintenance

7

7-67

Radial Ply Tire: A pneumatic tire inwhich the ply cords that extend to thebeads are laid at 90 degrees to thecenterline of the tread.Rim: A metal support for a tire andupon which the tire beads are seat-ed.Sidewall: The portion of a tirebetween the tread and the bead.Speed Rating: An alphanumericcode assigned to a tire indicating themaximum speed at which a tire canoperate.Traction: The friction between thetire and the road surface. Theamount of grip provided.Tread: The portion of a tire thatcomes into contact with the road.Treadwear Indicators: Narrowbands, sometimes called "wearbars," that show across the tread of atire when only 2/32 inch of treadremains.

UTQGS: Uniform Tire QualityGrading Standards, a tire informationsystem that provides consumers withratings for a tire's traction, tempera-ture and treadwear. Ratings aredetermined by tire manufacturersusing government testing proce-dures. The ratings are molded intothe sidewall of the tire. Vehicle Capacity Weight: The num-ber of designated seating positionsmultiplied by 68 kg (150 lbs.) plus therated cargo and luggage load.

Vehicle Maximum Load on theTire: Load on an individual tire dueto curb and accessory weight plusmaximum occupant and cargoweight.Vehicle Normal Load on the Tire:Load on an individual tire that isdetermined by distributing to eachaxle its share of the curb weight,accessory weight, and normal occu-pant weight and dividing by 2.Vehicle Placard: A label permanent-ly attached to a vehicle showing theoriginal equipment tire size and rec-ommended inflation pressure.

KH CAN (ENG) 7:2015 3/26/2015 6:41 AM Page 67

7-68

Maintenance

All season tires Kia specifies all season tires onsome models to provide good per-formance for use all year round,including snowy and icy road condi-tions. All season tires are identifiedby ALL SEASON and/or M+S (Mudand Snow) on the tire sidewall. Snowtires have better snow traction thanall season tires and may be moreappropriate in some areas.

Summer tires Kia specifies summer tires on somemodels to provide superior perform-ance on dry roads. Summer tire per-formance is substantially reduced insnow and ice. Summer tires do nothave the tire traction rating M+S(Mud and Snow) on the tire side wall.If you plan to operate your vehicle insnowy or icy conditions, Kia recom-mends the use of snow tires or allseason tires on all four wheels.

Snow tiresIf you equip your car with snow tires,they should be the same size andhave the same load capacity as theoriginal tires. Snow tires should beinstalled on all four wheels; other-wise, poor handling may result.Snow tires should carry 28 kPa(4 psi) more air pressure than thepressure recommended for the stan-dard tires on the tire label on the dri-ver's side of the center pillar, or up tothe maximum pressure shown on thetire sidewall, whichever is less.Do not drive faster than 120 km/h (75mph) when your car is equipped withsnow tires.

• When driving on roads coveredwith snow or ice, drive at less than30 km/h (20 mph).

• If snow chains must be used, usethe Auto Sock® (fabric snow chain).

• If you hear noise caused by chainscontacting the body, retighten thechain to avoid contact with thevehicle body.

• To prevent body damage, retightenthe chains after driving 0.5~1.0 km(0.3~0.6 miles).

* Auto Sock® is a trade mark of Autosock.

KH CAN (ENG) 7:2015 3/26/2015 6:41 AM Page 68

Radial-ply tiresRadial-ply tires provide improvedtread life, road hazard resistance andsmoother high speed ride. The radi-al-ply tires used on this vehicle are ofbelted construction, and are selectedto complement the ride and handlingcharacteristics of your vehicle.Radial-ply tires have the same loadcarrying capacity, as bias-ply or biasbelted tires of the same size, and usethe same recommended inflationpressure. Mixing of radial-ply tireswith bias-ply or bias belted tires isnot recommended.

Any combinations of radial-ply andbias-ply or bias belted tires whenused on the same vehicle will seri-ously deteriorate vehicle handling.The best rule to follow is: Identicalradial-ply tires should always beused as a set of four. Longer wearing tires can be moresusceptible to irregular tread wear. Itis very important to follow the tirerotation interval shown in this sectionto achieve the tread life potential ofthese tires. Cuts and punctures inradial-ply tires are repairable only inthe tread area, because of sidewallflexing. Consult your tire dealer forradial-ply tire repairs.

Maintenance

7

7-69

KH CAN (ENG) 7:2015 3/26/2015 6:41 AM Page 69

7-70

Maintenance

FUSESA vehicle’s electrical system is pro-tected from electrical overload dam-age by fuses.This vehicle has 2 fuse panels, onelocated in the driver’s side panel bol-ster, another is in the engine com-partment.If any of your vehicle’s lights, acces-sories, or controls do not work, checkthe appropriate circuit fuse. If a fusehas blown, the element inside thefuse will be melted.If the electrical system does notwork, first check the driver’s sidefuse panel.Before replacing a blown fuse, dis-connect the negative battery cable.Always replace a blown fuse withone of the same rating.If the replacement fuse blows, thisindicates an electrical problem. Avoidusing the system involved and imme-diately consult an authorized KiaPremium dealer.Three kinds of fuses are used: bladetype for lower amperage rating, car-tridge type, and fusible link for higheramperage ratings.

Do not arbitrarily modify or add-onelectric wiring of the vehicle.

Fuse replacement• Never replace a fuse with any-

thing but another fuse of thesame rating.

• A higher capacity fuse couldcause damage and possibly afire.

• Never install a wire or alu-minum foil instead of theproper fuse - even as a tem-porary repair. It may causeextensive wiring damage anda possible fire.

WARNING

Do not use a screwdriver or anyother metal object to removefuses because it may cause ashort circuit and damage thesystem.

CAUTION

OKH073054N

Normal

Normal

■ Blade type

■ Cartridge type

■ Fusible type

■ Multi fuse type

Blown

Blown

Normal Blown

Normal Blown

KH CAN (ENG) 7:2015 3/26/2015 6:41 AM Page 70

✽ NOTICEThe actual fuse/relay panel labelmay differ depending on equipment/options.

Instrument panel fuse replace-ment

1.Turn the Engine Start/Stop buttonand all other switches off.

Maintenance

7

7-71

• When replacing a blown fuseor relay, make sure the newfuse or relay fits tightly intothe clips. Failure to tightlyinstall the fuse or relay maycause damage to the wiringand electric systems.

• Do not remove fuses, relaysand terminals fastened withbolts or nuts. The fuses,relays and terminals may benot be fastened correctlywhich may cause vehicledamage.

CAUTION

Do not input any other objectsexcept fuses or relays intofuse/relay terminals such as adriver or wiring. It may causecontact failure and system mal-function.

CAUTION

Electrical FireAlways ensure replacementsfuses and relays are securelyfastened when installed. Failureto do so can result in a vehiclefire.

WARNING

OKH073019N

■ Drive side panel

KH CAN (ENG) 7:2015 3/26/2015 6:41 AM Page 71

7-72

Maintenance




(A) : for assemble(B) : for remove


6.Pull the main service cover over0.28 in (7mm) to toward the front ofthe vehicle.

7.Lift the main service cover up andthen remove the main servicecover. Be careful not to damagethe holder under the main servicecover.

8.Open the fuse panel cover.

9.Pull the suspected fuse straightout. Use the fuse puller provided inthe engine compartment fusepanel.

10. Check the removed fuse; replaceit if it is blown.

11. Push in a new fuse of the samerating, and make sure it fits tight-ly in the clips.

If it fits loosely, consult an authorizedKia Premium dealer.If you do not have a spare, use afuse of the same rating from a circuityou may not need for operating thevehicle, such as the cigarette lighterfuse.If the headlights or other electricalcomponents do not work and thefuses are OK, check the fuse panelin the engine compartment. If a fuseis blown, it must be replaced.

OKH073051N OKH073052N

A B

KH CAN (ENG) 7:2015 3/26/2015 6:41 AM Page 72

Maintenance

7

7-73

Fuse switch

Always put the transportation fuseswitch at the ON position.If you move the switch to the OFFposition, some items such as theaudio and digital clock must be resetand the smart key may not workproperly.

✽ NOTICEIf you need to park your vehicle forprolonged periods more than 1month, move the transportation fuseswitch to the OFF position to pre-vent the battery being discharged.

Engine compartment fusereplacement

1.Turn the Engine Start/Stop buttonand all other switches off.

OKH073021N OKH073022N

OKH073023N

• Always place the transporta-tion fuse switch in the ONposition while driving the vehi-cle.

• Do not move the transporta-tion fuse switch repeatedly asthis may cause damage to thefuse switch.

CAUTION

KH CAN (ENG) 7:2015 3/26/2015 6:41 AM Page 73

2.Remove the fuse panel cover bypressing the tab and pulling up.When the blade type fuse is dis-connected, remove it by using theclip designed for changing fuseslocated in the engine room fusebox. Upon removal, securely insertreserve fuse of equal quantity.

3.Check the removed fuse; replace itif it is blown. To remove or insertthe fuse, use the fuse puller in theengine compartment fuse panel.

4.Push in a new fuse of the same rat-ing, and make sure it fits tightly inthe clips. If it fits loosely, consult anauthorized Kia Premium dealer.

Main fuse

If the main fuse is blown, it must beremoved as follows:1.Remove the fuse panel cover on

the right side in the engine com-partment.

2.Remove the nuts shown in the pic-ture above.

3.Replace the fuse with a new one ofthe same rating.

4.Reinstall in the reverse order ofremoval.

✽ NOTICEIf the main fuse is blown, consult anauthorized Kia Premium dealer.

7-74

Maintenance

Fuse Panel CoverAfter checking the fuse panel inthe engine compartment,securely install the fuse panelcover. If not, electrical failuresmay occur from water contact.

CAUTION

OKH073080N

Visually inspect the battery capto ensure it is securely closed.If the battery cap is not secure-ly closed, moisture may enterthe system and damage theelectrical components.

CAUTION

KH CAN (ENG) 7:2015 3/26/2015 6:41 AM Page 74

Maintenance

7

7-75

Multi fuse

If the multi fuse is blown, it must beremoved as follows:1.Disassemble the negative cable of

battery.2.Remove the nuts shown in the pic-

ture above.3.Replace the fuse with a new one of

the same rating.4.Reinstall in the reverse order of

removal.

✽ NOTICEIf the multi fuse is blown, consult anauthorized Kia Premium dealer.

OKH075024N

KH CAN (ENG) 7:2015 3/26/2015 6:41 AM Page 75

7-76

Maintenance

Fuse/relay panel descriptionInstrument panel fuse panel

Inside the fuse/relay panel covers,you can find the fuse/relay labeldescribing fuse/relay name andcapacity.

✽ NOTICENot all fuse panel descriptions inthis manual may be applicable toyour vehicle. It is accurate at thetime of printing. When you inspectthe fuse panel in your vehicle, referto the fuse panel label.

OKH075049N

OKH073029N

KH CAN (ENG) 7:2015 3/26/2015 6:41 AM Page 76

Maintenance

7

7-77

Fuse Name Fuse rasting Circuit Protected

AUDIO 2 10A A/V & Navigation Head Unit, TMU

MODULE 3 10AA/C Control Module, Electro Chromic Mirror, Rear Seat Console Switch, Driver Haptic Control Module, RearCCS Control Module LH/RH, Driver/Passenger IMS Control Module, Driver Power Seat Module, Rear SeatWarmer Control Module LH/RH, Rear Smart Junction Box (IPS Control Module)

MODULE 2 10ASteering Tilt & Telescopic Module, LDWS Camera Module, Crash Pad Switch, Stop Lamp Switch, A/T ConsoleSwitch, Electric Parking Brake Switch, Console Switch, Smart Cruse Control Radar, Air Sus, TPMS, PAS

SPARE 10A Spare

WIPER 10A Auto Light & Rain Sensor

MODULE 1 10A BCM, Trunk Lid Main Switch, Low Panel Switch

MEMORY 2 10A External Buzzer, Driver Smart Connector, Passenger Smart Connector

DRV HEAT 15A Driver Haptic Control Module, Driver CCS Module

PASS HEAT 15A Passenger CCS Module

WINDOW LH 30A Rear Power Window Module LH, Rear Power Window Module LH

HEADREST 15A Active Headrest Sensor

BCM 10A BCM, Multifunction Switch, Driver/Passenger Power Seat Switch, Rear Door Module LH/RH

EPB 2 15A Electric Parking Brake Module

P/HANDLE 15A Steering Tilt & Telescopic Module

KH CAN (ENG) 7:2015 3/26/2015 6:41 AM Page 77

7-78

Maintenance


B/ALARM 10A BCM

INHIBITOR 1 10AW/O Electric ATM Shift Lever : Sport Mode SwitchWith Electric ATM Shift Lever : Electric ATM Shift Lever

P/DOOR DRV 15A Driver Door Latch

PASS P/SEAT 20AW/O IMS : Passenger Seat Relay Box With IMS : Passenger IMS Control Module

P/DOOR RRLH

15A Rear Door Latch LH

DRV P/SEAT 30A Driver Lumbar Support Valve, Driver Lumbar Support Switch, Driver Power Seat Module

S/ROOF 2 10A Sunroof Motor

SMART KEY 2 10A Metal Core Block (PCB #2) (P/N Relay), Smart Key Control Module

S/ROOF 1 20A Sunroof Motor

START 10A Start/Stop Button Switch

MODULE 5 10A360° camera monitoring system Unit, Parking Guide Unit, Head-UP, Instrument Cluster, Driver Lumbar SupportValve, Rear Seat Console Switch, Rear Seat Warmer Control Module LH/RH, Rear Massage Control ModuleLH/RH, Rear Smart Junction Box (IPS Control Module)

CLUSTER 10A Instrument Cluster, Head-Up Display

SMART KEY 1 25A Smart Key Control Module

DOOR LAMP 10A Driver Door Module, Passenger Door Module

STR'G HTD 15A Clock Spring

KH CAN (ENG) 7:2015 3/26/2015 6:41 AM Page 78

Maintenance

7

7-79


MODULE 6 10A Smart Key Control Module, BCM

A/BAG 15A Driver Seat Belt Pretensioner, Passenger Seat Belt Pretensioner, SRS Control Module

A/BAG IND 10A Instrument Cluster

IGN 1 20A E/R Fuse & Relay Box LH (FUSE : F20, F21, F23, F25, F26, F27)

MEMORY 1 10APassenger IMS Control Module, Driver/Passenger Door Module, Driver/Passenger Power Seat Switch, RearDoor Module LH/RH, Power Trunk Module, Instrument Cluster, BCM, Security Sensor, Analogue Clock, A/CControl Module, Head-Up Display

MULTI MEDIA 10A Keyboard, A/V Navigation Head Unit, Front Monitor, TMU

ROOM LAMP 10ARear Seat Foot Lamp LH/RH, Trunk Room Lamp LH/RH, Driver/Passenger Foot Lamp, Room Lamp, OverheadConsole Lamp, Front Vanity Lamp Switch LH/RH, Rear Vanity Lamp Switch LH/RH, Garnish Lamp LH/RH,Garnish Center Lamp, Glove Box Lamp

MEMORY 3 10A RF Receiver

EPB 1 15A Electric Parking Brake Module

SPARE 15A Spare

IGN 2 20A E/R Fuse & Relay Box LH (Fuse : F29, F30)

A/CON 1 10A A/C Control Module, Ionizer, Metal Core Block (PCB #2) (Blower Relay)

AFLS 15A Adaptive Front Lighting Module, HEAD LAMP LH/RH

SPARE 10A Spare

P/OUTLET FR 20A Front Cigarette Lighter

KH CAN (ENG) 7:2015 3/26/2015 6:41 AM Page 79

7-80

Maintenance


MODULE 4 10AElectric ATM Shift Lever, Analogue Clock, BCM, 360° camera monitoring system Unit, Overhead Console Lamp, Parking Guide Unit

AUDIO 1 10AA/V & Navigation Head Unit, Front/Rear Monitor Module, Keyboard, Smart Key Control Module, Rear SeatAudio Switch, AMP, TMU

SPARE 10A Spare

P/OUTLET RR 20A P/OUTLET RR, Front Power Outlet

KH CAN (ENG) 7:2015 3/26/2015 6:41 AM Page 80

Maintenance

7

7-81

Engine compartment fuse panel(Driver’s side)


OKH075025N

OKH075026N

KH CAN (ENG) 7:2015 3/26/2015 6:41 AM Page 81

7-82

Maintenance


Stop Lamp 15A Stop Signal Electronic Module

Brake SW 10A Stop Lamp Switch, Smart Key Control Module

AAF 10A Not Used

Injector 1 15A Injector Drive Box

SMK (IGN1) 40A E/R Fuse & Relay Box LH (RLY.5)

ESC 1 40A ESC Control Module

ALT 200A E/R Fuse & Relay Box LH (Fuse : F9, F15, F16, F18, F19), Alternator

Cooling 70A E/R Fuse & Relay Box LH (RLY.6)

SMK (IGN2) 30A E/R Fuse & Relay Box LH (RLY.3)

ESC 2 40A ESC Control Module

Diagnosis 25A Multipurpose Check Connector

H/Lamp Washer 25A Not Used

Battery 3 40A Smart Junction Box (Fuse : F5, F6, F8, F9, F10)

SMK (ACC) 40A E/R Fuse & Relay Box LH (RLY.9)

TCU 1 10A ECM, Transmission Range Switch, Transmission Park Postilion Sensor & Switch

ESC 3 10A Steering Angle Sensor, ESC Control Module

B/UP Lamp 1 10A E/R Fuse & Relay Box LH (RLY.4)

KH CAN (ENG) 7:2015 3/26/2015 6:41 AM Page 82

Maintenance

7

7-83


Vaccum Pump 1 10A E/R Fuse & Relay Box LH (RLY.10), Vaccum Pump Switch

Vaccum Pump 2 20A E/R Fuse & Relay Box LH (RLY.10)

ECU 1 10A ECU

EHPS 1 10A EHPS Module

Inhibitor 2 10A A/T Console Switch, Electric ATM Shift Lever

Washer 15A E/R Fuse & Relay Box LH (RLY.8)

Wiper 2 10A E/R Fuse & Relay Box LH (RLY.1)

B/UP Lamp 2 10ABack View Camera & Back-Up Lamp, A/T Console Switch, Electro Chromic Mirror, A/V & Navigation HeadUnit

KH CAN (ENG) 7:2015 3/26/2015 6:41 AM Page 83

7-84

Maintenance

Engine compartment fuse panel(Passenger’s side)


OKH075027N

OKH073028N

KH CAN (ENG) 7:2015 3/26/2015 6:42 AM Page 84

Maintenance

7

7-85

Fuse Fuse Name Fuse rasting Circuit Protected

METALCOREBLOCK

(PCB #1)

Sensor 3 10A Rear Smart Junction Box (Fuel Pump Relay)

P/Door PASS 15A Passenger Door Latch

SPARE 15A Spare

Deicer 15A Metal Core Block (PCB #1) (Front Deicer Relay)

Ignition Coil 20A Ignition Coil #1~6, Ignition Coil #1~8, Condenser #1, #2

Horn 15A Metal Core Block (PCB #1) (Horn Relay)

Sensor 2 10A Mass Air Flow Sensor, Oxygen Sensor #1~4, E/R Fuse & Relay Box LH (RLY.6)

Sensor 4 15A CMP Sensor #1~4

Wiper 3 30A Wiper Motor

ECU 3 30A Metal Core Block (PCB #1) (ECU Main Relay)

ECS 2 40A Metal Core Block (PCB #1) (Air ECS Relay)

METALCOREBLOCK

(PCB #2)

Sensor 1 15APurge Control Solenoid Valve, ECM, Variable Intake Solenoid Valve, Oil Control Valve #1~4

Injector 2 15A Injector #1~6, Injector #1~8

SPARE 10A Spare

SPARE 20A Spare

SPARE 10A Spare

KH CAN (ENG) 7:2015 3/26/2015 6:42 AM Page 85

7-86

Maintenance

Fuse Fuse Name Fuse rasting Circuit Protected

METALCOREBLOCK

(PCB #2)

A/CON 2 10A A/C Control Module

Cruise 10A Smart Cruise Control Radar

TCU 2 15A TCM

ECU 2 10A ECM

Blower 40A Metal Core Block(PCB) (Blower Relay)

Start 1 30A E/R Fuse Relay Box LH (RLY.2)

MULTIFUSE

Presafety SeatBelt DRV

40A Driver Seat Belt Pretensioner

Presafety SeatBelt PASS

40A Passenger Seat Belt Pretensioner

Battery 2 60A Smart Junction Box (Fuse : F13~20, F23, F24, F27, F28, IPS5~8, Arisu-LT2)

Battery 1 60A Smart Junction Box (Fuse : F38, IPS1, 3, Arisu-LT1, Leak Current Autocut Device)

EHPS 2 80A EHPS Module

FUSEBattery 4 60A Metal Core Block (PCB #1) (Fuse : F2, F4, F6, F10, F11, F12)

Battery 5 60A Metal Core Block (PCB #2) (Fuse : F7, F11)

KH CAN (ENG) 7:2015 3/26/2015 6:42 AM Page 86

Maintenance

7

7-87

Trunk fuse panel

✽ NOTICENot all fuse panel descriptions in this manual may be applicable to your vehicle. It is accurate at the time of print-ing. When you inspect the fuse panel in your vehicle, refer to the fuse panel label.

OKH073043N

• Battery box fuse panel

OKH075042N

OKH075041N

KH CAN (ENG) 7:2015 3/26/2015 6:42 AM Page 87

7-88

Maintenance


Rear HTD 40A Rear Defogger Relay

P/WDW RH 30A Passenger Power Window Module, Rear Power Window Module RH

P/Trunk 30A Power Trunk Module

F/Pump 20A Fuel Pump Relay

P/Seat RR 1 20A Rear Seat Relay Box

ECS 1 20A ECS Unit

P/Seat PASS 15A Passenger IMS Control Module

P/Door RR RH 15A Rear Door Latch RH

Spare 15A Spare

Trunk 10A Trunk Lid Relay, Power Trunk Module Buzzer

Fog Lamp RR 10A Rear Fog Lamp Relay

Spare 40A Spare

AMP 30A AMP

Spare 20A Spare

P/Seat RR 2 10ARear Seat Relay Box LH, Rear Seat Relay RH, Rear Seat Massage Control Module LH, Rear Seat MassageControl Module RH

Spare 10A Spare

Trunk fuse panel

KH CAN (ENG) 7:2015 3/26/2015 6:42 AM Page 88

Maintenance

7

7-89


DR Lock RH 10A Passenger Door Module, Rear Door Module RH

DR Lock LH 10A Driver Door Module, Rear Door Latch LH

S/Heater RRRH

15A Rear Seat Warmer Control Module RH, Rear CCS Control Module RH

S/Heater RRLH

15A Rear Seat Warmer Control Module LH, Rear CCS Control Module LH

Spare 15A Spare


Start 2 40A Metal Core Block (PCB #2) (Fuse : F8, F9, F12)

AMS 10A Battery Sensor

Battery 6 100A Rear Smart Junction Box (Fuse : F1, F2, F3, F4, F5, F6, F7, F8, F10, F11, F13, F15, F17, F18, F19, F20)

Battery box fuse panel

KH CAN (ENG) 7:2015 3/26/2015 6:42 AM Page 89

7-90

Maintenance

LIGHT BULBS

Use only the bulbs of the specifiedwattage.

• If you don’t have necessary tools,the correct bulbs and the expertise,consult an authorized Kia Premiumdealer. In many cases, it is difficultto replace vehicle light bulbsbecause other parts of the vehiclemust be removed before you canget to the bulb. This is especiallytrue if you have to remove theheadlight assembly to get to thebulb(s). Removing/installing the headlightassembly can result in damage tothe vehicle.

• Do not install additional bulb orLED. If you install that, the lampmay not be operated properly andfuse box or electric wiring systemmay have problem.

✽ NOTICEAfter heavy, driving rain or wash-ing, headlight and taillight lensescould appear frosty. This conditionis caused by the temperature differ-ence between the lamp inside andoutside. This is similar to the con-densation on your windows insideyour vehicle during the rain anddoesn’t indicate a problem withyour vehicle. If the water leaks intothe lamp bulb circuitry, have thevehicle checked by an authorizedKia Premium dealer.

Working on the lightsPrior to working on the light,firmly apply the parking brake,ensure that the EngineStart/Stop button is in the LOCKposition and turn off the lightsto avoid sudden movement ofthe vehicle and burning yourfingers or receiving an electricshock.

WARNING

Light Replacement Be sure to replace the burned-out bulb with one of the samewattage rating. Otherwise, itmay cause damage to the fuseor electric wiring system.

CAUTION

KH CAN (ENG) 7:2015 3/26/2015 6:42 AM Page 90

Maintenance

7

7-91

Headlight, front position light,front turn signal light, front foglight bulb replacement

(1) Headlight (High)(2) Headlight (Low)(3) Front turn signal light(4) Front position light(5) Front side marker light(6) Daytime running light(7) Front fog light

Headlight bulb

OKH073081N

OKH075044N

■ Type A (LED)

OKH073044N

■ Type B (HID)

Halogen bulbsHandle halogen bulbs with care. Halogen bulbs contain pressur-ized gas that will produce frag-ment of glass if broken.

WARNING

KH CAN (ENG) 7:2015 3/26/2015 6:42 AM Page 91

7-92

Maintenance

• Always handle them carefully, andavoid scratches and abrasions. Ifthe bulbs are lit, avoid contact withliquids.

• Never touch the glass with barehands. Residual oil may cause thebulb to overheat and burst when lit.

• If a bulb becomes damaged orcracked, replace it immediatelyand carefully dispose of it.

• Wear eye protection when chang-ing a bulb. Allow the bulb to cooldown before handling it.

Headlamp (HID/ LED type), frontposition lamp, front turn signallamp, front fog lamp If the light bulb is not operating, havethe vehicle checked by an authorizedKia Premium dealer.

✽ NOTICEIf your vehicle is equipped withHigh Intensity Discharge (HID)headlights, these headlights containmercury. So if you need to have yourvehicle disposed, you should removethe HID Headlights before disposal.The removed HID headlights shouldbe recycled, re-used or disposed ashazardous waste.HID Headlight low beam

Do not attempt to replace orinspect the low beam (XENONbulb) due to electric shock dan-ger. If the low beam (XENONbulb) is not working, have yourvehicle checked by an author-ized Kia Premium dealer.

WARNING

KH CAN (ENG) 7:2015 3/26/2015 6:42 AM Page 92

Maintenance

7

7-93

✽ NOTICEHID lamps have superior perform-ance vs. halogen bulbs. HID lampsare estimated by the manufacturerto last twice as long or longer thanhalogen bulbs depending on theirfrequency of use. They will probablyrequire replacement at some pointin the life of the vehicle. Cycling theheadlamps on and off more thantypical use will shorten HID lampslife. HID lamps do not fail in thesame manner as halogen incandes-cent lamps. If a headlamp goes outafter a period of operation but willimmediately relight when the head-lamp switch is cycled it is likely theHID lamp needs to be replaced. HIDlighting components are more com-plex than conventional halogenbulbs thus have higher replacementcost.

Side repeater light bulbreplacement

If the light bulb does not operate,have the vehicle checked by anauthorized Kia Premium dealer. Askilled technician should check orrepair the side repeater light, for itmay damage related electrical partsand housing of outside mirror.

Rear combination light bulbreplacement

(1) Stop and tail light(2) Rear turn signal light

OKH073031N OKH075032N

OKH075057N

KH CAN (ENG) 7:2015 3/26/2015 6:42 AM Page 93

7-94

Maintenance

(3) Back-up light(4) Stop light(5) Rear side marker light(6) Reflex reflector

Stop and tail light, Turn signallight, Back-up light, Rear sidemarker lightIf the light does not operate, have thevehicle checked by an authorized KiaPremium dealer.

High mounted stop light

If the light bulb does not operate, werecommend the vehicle be checkedby an authorized Kia Premium deal-er. A skilled technician should check orrepair the high mounted stop light,for it may affect the performance ofthe curtain airbags or damage relat-ed interior parts of the vehicle.

License plate lamp replace-ment

If the light bulb does not operate, werecommend the vehicle be checkedby an authorized Kia Premium deal-er. A skilled technician should check orrepair the license plate light, for itmay affect damage related interiorand exterior parts of the vehicle.

OKH073033N

OKH073082N

KH CAN (ENG) 7:2015 3/26/2015 6:42 AM Page 94

Maintenance

7

7-95

Interior light bulb replacement 1.Using a flat-blade screwdriver,gently pry the lens from the interiorlight housing.

2.Remove the bulb by pulling itstraight out.

3.Install a new bulb in the socket.4.Align the lens tabs with the interior

light housing notches and snap thelens into place.

5.If the map lamp and room lamp arenot operating, have the vehiclechecked by an authorized KiaPremium dealer.

OKH073036N

OKH073035N

■ Glove box lamp

■ Trunk lamp

Interior LightsPrior to working on the InteriorLights, ensure that the “OFF”button is depressed to avoidburning your fingers or receiv-ing an electric shock.

WARNING

Use care not to dirty or damagelens, lens tab, and plastic hous-ings.

CAUTION

KH CAN (ENG) 7:2015 3/26/2015 6:42 AM Page 95

7-96

Maintenance

APPEARANCE CAREExterior careExterior general caution It is very important to follow the labeldirections when using any chemicalcleaner or polish. Read all warningand caution statements that appearon the label.

Finish maintenanceWashing

To help protect your vehicle’s finishfrom rust and deterioration, wash itthoroughly and frequently at leastonce a month with lukewarm or coldwater. If you use your vehicle for off-roaddriving, you should wash it after eachoff-road trip. Pay special attention tothe removal of any accumulation ofsalt, dirt, mud, and other foreignmaterials. Make sure the drain holesin the lower edges of the doors androcker panels are kept clear andclean.Insects, tar, tree sap, bird droppings,industrial pollution and similardeposits can damage your vehicle’sfinish if not removed immediately. Even prompt washing with plainwater may not completely remove allthese deposits. A mild soap, safe foruse on painted surfaces, may beused.After washing, rinse the vehicle thor-oughly with lukewarm or cold water.Do not allow soap to dry on the fin-ish.

• Do not use strong soap,chemical detergents or hotwater, and do not wash thevehicle in direct sunlight orwhen the body of the vehicleis warm.

• Be careful when washing theside windows of your vehicle.Especially, with high-pressurewater, water may leak throughthe windows and wet the inte-rior.

• To prevent damage to theplastic parts and lamps, donot clean with chemical sol-vents or strong detergents.

CAUTION

KH CAN (ENG) 7:2015 3/26/2015 6:42 AM Page 96

Maintenance

7

7-97

After washing the vehicle, test thebrakes while driving slowly to see ifthey have been affected by water. Ifbraking performance is impaired, drythe brakes by applying them lightlywhile maintaining a slow forwardspeed.

High-pressure washing

• When using high-pressure wash-ers, make sure to maintain suffi-cient distance from the vehicle.Insufficient clearance or excessivepressure can lead to componentdamage or water penetration.

• Do not spray the camera, sensorsor its surrounding area directly witha high pressure washer. Shockapplied from high pressure watermay cause the device to not oper-ate normally.

• Do not bring the nozzle tip close toboots (rubber or plastic covers) orconnectors as they may be dam-aged if they come into contact withhigh pressure water.

OKH073050N

Wetting Engine• Water washing in the engine

compartment including highpressure water washing is notrecommended. It may causethe failure of electrical circuitsor engine and related partlocated in the engine com-partment.

• Never allow water or other liq-uids to come in contact withelectrical/electronic compo-nents and the air duct insidethe vehicle as this may dam-age them.

CAUTION

KH CAN (ENG) 7:2015 3/26/2015 6:42 AM Page 97

7-98

Maintenance

Waxing

A good coat of wax is a barrierbetween your paint and contaminate.Keeping a good coat of wax on yourvehicle will help protect it. Wax the vehicle when water will nolonger bead on the paint.Always wash and dry the vehiclebefore waxing. Use a good qualityliquid or paste wax, and follow themanufacturer’s instructions. Wax allmetal trim to protect it and to main-tain its luster.Removing oil, tar, and similar materi-als with a spot remover will usuallystrip the wax from the finish. Be sureto re-wax these areas even if the restof the vehicle does not yet need wax-ing.

Finish damage repair Deep scratches or stone chips in thepainted surface must be repairedpromptly. Exposed metal will quicklyrust and may develop into a majorrepair expense.

✽ NOTICEIf your vehicle is damaged andrequires any metal repair orreplacement, be sure the body shopapplies anti-corrosion materials tothe parts repaired or replaced.

Drying Vehicle• Wiping dust or dirt off the

body with a dry cloth willscratch the finish.

• Do not use steel wool, abra-sive cleaners, or strong deter-gents containing highly alka-line or caustic agents onchrome-plated or anodizedaluminum parts. This mayresult in damage to the pro-tective coating and cause dis-coloration or paint deteriora-tion.

CAUTION

KH CAN (ENG) 7:2015 3/26/2015 6:42 AM Page 98

Maintenance

7

7-99

Bright-metal maintenance• To remove road tar and insects,

use a tar remover, not a scraper orother sharp object.

• To protect the surfaces of bright-metal parts from corrosion, apply acoating of wax or chrome preser-vative and rub to a high luster.

• During winter weather or in coastalareas, cover the bright metal partswith a heavier coating of wax orpreservative. If necessary, coat theparts with non-corrosive petroleumjelly or other protective compound.

Underbody maintenanceCorrosive materials used for ice andsnow removal and dust control maycollect on the underbody. If thesematerials are not removed, acceler-ated rusting can occur on underbodyparts such as the fuel lines, frame,floor pan and exhaust system, eventhough they have been treated withrust protection.Thoroughly flush the vehicle under-body and wheel openings with luke-warm or cold water once a month,after off-road driving and at the endof each winter. Pay special attentionto these areas because it is difficultto see all the mud and dirt. It will domore harm than good to wet downthe road grime without removing it.The lower edges of doors, rockerpanels, and frame members havedrain holes that should not beallowed to clog with dirt; trappedwater in these areas can cause rust-ing.

After washing the vehicle, testthe brakes while driving slowlyto see if they have been affectedby water. If braking performanceis impaired, dry the brakes byapplying them lightly whilemaintaining a slow forwardspeed.

WARNING

KH CAN (ENG) 7:2015 3/26/2015 6:42 AM Page 99

7-100

Maintenance

Aluminum wheel maintenance The aluminum wheels are coatedwith a clear protective finish.• Do not use any abrasive cleaner,

polishing compound, solvent, orwire brushes on aluminum wheels.They may scratch or damage thefinish.

• Clean the wheel when it hascooled.

• Use only a mild soap or neutraldetergent, and rinse thoroughlywith water. Also, be sure to cleanthe wheels after driving on saltedroads. This helps prevent corro-sion.

• Avoid washing the wheels withhigh-speed car wash brushes.

• Do not use any alkaline or aciddetergent. It may damage and cor-rode the aluminum wheels coatedwith a clear protective finish.

Corrosion protectionProtecting your vehicle from corro-sion

By using the most advanced designand construction practices to combatcorrosion, we produces cars of thehighest quality. However, this is onlypart of the job. To achieve the long-term corrosion resistance your vehi-cle can deliver, the owner's coopera-tion and assistance is also required.

Common causes of corrosion

The most common causes of corro-sion on your car are:• Road salt, dirt and moisture that is

allowed to accumulate underneaththe car.

• Removal of paint or protectivecoatings by stones, gravel, abra-sion or minor scrapes and dentswhich leave unprotected metalexposed to corrosion.

High-corrosion areas

If you live in an area where your caris regularly exposed to corrosivematerials, corrosion protection isparticularly important. Some of thecommon causes of accelerated cor-rosion are road salts, dust controlchemicals, ocean air and industrialpollution.

Moisture breeds corrosion

Moisture creates the conditions inwhich corrosion is most likely tooccur. For example, corrosion isaccelerated by high humidity, partic-ularly when temperatures are justabove freezing. In such conditions,the corrosive material is kept in con-tact with the car surfaces by moisturethat is slow to evaporate.Mud is particularly corrosivebecause it is slow to dry and holdsmoisture in contact with the vehicle.Although the mud appears to be dry,it can still retain the moisture andpromote corrosion.

KH CAN (ENG) 7:2015 3/26/2015 6:42 AM Page 100

Maintenance

7

7-101

High temperatures can also acceler-ate corrosion of parts that are notproperly ventilated so the moisturecan be dispersed. For all these rea-sons, it is particularly important tokeep your car clean and free of mudor accumulations of other materials.This applies not only to the visiblesurfaces but particularly to theunderside of the car.

To help prevent corrosion

You can help prevent corrosion fromgetting started by observing the fol-lowing:

Keep your car cleanThe best way to prevent corrosion isto keep your car clean and free ofcorrosive materials. Attention to theunderside of the car is particularlyimportant.

• If you live in a high-corrosion area— where road salts are used, nearthe ocean, areas with industrialpollution, acid rain, etc.—, youshould take extra care to preventcorrosion. In winter, hose off theunderside of your car at least oncea month and be sure to clean theunderside thoroughly when winteris over.

• When cleaning underneath the car,give particular attention to thecomponents under the fenders andother areas that are hidden fromview. Do a thorough job; just damp-ening the accumulated mud ratherthan washing it away will acceler-ate corrosion rather than prevent it.Water under high pressure andsteam are particularly effective inremoving accumulated mud andcorrosive materials.

• When cleaning lower door panels,rocker panels and frame members,be sure that drain holes are keptopen so that moisture can escapeand not be trapped inside to accel-erate corrosion.

Keep your garage dryDon't park your car in a damp, poor-ly ventilated garage. This creates afavorable environment for corrosion.This is particularly true if you washyour car in the garage or drive it intothe garage when it is still wet or cov-ered with snow, ice or mud. Even aheated garage can contribute to cor-rosion unless it is well ventilated somoisture is dispersed.

KH CAN (ENG) 7:2015 3/26/2015 6:42 AM Page 101

7-102

Maintenance

Keep paint and trim in good con-ditionScratches or chips in the finishshould be covered with "touch-up"paint as soon as possible to reducethe possibility of corrosion. If baremetal is showing through, the atten-tion of a qualified body and paintshop is recommended.

Bird droppings : Bird droppings arehighly corrosive and may damagepainted surfaces in just a few hours.Always remove bird droppings assoon as possible.

Don't neglect the interiorMoisture can collect under the floormats and carpeting to cause corro-sion. Check under the mats periodi-cally to be sure the carpeting is dry.Use particular care if you carry fertil-izers, cleaning materials or chemi-cals in the car.These should be carried only inproper containers and any spills orleaks should be cleaned up, flushedwith clean water and thoroughlydried.

Interior careInterior general precautions Prevent chemicals such as perfume,cosmetic oil, sun cream, hand clean-er, and air freshener from contactingthe interior parts because they maycause damage or discoloration. Ifthey do contact the interior parts,wipe them off immediately. See theinstructions for the proper way toclean vinyl.

Electrical componentsNever allow water or other liq-uids to come in contact withelectrical/electronic compo-nents inside the vehicle as thismay damage them.

CAUTION

LeatherWhen cleaning leather products(steering wheel, seats etc.), useneutral detergents or low alcoholcontent solutions. If you use highalcohol content solutions oracid/alkaline detergents, thecolor of the leather may fade orthe surface may get stripped off.

CAUTION

KH CAN (ENG) 7:2015 3/26/2015 6:42 AM Page 102

Cleaning the upholstery and inte-rior trim Vinyl

Remove dust and loose dirt fromvinyl with a whisk broom or vacuumcleaner. Clean vinyl surfaces with avinyl cleaner.

Fabric

Remove dust and loose dirt from fab-ric with a whisk broom or vacuumcleaner. Clean with a mild soap solu-tion recommended for upholstery orcarpets. Remove fresh spots imme-diately with a fabric spot cleaner. Iffresh spots do not receive immediateattention, the fabric can be stainedand its color can be affected. Also, itsfire-resistant properties can bereduced if the material is not proper-ly maintained.

✽ NOTICEUsing anything but recommendedcleaners and procedures may affectthe fabric’s appearance and fire-resistant properties.

Cleaning the lap/shoulder beltwebbing Clean the belt webbing with any mildsoap solution recommended forcleaning upholstery or carpet. Followthe instructions provided with thesoap. Do not bleach or re-dye thewebbing because this may weaken it.

Cleaning the interior windowglass If the interior glass surfaces of thevehicle become fogged (that is, cov-ered with an oily, greasy or waxyfilm), they should be cleaned withglass cleaner. Follow the directionson the glass cleaner container.

Maintenance

7

7-103

Rear WindowDo not scrape or scratch theinside of the rear window. Thismay result in damage to the rearwindow defroster grid.

CAUTION

KH CAN (ENG) 7:2015 3/26/2015 6:42 AM Page 103

7-104

Maintenance

EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEMThe emission control system of yourvehicle is covered by a written limitedwarranty. Please see the warrantyinformation contained in theWarranty & Maintenance booklet inyour vehicle.Your vehicle is equipped with anemission control system to meet allapplicable emission regulations.There are three emission controlsystems, as follows.

(1) Crankcase emission control sys-tem

(2) Evaporative emission control sys-tem

(3) Exhaust emission control system

In order to assure the proper functionof the emission control systems, it isrecommended that you have yourcar inspected and maintained by anauthorized Kia Premium dealer inaccordance with the maintenanceschedule in this manual.

Caution for the Inspection andMaintenance Test (With ElectronicStability Control (ESC) system)• To prevent the vehicle from mis-

firing during dynamometer test-ing, turn the Electronic StabilityControl (ESC) system off bypressing the ESC switch.

• After dynamometer testing iscompleted, turn the ESC systemback on by pressing the ESCswitch again.

1. Crankcase emission controlsystem

The positive crankcase ventilationsystem is employed to prevent airpollution caused by blow-by gasesbeing emitted from the crankcase.This system supplies fresh filtered airto the crankcase through the airintake hose. Inside the crankcase,the fresh air mixes with blow-bygases, which then pass through thePCV valve into the induction system.

2. Evaporative emission con-trol (including ORVR:Onboard Refueling VaporRecovery) system

The Evaporative Emission ControlSystem is designed to prevent fuelvapors from escaping into the atmos-phere.(The ORVR system is designed toallow the vapors from the fuel tank tobe loaded into a canister while refu-eling at the gas station, preventingthe escape of fuel vapors into theatmosphere.)

KH CAN (ENG) 7:2015 3/26/2015 6:42 AM Page 104

Maintenance

7

7-105

CanisterFuel vapors generated inside the fueltank are absorbed and stored in theonboard canister. When the engine isrunning, the fuel vapors absorbed inthe canister are drawn into theengine intake manifold through thepurge control solenoid valve.

Purge Control Solenoid Valve(PCSV)The purge control solenoid valve iscontrolled by the Engine ControlModule (ECM); when the enginecoolant temperature is low duringidling, the PCSV closes so that evap-orated fuel is not taken into theengine. After the engine warms-upduring ordinary driving, the PCSVopens to introduce evaporated fuel tothe engine.

3. Exhaust emission control system

The Exhaust Emission ControlSystem is a highly effective systemwhich controls exhaust emissionswhile maintaining good vehicle per-formance.

Vehicle modifications • This vehicle should not be modi-

fied. Modification of your vehiclecould affect its performance, safetyor durability and may even violategovernmental safety and emis-sions regulations.In addition, damage or perform-ance problems resulting from anymodification may not be coveredunder warranty.

• Use of unauthorized electricdevices may cause: Abnormalvehicle operation, Wire damage,Battery discharge, Fire.Be careful not to damage yourvehicle by use of unauthorizedelectric devices.

Engine exhaust gas precautions (carbon monoxide) • Carbon monoxide can be present

with other exhaust fumes.Therefore, if you smell exhaustfumes of any kind inside your vehi-cle, have it inspected and repairedimmediately. If you ever suspectexhaust fumes are coming intoyour vehicle, drive it only with allthe windows fully open. Have yourvehicle checked and repairedimmediately.

KH CAN (ENG) 7:2015 3/26/2015 6:42 AM Page 105

7-106

Maintenance

• Do not operate the engine in con-fined or closed areas (such asgarages) any more than what isnecessary to move the vehicle in orout of the area.

• When the vehicle is stopped in anopen area for more than a shorttime with the engine running,adjust the ventilation system (asneeded) to draw outside air into thevehicle.

• Never sit in a parked or stoppedvehicle for any extended time withthe engine running.

• When the engine stalls or fails tostart, excessive attempts to restartthe engine may cause damage tothe emission control system.

Operating precautions for catalyt-ic converters (if equipped)

ExhaustEngine exhaust gases containcarbon monoxide (CO). Thoughcolorless and odorless, it isdangerous and could be lethal ifinhaled. Follow the instructionson this page to avoid CO poi-soning.

WARNING

Fire• Do not park, idle or drive the

vehicle over or near flamma-ble objects, such as grass,vegetation, paper, leaves, etc.A hot exhaust system canignite flammable items underyour vehicle.

• Also, do not remove the heatsink around the exhaust sys-tem, do not seal the bottom ofthe vehicle or do not coat thevehicle for corrosion control.It may present a fire risk undercertain conditions.

WARNING

KH CAN (ENG) 7:2015 3/26/2015 6:42 AM Page 106

Maintenance

7

7-107

Your vehicle is equipped with a cat-alytic converter emission controldevice.Therefore, the following precautionsmust be observed:• Use only UNLEADED FUEL for

gasoline engines.• Do not operate the vehicle when

there are signs of engine malfunc-tion, such as misfire or a noticeableloss of performance.

• Do not misuse or abuse theengine. Examples of misuse arecoasting with the engine off anddescending steep grades in gearwith the engine off.

• Do not operate the engine at highidle speed for extended periods (5minutes or more).

• Do not modify or tamper with anypart of the engine or emission con-trol system. All inspections andadjustments must be made by anauthorized Kia Premium dealer.

• Avoid driving with a very low fuellevel. If you run out of gasoline, itcould cause the engine to misfireand result in excessive loading ofthe catalytic converter.

Failure to observe these precautionscould result in damage to the catalyt-ic converter and to your vehicle.Additionally, such actions could voidyour warranties.

Catalytic converterKeep away from the catalyticconverter and exhaust systemwhile the vehicle is running orimmediately thereafter. Theexhaust and catalytic systemsare very hot and may burn you.

WARNING

KH CAN (ENG) 7:2015 3/26/2015 6:42 AM Page 107


Dimensions .........................................................8-2Engine.................................................................8-2Bulb wattage .......................................................8-3Air Conditioning system......................................8-4Weight/volume ....................................................8-4Tires and wheels.................................................8-5Recommended lubricants and capacities...........8-6

• Recommended SAE viscosity number....................8-8Vehicle identification number (VIN).....................8-9Vehicle certification label ....................................8-9Tire specification and pressure label ................8-10Engine number .................................................8-10

8

KH CAN (ENG) 8:2015 3/26/2015 6:43 AM Page 1

8-2


DIMENSIONSItem mm ( in)

Overall length 5,095 (200.59)

Overall width 1,900 (74.80)

Overall height 1,485 (58.46)

Front tread P245/50 R18 1,616 (63.62)

P245/45 R19 1,620 (63.78)

Rear tread P245/50 R18 1,634 (64.33)

P275/40 R19 1,627 (64.06)

Wheelbase 3,045 (119.88)

Item Gasoline Lambda II 3.8 Gasoline Tau 5.0

Displacement cc (cu. in)

3,778 (230.54) 5,038 (307.3)

Bore x Stroke

mm (in.)96x87 (3.78x3.42) 96x87 (3.78x3.42)

Firing order 1-2-3-4-5-6 1-2-7-8-4-5-6-3

No. of cylinders 6, V - type 8, V - type

ENGINE

KH CAN (ENG) 8:2015 3/26/2015 6:43 AM Page 2

BULB WATTAGE

Specifications & Consum

er information

8

8-3

Light Bulb Wattage Bulb type

Front

LED TypeHeadlamps (Low) LED LED

Headlamps (High) LED LED

HID TypeHeadlamps (Low) 35 D3S

Headlamps (High) 60 9005HL+

Side marker lamps LED LED

Front turn signal lamps LED LED

Front position lamps LED LED

Front fog lamps LED LED

Side Repeater lamps (Outside Mirror) LED LED

Puddle lamps LED LED

Daytime running lamps LED LED

Rear

Rear Stop/tail lamps (Inside/outside) LED LED

Rear Stop lamps (Inside/outside) LED LED

Rear turn signal lamps (Inside/outside)

LED LED

Back-up lamps 16 W16W

High mounted stop lamp LED LED

License plate lamps LED LED

KH CAN (ENG) 8:2015 3/26/2015 6:43 AM Page 3

8-4


Light Bulb Wattage Bulb type

Interior

Map lamps LED LED

Room lamps LED LED

Vanity mirror lamps LED LED

Glove box lamp 5 FESTOON

Door courtesy lamps LED LED

Foot lamps LED LED

Mood lamps LED LED

Luggage lamp 5 FESTOON

Item Gasoline 3.8 Gasoline 5.0

Gross vehicle weight kg (lbs.)

2,430 (5,357) 2,550 (5,622)

Luggage volume l (cu ft)

450 (15.9) 450 (15.9)

WEIGHT/VOLUME

ITEM Weight of volume Classification

Refrigerant 650±25g R-134a

Compressor lubricant 120±10g PAG

AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM

KH CAN (ENG) 8:2015 3/26/2015 6:43 AM Page 4


er information

8

8-5

TIRES AND WHEELS

✽ NOTICEWe recommend that when replacing tires, use the same originally supplied with the vehicles.If not, that affects driving performance.

✽ NOTICEIt is permissible to add 21 kPa (3psi) to the standard tire pressure specification if colder temperatures are expectedsoon. Tires typically loose 7 kPa (1psi) for every -11°C (12°F) temperature drop. If extreme temperature variationsare expected, re-check your tire pressure as necessary to keep them properly inflated.

* Normal load : Up to 3 persons

Item Tire size Wheel size

Inflation pressure kPa (psi) Wheel lug nuttorque

kg•m (lb•ft, N•m)Normal load * Maximum load

Front Rear Front Rear

Full size tire

P245/50R18 7.5JX18 230 (33) 230 (33) 230 (33) 230 (33)

9~11

(65~79, 88~107)

P245/45R19 8.0JX19 210 (31) - 210 (31) -

P275/40R19 9.0JX19 - 210 (31) - 210 (31)

Compact spare tireT155/80R18 4.0TX18 420 (60) 420 (60) 420 (60) 420 (60)

T155/70R19 4.0TX19 420 (60) 420 (60) 420 (60) 420 (60)

When replacing tires, use the same size originally supplied with the vehicle.Using tires of a different size can damage the related parts or make it work irregularly.

CAUTION

KH CAN (ENG) 8:2015 3/26/2015 6:43 AM Page 5

8-6


RECOMMENDED LUBRICANTS AND CAPACITIESTo help achieve proper engine and powertrain performance and durability, use only lubricants of the proper quality.The correct lubricants also help promote engine efficiency that results in improved fuel economy. These lubricants and fluids are recommended for use in your vehicle.

Lubricant Volume Classification

Engine oil *1 *2 (drain and refill)

Recommends (or equivalent) 3.8L 6.1 l (6.45 US qt.) ACEA A5 or above

5.0L 7.2 l (7.61 US qt.) ILSAC GF-4 or above

Automatic transmission fluid 9.6 l (10.14 US qt.) ATF SP-IV-RR

Power steering fluid 0.9 l (0.95 US qt.) Pentosin CHF 202

KH CAN (ENG) 8:2015 3/26/2015 6:43 AM Page 6


er information

8

8-7

*1 Refer to the recommended SAE viscosity numbers on the next page.

*2 Engine oils labeled Energy Conserving Oil are now available. Along with other additional benefits, they contributeto fuel economy by reducing the amount of fuel necessary to overcome engine friction. Often, these improvementsare difficult to measure in everyday driving, but in a year’s time, they can offer significant cost and energy savings.

*3 If the ACEA A5 engine oil is not available in your country, you are able to use API service SL, ILSAC GF-3, ACEAA3.

Lubricant Volume Classification

Coolant 3.8L 8.6 l (9.1 US qt.) Mixture of antifreeze and water

(Ethylene glycol base coolant for aluminum radiator)5.0L 10.8 l (11.4 US qt.)

Brake fluid 0.7~0.8 l (0.7~0.8 US qt.) DOT-3 or DOT-4

Rear differential oil 1.4 l (1.48 US qt.) Hypoid gear oil MS 517-15, SAE 75W/85

Fuel 75 l (19.81 US gal.) Refer to “Fuel requirements” in section 1

KH CAN (ENG) 8:2015 3/26/2015 6:43 AM Page 7

8-8


Recommended SAE viscositynumber Always be sure to clean the areaaround any filler plug, drain plug, ordipstick before checking or drainingany lubricant. This is especiallyimportant in dusty or sandy areasand when the vehicle is used onunpaved roads. Cleaning the plugand dipstick areas will prevent dirtand grit from entering the engine andother mechanisms that could bedamaged. Engine oil viscosity (thickness) hasan effect on fuel economy and coldweather operating (engine start andengine oil flowability). Lower viscosi-ty engine oils can provide better fueleconomy and cold weather perform-ance, however, higher viscosityengine oils are required for satisfac-tory lubrication in hot weather. Usingoils of any viscosity other than thoserecommended could result in enginedamage.

When choosing an oil, consider therange of temperature your vehiclewill be operated in before the next oilchange.

Proceed to select the recommendedoil viscosity from the chart.

Temperature Range for SAE Viscosity Numbers

Temperature

Engine Oil *1

°C(°F)

-30 -20 -10 0 10 20 30 40 50-10 0 20 40 60 80 100 120

1. For better fuel economy, it is recommended to use the engine oil ofa viscosity grade SAE 5W-30 (API Service SM / ILSAC GF-4).However, if the engine oil is not available in your country, select theproper engine oil using the engine oil viscosity chart.

10W-30

5W-30

Temperature Range for SAE Viscosity Numbers

Temperature

Engine Oil *1

°C(°F)

-30 -20 -10 0 10 20 30 40 50-10 0 20 40 60 80 100 120

1. For better fuel economy, it is recommended to use the engine oil ofa viscosity grade SAE 5W-20 (API Service SM / ILSAC GF-4).However, if the engine oil is not available in your country, select theproper engine oil using the engine oil viscosity chart.

10W-30

5W-20, 5W-30

■ 3.8L

■ 5.0L

KH CAN (ENG) 8:2015 3/26/2015 6:43 AM Page 8


er information

8

8-9

VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION NUMBER (VIN)

The vehicle identification number(VIN) is the number used in register-ing your car and in all legal matterspertaining to its ownership, etc.The number is punched on the floorunder the front passenger’s seat. Tocheck the number, open the cover.

The VIN is also on a plate attachedto the top of the dashboard. Thenumber on the plate can easily beseen through the windshield fromoutside.

The vehicle certification labelattached on the driver’s side centerpillar gives the vehicle identificationnumber (VIN).

OKH083004N

VIN label

VEHICLE CERTIFICATIONLABEL

OKH083001N

Frame number

OKH083002N

KH CAN (ENG) 8:2015 3/26/2015 6:43 AM Page 9

8-10


The tires supplied on your new vehi-cle are chosen to provide the bestperformance for normal driving.The tire label located on the driver'sside center pillar gives the tire pres-sures recommended for your car.

The engine number is stamped onthe engine block as shown in thedrawing.

TIRE SPECIFICATION ANDPRESSURE LABEL

ENGINE NUMBER

OKH073078N

OKH085006N

OKH083005N

■ 3.8L

■ 5.0L

KH CAN (ENG) 8:2015 3/26/2015 6:43 AM Page 10

Index

I

Index

I

KH CAN (ENG) Index:PS USA Index.qxd 3/25/2015 3:33 PM Page 1

Advanced Smart Cruise Control System.......................5-67Limitations of the system..........................................5-76Speed setting (ASCC) ...............................................5-68To convert to cruise control mode.............................5-76Vehicle to vehicle distance setting (ASCC)..............5-72

Air bag - advanced supplemental restraint system........3-39Air bag system operation ..........................................3-40Air bag warning label................................................3-62Air bag warning light ................................................3-42Curtain air bag...........................................................3-55Do not install a child restraint on the front passenger's seat..........................................................3-41Driver's and passenger's front air bag .......................3-51Inflation and non-inflation conditions of the air bag3-56Occupant Detection System (ODS) ..........................3-45Side air bag................................................................3-53SRS Care ...................................................................3-61SRS components and functions ................................3-43

Air cleaner .....................................................................7-41Filter replacement......................................................7-41

Air Conditioning system..................................................8-4Appearance care.............................................................7-96

Exterior care ..............................................................7-96Interior care .............................................................7-102

Automatic climate control system ...............................4-137Automatic heating and air conditioning..................4-138

Checking the amount of air conditioner refrigerant and compressor lubricant ......................4-150Climate control air filter..........................................4-149Manual heating and air conditioning ......................4-139System operation.....................................................4-147

Automatic transmission (shift by cable)........................5-11Automatic transmission operation ............................5-11Good driving practices ..............................................5-15

Automatic transmission (shift by wire) .........................5-16Automatic transmission operation ............................5-16Good driving practices ..............................................5-26

Automous emergency Braking(AEB)............................5-49AEB operation...........................................................5-49To cancel the AEB.....................................................5-51Warning light and message .......................................5-52

Battery............................................................................7-49Battery recharging by battery charger.......................7-52Battery recharging by vehicle ...................................7-52For best battery service .............................................7-49Reset items ................................................................7-53

Before driving ..................................................................5-4Before entering vehicle ...............................................5-4Before starting.............................................................5-4Necessary inspections ...............................................5-4

Blind Spot Detection System (BSD) .............................5-86

I-2

Index

A

B


BSD (Blind Spot Detection) / LCA (Lane Change Assist) .......................................5-87Non-operating condition ...........................................5-92RCTA (Rear cross traffic alert) .................................5-90

Brake fluid .....................................................................7-38Checking the brake fluid level ..................................7-38

Brake system..................................................................5-27Anti-lock brake system (ABS)..................................5-41AUTO HOLD............................................................5-37Electric parking brake (EPB) ....................................5-31Electronic stability control (ESC) .............................5-43Good braking practices .............................................5-47Hill-start assist control (HAC) ..................................5-47Power brakes ...........................................................5-28

Bulb wattage ....................................................................8-3

Child restraint system ....................................................3-32Lower anchor system ................................................3-37Tether anchor system ...............................................3-36Using a child restraint system...................................3-33

Climate Control Additional Features...........................4-156Cluster ionizer .........................................................4-156Smart ventilation .....................................................4-156

Climate control air filter ................................................7-44Filter inspection.........................................................7-44Filter replacement......................................................7-44

Cruise control system ....................................................5-62Cruise control switch ................................................5-63To cancel cruise control ............................................5-65To decrease the cruising speed..................................5-64To increase cruise control set speed..........................5-64To resume cruising speed at more than approximately 30 km/h (20 mph) .............................5-65To set cruise control speed........................................5-63To temporarily accelerate with the cruise control on ..................................................................5-64To turn cruise control off ..........................................5-66

Defroster ......................................................................4-136Rear window defroster ............................................4-136

Dimensions ......................................................................8-2Door locks......................................................................4-17

Auto door lock/unlock feature ..................................4-20Child-protector rear door lock ..................................4-20Impact sensing door unlock system ..........................4-20Operating door locks from inside the vehicle...........4-18Operating door locks from outside the vehicle.........4-17Power door latch .......................................................4-18

Drive mode integrated control system...........................5-54Conditions that limit Active ECO MODE ................5-55DRIVE mode / SNOW mode....................................5-54DRIVE MODE Indicator Screen ..............................5-58

Index

I-3

I

C

D


ECO MODE Driving.................................................5-55

Economical operation ....................................................5-94Emergency starting ..........................................................6-5

Jump starting ...............................................................6-5Push-starting................................................................6-8

Emission control system..............................................7-104Crankcase emission control system ........................7-104Evaporative emission control system......................7-104Exhaust emission control system ............................7-105

Engine ..............................................................................8-2Engine compartment..................................................2-7,7-3Engine coolant ...............................................................7-34

Changing the coolant ................................................7-37Checking the coolant level ........................................7-34

Engine number...............................................................8-10Engine oil.......................................................................7-32

Changing the engine oil and filter.............................7-33Checking the engine oil level....................................7-32

Engine start/stop button ...................................................5-6ENGINE START/STOP button position.....................5-6Illuminated ENGINE START/STOP button ...............5-6

Explanation of scheduled maintenance items ...............7-29Exterior overview.............................................................2-2

Front Blind Spot Monitoring System ..........................4-119Fuel filler lid ..................................................................4-37

Closing the fuel filler lid ...........................................4-37Emergency fuel filler lid release ...............................4-39Opening the fuel filler lid..........................................4-37

Fuel requirements ............................................................1-3Do not use methanol ...................................................1-4Fuel Additives .............................................................1-5Gasoline containing alcohol and methanol .................1-3

Fuses ..............................................................................7-70Engine compartment fuse replacement .....................7-73Fuse/relay panel description......................................7-76Instrument panel fuse replacement ...........................7-71

Head up display (HUD)...............................................4-108Description ..............................................................4-108Head Up Display Information.................................4-109Head Up Display ON/OFF......................................4-109Head Up Display Setting ........................................4-110

Hood...............................................................................4-35Closing the hood .......................................................4-36Opening the hood ......................................................4-35

How to use this manual ...................................................1-2

I-4

Index

H

F

E


If the engine overheats.....................................................6-9If the engine will not start ...............................................6-4

If engine doesn't turn over or turns over slowly .........6-4If engine turns over normally but does not start .........6-4

If you have a flat tire .....................................................6-17Changing tires ...........................................................6-19Jack and tools ............................................................6-17Jack label ...................................................................6-27Removing and storing the spare tire .........................6-18

In case of an emergency while driving............................6-3If engine stalls while driving.......................................6-3If the engine stalls at a crossroad or crossing .............6-3If you have a flat tire while driving ............................6-3

Instrument cluster ..........................................................4-60Gauges.......................................................................4-62Instrument cluster control .........................................4-61LCD display control..................................................4-61Transaxle shift indicator............................................4-65

Instrument panel overview...............................................2-5Interior features............................................................4-161

Air ventilation seat ..................................................4-165Bag hanger ..............................................................4-169Clock .......................................................................4-167Clothes hanger.........................................................4-167Cup holder ...............................................................4-161Floor mat anchor(s) .................................................4-168

Luggage net (holder) ...............................................4-170Power outlet.............................................................4-162Rear curtain .............................................................4-171Rear vanity mirror ...................................................4-169Seat warmer.............................................................4-163Side curtain..............................................................4-172Sunvisor...................................................................4-162

Interior light .................................................................4-132Automatic turn off function ....................................4-132Door courtesy lamp.................................................4-134Front lamp switch....................................................4-132Glove box lamp .......................................................4-135Rear lamp switch.....................................................4-133Trunk room lamp.....................................................4-134Vanity mirror lamp ..................................................4-135

Interior overview..............................................................2-4

Lane Departure Warning System (LDWS)....................5-82The LDWS does not operate when ...........................5-84Warning indicator .....................................................5-84

LCD display...................................................................4-66A/V mode ..................................................................4-68ASCC/LDWS mode ..................................................4-68Information mode......................................................4-69LCD modes ...............................................................4-66Trip computer mode ..................................................4-67

Index

I-5

I

L

I


I-6

Index

Turn by turn (TBT) mode .........................................4-68User settings mode ....................................................4-71Warning messages .....................................................4-78

Light bulbs .....................................................................7-90Front light bulb..........................................................7-91High mounted stop light............................................7-94Interior light bulb replacement..................................7-95License plate lamp replacement................................7-94Rear combination light bulb replacement .................7-93Side repeater light bulb replacement .......................7-93

Lighting........................................................................4-122Battery saver function .............................................4-122Daytime running light .............................................4-123Front fog light .........................................................4-127Headlight escort function ........................................4-122Headlight leveling device........................................4-128High beam operation...............................................4-125Lighting control.......................................................4-123Turn signals and lane change signals......................4-126

Maintenance services.......................................................7-5Owner maintenance precautions .................................7-6Owner’s responsibility ................................................7-5

Mirrors ...........................................................................4-48Inside rearview mirror...............................................4-48Outside rearview mirror ............................................4-56

Multimedia system.......................................................4-172Antenna ...................................................................4-174Audio / Video / Navigation system (AVN) .............4-173Aux, usb and ipod® port .........................................4-172Bluetooth® Wireless Technology hands-free ..........4-174Driver Information System (DIS) ...........................4-173Steering wheel audio control .................................4-175USB charger ............................................................4-172

Owner maintenance .........................................................7-8Owner maintenance schedule ....................................7-8

Panoramic sunroof .........................................................4-40Closing the sunroof ...................................................4-41Resetting the sunroof ................................................4-44Sliding the sunroof ....................................................4-41Sunroof open warning ...............................................4-40Sunshade....................................................................4-43Tilting the sunroof.....................................................4-42

Parking Assist System .................................................4-111Non-operational conditions of Parking Assist System .....................................................................4-113Operation of the Parking Assist System .................4-111Self-diagnosis ..........................................................4-115

O

P

M


Index

I-7

I

Parking Guide System .................................................4-117Changing rear view angle .......................................4-118Parking Guide System (PGS) display .....................4-117

Power steering fluid.......................................................7-39Checking the power steering fluid level ...................7-39Checking the power steering hose ............................7-39

Rear Camera Display...................................................4-116Recommended lubricants and capacities.........................8-6

Recommended SAE viscosity number........................8-8Road warning...................................................................6-2

Hazard warning flasher ...............................................6-2

Scheduled maintenance service .....................................7-10Maintenance under severe usage conditions.............7-27Normal maintenance schedule ..................................7-11

Seat...................................................................................3-2Driver position memory system..................................3-7Front seat adjustment ..................................................3-4Headrest (for front seat) ..............................................3-8Headrest (for rear seat)..............................................3-16Rear seat adjustment .................................................3-13

Seat belts ........................................................................3-20Care of seat belts .......................................................3-31

Pre-Safe Seat belt (PSB) ...........................................3-28Pre-tensioner seat belt ..............................................3-25Seat belt precautions .................................................3-29Seat belt restraint system ..........................................3-20

Smart key .........................................................................4-4Battery replacement ....................................................4-9Immobilizer system...................................................4-12Mechanical key operations........................................4-11Record your key number.............................................4-4Remote keyless entry system operations ....................4-7Restrictions in handling keys ....................................4-12Smart key functions.....................................................4-4Smart key precautions .................................................4-6Transmitter precautions...............................................4-8

Special driving conditions .............................................5-96Driving at night .........................................................5-97Driving in flooded areas............................................5-98Driving in the rain .....................................................5-98Driving off-road ........................................................5-99Hazardous driving conditions ...................................5-96Highway driving........................................................5-99Rocking the vehicle...................................................5-96Smooth cornering ......................................................5-97

Starting the engine ...........................................................5-9Starting the engine with a smart key...........................5-9

Steering wheel ...............................................................4-45Electronic hydraulic power steering (EHPS) ............4-45Heated steering wheel ...............................................4-46

R

S


I-8

Index

Horn...........................................................................4-47Tilt steering/telescope steering..................................4-45

Storage compartments .................................................4-157Center console storage ............................................4-157Glove box ................................................................4-158Map pocket..............................................................4-160Rear seat storage .....................................................4-158Seatback pocket.......................................................4-159Sunglass holder .......................................................4-159

Theft-alarm system ........................................................4-14Armed stage ..............................................................4-14Disarmed stage ..........................................................4-15Theft-alarm stage ......................................................4-15

Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)....................6-11Changing a tire with TPMS ......................................6-15Check tire pressure....................................................6-11Low tire pressure position telltale.............................6-13Low tire pressure telltale...........................................6-13TPMS (Tire Pressure Monitoring System) malfunctionindicator.....................................................................6-14

Tire specification and pressure label .............................8-10Tires and wheels ......................................................7-54,8-5

Checking tire inflation pressure ................................7-55Low aspect ratio tire..................................................7-64Radial-ply tires ..........................................................7-69

Recommended cold tire inflation pressures..............7-54Snow tires..................................................................7-68Summer tires ............................................................7-68Tire care.....................................................................7-54Tire maintenance .......................................................7-59Tire replacement........................................................7-58Tire rotation...............................................................7-56Tire sidewall labeling ................................................7-60Tire terminology and definitions...............................7-65Tire traction ...............................................................7-59Wheel alignment and tire balance.............................7-57Wheel replacement....................................................7-59

Towing ...........................................................................6-28Emergency towing.....................................................6-31Removable towing hook............................................6-30Towing service ..........................................................6-28

Trailer Towing..............................................................5-102Trip computer ................................................................4-89

Fuel economy ............................................................4-89Overview ...................................................................4-89Trip A/B.....................................................................4-91

Trunk..............................................................................4-21Emergency trunk safety release ................................4-26Non-powered trunk ...................................................4-21Power trunk ...............................................................4-22Smart Trunk...............................................................4-27Trunk lid control button ...........................................4-25

T


Vehicle Break-In Process.................................................1-5Vehicle certification label ................................................8-9Vehicle data collection and event data recorders.............1-6Vehicle identification number (VIN)...............................8-9Vehicle load limit.........................................................5-103

Certification label ....................................................5-106Tire and loading information label..........................5-103

Vehicle weight .............................................................5-108

Warning and indicator lights..........................................4-93Indicator lights ........................................................4-102Warning lights ...........................................................4-93

Washer fluid...................................................................7-40Checking the washer fluid level................................7-40

Weight/volume.................................................................8-4Welcome system ..........................................................4-121

Headlight .................................................................4-121Interior light ............................................................4-121Puddle lamp.............................................................4-121

Windows ........................................................................4-31Power window lock button........................................4-34Power windows .........................................................4-32

Windshield defrosting and defogging..........................4-151

Auto Defogging System..........................................4-153Auto defogging system ON/OFF ............................4-155Defogging logic.......................................................4-152To defog inside windshield .....................................4-151To defrost outside windshield .................................4-152

Winter driving..............................................................5-100Carry emergency equipment ...................................5-102Change to "winter weight" oil if necessary ............5-101Check battery and cables ........................................5-101Check spark plugs and ignition system ..................5-101Don't let ice and snow accumulate underneath.......5-102Don't let your parking brake freeze.........................5-102Snowy or Icy conditions..........................................5-100To keep locks from freezing....................................5-101Use approved window washer anti-freeze in system5-101Use high quality ethylene glycol coolant................5-101

Wiper blades ..................................................................7-46Blade inspection ........................................................7-46Blade replacement .....................................................7-46

Wipers and washers .....................................................4-129Windshield wiper/washer ........................................4-129

360° camera monitoring system ..................................4-120

Index

I-9

I

V

W

ETC


Documents

Kia, THE COMPANY · 2015-10-16 · KH CAN (ENG) 1:2015 3/24/2015 10:31 AM Page 4. Fuel Additives Kia recommends that you use good quality gasolines treated with deter-gent additives